BIOGRAPHIES (Cont..)
Journeys Out Of The Body
By Robert Monroe ($10.17)
Monroe has written 3 books on O.B.E and this is the first. Written decades ago, it records his experience and findings with OBE. This book contains more details about the astral planes nearer to the vibration of the physical plane we live in physically. It does however contain other dimensions and planes which he labels “Locale 2” and “locale 3”. Monroe was a business man, and ever since he had the OBE experiences since the age of 42, he has been exploring it to find out more about it. After years of experimentation with soundwaves, he finally came up with his Hemi-Sync audios, which are able to induce OBE and altered states suitable to change habits, addictions, etc. OBE is a very subjective experience, it cannot be proven objectively unless you experience it yourself, therefore people who have never experienced it will try to reason and use logic (which is limited only to their own ignorance/knowledge). Their (the psychologist’s) reasonings and logic then becomes their belief (which they will try to prove is the only correct one- hmm, isn’t that what they say about people’s belief system?). —A readers review
Journey of Souls: Case Studies of Life Between Lives
by Michael Newton ($10.17)
Through case studies, Michael explains the spiritual journey of life and death. Michael is a hypnotherapist in private practice and he has developed his own hypnosis technique to reach his subjects memories of the “hereafter.” There are several details about how it feels to die, who meets us right after death, what the spirit world is really like, where we go and what we do as souls, and why we choose to come back in certain bodies. I found the book to be enlightening as well as clearly written about topics that can be murky to understand.
Mind Into Matter: A New Alchemy Of Science & Spirit
Fred Alan Wolf ($12.71)
Fred Alan Wolf has removed another brick in the wall separating us from the realization of our true, divine nature. Even skeptical readers will grasp the line of reasoning that always accompanies Fred Alan Wolf’s joyous speculative leaps. As our scientific community continues to advance our understanding of the underlying nature of things, we are also realizing the wisdom in the mystical traditions. Fred Alan Wolf is one of the best writers alive today in the area where advanced physics and mysticism converge. The Unity of all things is a fact, and we are all indeed One. Those of us who cannot accept faith as a means of navigating through the mystery that is everywhere can take heart in the primacy of experience…the experience that comes from genuine open-minded inquiry, the experience that comes from many meditative states, from intuition, sudden glimpses of clarity that we occasionally stumble into, and the experience that comes from following the mind of someone who knows more than we do.
Molecules Of Emotion: The Science Behind Mind-Body Medicine
Candace Pert ($10.20)
Why do we feel the way we feel? How do our thoughts and emotions affect our health? Are our bodies and minds distinct from each other or do they function together as parts of an interconnected system? In her groundbreaking book Molecules of Emotion, Candace Pert provides startling and decisive answers to these and other challenging questions that scientists and philosophers have pondered for centuries. Her pioneering research on how the chemicals inside our bodies form a dynamic information network, linking mind and body, is not only provocative, it is revolutionary. By establishing the biomolecular basis for our emotions and explaining these new scientific developments in a clear and accessible way, Pert empowers us to understand ourselves, our feelings, and the connection between our minds and our bodies — body-minds — in ways we could never possibly have imagined before. Molecules of Emotion is a landmark work, full of insight and wisdom and possessing that rare power to change the way we see the world and ourselves.
Mysticism & The New Physics
by Michael Talbot ($11.16)
Mystics and “idealist” have always propounded the idea that the world is an illusion. Now quantum physics is putting forward theories that reinforce this belief. Until recently, the empirical approach of physicists such as Newton has taught us that the world exists with or without human consciousness to observe it. But we can never be totally objective about reality. The human mind, with all its preconceived notions, and prejudices, always intrudes, even in the most scientific of experiments, making true objectivity impossible to achieve. The new physics state that reality is combination of the laws of the physical world, quantifiable and unequivocable, and the subjective viewpoint of the observer. This “omnijective view” of the universe challenges all our most deeply held scientific beliefs and could radically change the way we view reality in the future. As our constructs are amended to this shift in approach, we can anticipate monumental changes in Western thought.
Otherwhere: A Field Guide To Nonphysical Reality For the Out-Of-Body Traveler
Kurt Leland ($10.46)
You may not be planning a trip to Otherwhere, but you may want to visit soon after reading Kurt Leland’s dazzling and unique field guide to its inhabitants and terrain. According to Leland, Otherwhere is the nonphysical reality that many of us explore in our dreams and visions. It is also the realm to which we venture in our out-of-body journeys and near-death experiences. To Leland, the trickiest part of otherworldly travel is correctly identifying the phenomena we encounter. Astral images, he says, take shapes that vary according to our pesonal experience and cultural background. As an aid to fellow travelers, Leland presents “translation tables” that categorize nonphysical energies by function rather than form–Rescuers, Instructors, and Rangers, to name a few. Drawn from different cultural expressions, these tables provide a fascinating explanantion of the many different ways in which human beings perceive the spiritual worlds. A seasoned out-of-body traveler, Leland is an otherworld tour guide extraordinaire. Illustrating his travelogue with examples from his own adventures, he escorts readers to various points of interest in Otherwhere. These include designated realms where you can explore alternate realities–play out the results of different ‘what ifs’ in your current life, paths you never took, but might have. Another memorable stop on Leland’s tour is the living archives, a depository of vanished cultures, abandoned religions, and outmoded myths. With Leland’s thoroughly engaging guidebook in hand, travelling to Otherwhere will be an adventure you are sure to enjoy.
Parallel Universes
Fred Alan Wolf ($10.50)
Wolf’s readers should get ready for a wild intellectual ride through the convoluted realms of quantum mechanics, relativity, black holes and imaginary time. The physicist (Starwave ) is a strong proponent of the “many-worlds” interpretation of quantum mechanics, and he launches a ferocious assault on conservative scientists who espouse the “Copenhagen” interpretation. Essentially, the debate hinges on the role of consciousness in measuring quantum events: Copenhagenists argue that a quantum measurement causes the “collapse” of a particle’s probability wave, while Wolf claims the act of measuring actually causes the universe to split in two. The equations of relativity and quantum physics support both interpretations. Wolf describes what it would be like to travel through a black hole to a parallel universe; claims that the future must communicate with the present; answers the question of whether the universe had a radius before we started to measure it; and argues that schizophrenics may be in touch with parallel universes. Physics is becoming metaphysics.
Projections Of Consciousness: A Diary Of Out-Of-Body Experiences
by Waldo Vieira, MD ($10.16)
Dr. Waldo Vieira had his first lucid out-of-body experience in 1941 at the age of 9. He retired from medical practice at a young age and has spent the last 30+ years full time researching consciousness in general and out-of-body experiences in particular. He is therefore perhaps the top authority in the world on this phenomenon…. This is a fascinating book and a ‘must read’ for anyone interested in the out-of-body phenomenon. Projections of the Consciousness presents 60 of Dr. Vieira’s most varied and instructive out-of-body experiences (OBEs or astral projections) with candid realism. He relates events in non-physical communities, the profiles of which include: education; assistance in the transition of biological death; therapies for physical and non-physical dysfunctions; non-physical preparation for upcoming physical existence; non-physical preparation for physical motherhood. His out-of-body encounters range from those involving assistance given to “earth-bound” non-physical consciousnesses (spirits) and extraphysical rescues, to attainment of a total expansion of consciousness (nirvana, cosmic consciousness) and transcendence of the space-time continuum. He also illustrates the dynamics of OBE as a function of being projected in different physical and non-physical dimensions and communities in varying conditions. The author has been having lucid out-of-body experiences on a continuous basis since the age of 9. Projections of the Consciousness is a result of his projective prowess, the work of the extraphysical helpers, as well as a near-death experience he had in the early 1970s.
Primary Perception: Communication With Plants, Living Foods & Human Cells
by Cleve Backster ($13.56)
This is the only book by Cleve Backster himself, describing 36 years of research in biocommunication, observed electrical responses in plant life and other living organisms. All life forms have the capability of responding to one another, from plants and bacteria to foods and animal cells. Most amazing is his work with human leukocytes. These discoveries have opened up a new paradigm in science, ecology and healing.
Quantum Reality
by Nick Herbert ($10.46)
This clearly explained layman’s introduction to quantum physics is an accessible excursion into metaphysics and the meaning of reality. Herbert exposes the quantum world and the scientific and philosophical controversy about its interpretation.
Sanctuary, The Path To Consciousness
by Stephen Lewis and Evan Slawson ($10.47)
More than half a century after Einstein first described the energetic unity of the world in his famous equation, E=mc2, we are finally beginning to understand the spiritual and mystical implications of his discovery. Sanctuary: The Path to Consciousness is about the miraculous possibilities that emerge when we see the universe as a matrix of frozen light, the spiritual manifestation of our intuitive consciousnesses. In this remarkable novel, you will find a new energetic model of the body, the spirit, and the nature of the physical world. It points the way to unlimited possibilities of absolute, eternal transformation, and you will find out that it is readily available now! After reading this book, you too can take advantage of the techniques of energetic Quantum-Consciousness Evaluation, and be able to identify and remove subtle-energy imbalances to attain and integrate physical, emotional, and spiritual harmony!
Science & The Akashic Field by Ervin Laszlo ($9.24 / 20-8 p)
Presents the unifying world-concept long sought by scientists, mystics, and sages: an Integral Theory of Everything
• Explains how modern science has rediscovered the Akashic Field of perennial philosophy
• New edition updates ongoing scientific studies, presents new research inspired by the first edition, and includes new case studies and a section on animal telepathy
Mystics and sages have long maintained that there exists an interconnecting cosmic field at the roots of reality that conserves and conveys information, a field known as the Akashic record. Recent discoveries in vacuum physics show that this Akashic Field is real and has its equivalent in science’s zero-point field that underlies space itself. This field consists of a subtle sea of fluctuating energies from which all things arise: atoms and galaxies, stars and planets, living beings, and even consciousness. This zero-point Akashic Field is the constant and enduring memory of the universe. It holds the record of all that has happened on Earth and in the cosmos and relates it to all that is yet to happen. In Science and the Akashic Field, philosopher and scientist Ervin Laszlo conveys the essential element of this information field in language that is accessible and clear. From the world of science he confirms our deepest intuitions of the oneness of creation in the Integral Theory of Everything. We discover that, as philosopher William James stated, “We are like islands in the sea, separate on the surface but connected in the deep.”
The Biology Of Belief:
Unleashing The Power Of Consciousness, Matter And Miracles
by Bruce H. Lipton ($16.50 /224 p)
The Biology of Belief is a groundbreaking work in the field of New Biology. Author Dr. Bruce Lipton is a former medical school professor and research scientist. His experiments, and those of other leading-edge scientists, have examined in great detail the processes by which cells receive information. The implications of this research radically change our understanding of life. It shows that genes and DNA do not control our biology; that instead DNA is controlled by signals from outside the cell, including the energetic messages emanating from our positive and negative thoughts. Dr. Lipton’s profoundly hopeful synthesis of the latest and best research in cell biology and quantum physics is being hailed as a major breakthrough showing that our bodies can be changed as we retrain our thinking.
The Conscious Universe: The Scientific Truth Of Psychic Phenomena
Dean Radin ($16.50)
Holding up such anomalies as ESP, psychokinesis, prayer, near-death experiences, and reincarnation under the cool light of scientific scrutiny can be a daunting task. Dean Radin, director of the Consciousness Research Laboratory at the University of Nevada, rises to the challenge in the pioneering and exhaustively researched The Conscious Universe. Fans of The X-Files will need no further convincing, but for the remaining skeptics, this easy-to-read mix of history, scientific evidence, and proclamations (“When modern science began about three hundred years ago, one of the consequences of separating mind and matter was that science slowly lost its mind.”) will authenticate the existence of psychic phenomena. Radin creates two categories: the perceiving of objects or events beyond our ordinary sense capabilities and the triggering or influencing of action through mental powers. Radin aims to present simply and clearly the basic elements from science, psychology, and physics that prove the existence psychic phenomena. Given the tacit acceptance of psychic phenomena as “real,” why do both government and mainstream science repudiate the claims and the evidence, yet continue to exploit them? The Conscious Universe challenges our most basic assumptions about reality, those that exist in both the upper echelons of science and in the basic daily interactions. It’s a mind-bending exploration of how and what we see.
The Dancing Wu Li Masters
by Gary Zukav ($6.75)
Gary Zukav has written “the Bible” for those who are curious about the mind-expanding discoveries of advanced physics, but who have no scientific background. Like a Wu Li Master who would teach us wonder for the falling petal before speaking of gravity, Zukav writes in beautifully clear language–with no mathematical equations–opening our minds to the exciting new theories that are beginning to embrace the ultimate nature of our universe…Quantum mechanics, relativity, and beyond to the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen effect and Bell’s theorem.
The Field: The Quest For The Secret Force Of The Universe
by Lynne McTaggart ($11.16)
McTaggart, an investigative journalist, describes scientific discoveries that she believes point to a unifying concept of the universe, one that reconciles mind with matter, classic Newtonian science with quantum physics and, most importantly, science with religion. At issue is the zero point field, the so-called “dead space” of microscopic vibrations in outer space as well as within and between physical objects on earth. These fields, McTaggart asserts, are a “cobweb of energy exchange” that link everything in the universe; they control everything from cellular communication to the workings of the mind, and they could be harnessed for unlimited propulsion fuel, levitation, ESP, spiritual healing and more. Physicists have been aware of the likelihood of this field for years, McTaggart writes, but, constrained by orthodoxy, they have ignored its effects, which she likens to “subtracting out God” from their equations. But, McTaggart asserts, “tiny pockets of quiet rebellion” against scientific convention are emerging, led by Ed Mitchell, an Apollo 14 astronaut and founder of the Institute for Noetic Sciences, an alternative-science think tank.
The God Code: The Secret of Our Past, the Promise of Our Future
by Gregg Braden ($16.47)
Author and computer systems designer Gregg Braden wrapped this entire book around the premise that God’s name is literally encoded into every human body. According to Braden’s logic, the basic elements of DNA–hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen and carbon–directly translate into specific letters of the Hebrew alphabets (YHVA), which then translate into the original name of God. Braden’s hope is that knowing that God’s signature is carried within each cell of the estimated six billion humans on earth will give humankind the evidence we need to overcome our differences and renew our faith: Beyond Christian, Jew, Muslim, Hindu, Buddhist, Shinto, Native, Aboriginal, white, black, red, or yellow; man, woman, or child, the message reminds us that we are human. As humans, we share the same ancestors and exist as the children of the same Creator. In the moments that we doubt this one immutable truth, we need look no further than the cells of our body to be reminded. This is the power of the message within our cells.
The Hidden Messages of Water
by Masaru Emoto ($11.87)
The Hidden Messages in Water is an eye-opening theory showing how water is deeply connected to people’s individual and collective consciousness. Drawing from his own research, scientific researcher, healer, and popular lecturer Dr. Masaru Emoto describes the ability of water to absorb, hold, and even retransmit human feelings and emotions. Using high-speed photography, he found that crystals formed in frozen water reveal changes when specific, concentrated thoughts are directed toward it. Music, visual images, words written on paper, and photographs also have an impact on the crystal structure. Emoto theorizes that since water has the ability to receive a wide range of frequencies, it can also reflect the universe in this manner. He found that water from clear springs and water exposed to loving words shows brilliant, complex, and colorful snowflake patterns, while polluted water and water exposed to negative thoughts forms incomplete, asymmetrical patterns with dull colors. Emoto believes that since people are 70 percent water, and the Earth is 70 percent water, we can heal our planet and ourselves by consciously expressing love and goodwill.
The Holographic Universe
Michael Talbot ($11.20)
Today nearly everyone is familiar with holograms, three-dimensional images projected into space with the aid of a laser. Now, two of the world’s most eminent thinkers — University of London physicists David Bohm, a former protege of Einstein’s and one of the world’s most respected quantum physicists, and Stanford neurophysiologist Karl Pribram, one of the architects of our modern understanding of the brain — believe that the universe itself may be a giant hologram, quite literally a kind of image or construct created, at least in part, by the human mind. This remarkable new way of looking at the universe explains now only many of the unsolved puzzles of physics, but also such mysterious occurrences as telepathy, out-of-body and near death experiences, “lucid” dreams, and even religious and mystical experiences such as feelings of cosmic unity and miraculous healings. Author Talbot writes that “. . . there is evidence to suggest that our world and everything in it. . . are also only ghostly images, projections from a level of reality so beyond our own it is literally beyond both space and time.” Hence, the title of his book. Beginning with the work of physicist David Bohm and neurophysiologist Karl Pribram, both of whom independently arrived at holographic theories or models of the universe, Talbot explains in clear terms the theory and physics of holography and its application, both in science and in explanation of the paranormal and psychic. His theory of reality accommodates this latest thinking in physics as well as many unresolved mind-body questions.
The Intention Experiment: Using Your Thoughts To Change Your Life & The World
Lynne Taggart ($17.16 / 32 pages)
The book you hold in your hands is revolutionary, a groundbreaking exploration of the science of intention. It is also the first book to invite you, the reader, to take an active part in its original research. Drawing on the findings of leading scientists on human consciousness from around the world, The Intention Experiment demonstrates that thought is a thing that affects other things. Thought generates its own palpable energy that you can use to improve your life, to help others around you, and to change the world.
In The Intention Experiment, internationally bestselling author Lynne McTaggart, an award-winning science journalist and leading figure in the human consciousness studies community, presents a gripping scientific detective story and takes you on a mind-blowing journey to the farthest reaches of consciousness. She profiles the colorful pioneers in intention science and works with a team of renowned scientists from around the world, including physicist Fritz-Albert Popp of the International Institute of Biophysics and Dr. Gary Schwartz, professor of psychology, medicine, and neurology at the University of Arizona, to determine the effects of focused group intention on scientifically quantifiable targets — animal, plant, and human.
The Intention Experiment builds on the discoveries of McTaggart’s first book, international bestseller The Field: The Quest for the Secret Force of the Universe, which documented discoveries that point to the existence of a quantum energy field. The Field created a picture of an interconnected universe and a scientific explanation for many of the most profound human mysteries, from alternative medicine and spiritual healing to extrasensory perception and the collective unconscious. The Intention Experiment shows you myriad ways that all this information can be incorporated into your life.
After narrating the exciting developments in the science of intention, McTaggart offers a practical program to get in touch with your own thoughts, to increase the activity and strength of your intentions, and to begin achieving real change in your life. After you’ve begun to realize the amazing potential of focused intention, and the times when it is most powerful, McTaggart invites you to participate in an unprecedented experiment: Using The Intention Experiment website to coordinate your involvement and track results, you and other participants around the world will focus your power of intention on specific targets, giving you the opportunity to become a part of scientific history.
The Intention Experiment redefines what a book does. It is the first “living” book in three dimensions. The book’s text and website are inextricably linked, forming the hub of an entirely self-funded research program, the ultimate aim of which is philanthropic. An original piece of scientific investigation that involves the reader in its quest, The Intention Experiment explores human thought and intention as a tangible energy — an inexhaustible but simple resource with an awesome potential to focus our lives, heal our illnesses, clean up our communities, and improve the planet.
The Intention Experiment also forces you to rethink what it is to be human. As it proves, we’re connected to everyone and everything, and that discovery demands that we pay better attention to our thoughts, intentions, and actions. Here’s how you can.
The Nature Of Personal Reality
by Jane Roberts ($12.21)
Nothing is quite the intellectual work piece and spiritual all-comprehensive-foundation that this book is. Nothing is more empowering, more logical, more hopeful, more eclectic and more straight forward than The Nature of Personal Reality – this book is just what its title says. It is the prerequisite for a functional self-empowered life. Including health, wealth, etc.
The Outsider
by Colin Wilson ($10.46)
An attempt by the author to get behind the expressions of what he terms outsiders, but in reality are people who attempt to break free from society’s constraints and illusions. Rather like the attempt to transform one’s life from a catarpillar into a butterfly. Where most people never get beyond the catarpillar stage. Explains the real struggle of those who can no longer accept deception and attempt to seek personal unification, revealing what many great works of art, poetry, and literature attempt to express. The Outsider is the visionary beneficiary when he/she succeeds, but a terrible burden if he/she fails. What the Outsider brings is transcendence from ordinary existence and ultimately is the supreme paragon, and the prophet. Primarily a literative study, with a discussion of such as H.G. Wells, Hemmingway, Dostoevsky, and Tosltoy, it also studies others such as Van Gogh and T.E. Lawrence, and the usual philosophers Nietzsche and Kierkagaard. The message is that prophets, who are those who understand the unpleasant truth for the good of all, are also the most persecuted and misunderstood. It occurred to me that this may have provided philosophical source material for the explosive 60’s TV series “The Prisoner”. Four stars because it’s not for everyone. —A Readers Review
The Secret
by Rhonda Byrne ($14.37 / 216 pages)
Fragments of a Great Secret have been found in the oral traditions, in literature, in religions and philosophies throughout the centuries. For the first time, all the pieces of The Secret come together in an incredible revelation that will be life-transforming for all who experience it. In this book, you’ll learn how to use The Secret in every aspect of your life — money, health, relationships, happiness, and in every interaction you have in the world. You’ll begin to understand the hidden, untapped power that’s within you, and this revelation can bring joy to every aspect of your life.
The Secret contains wisdom from modern-day teachers — men and women who have used it to achieve health, wealth, and happiness. By applying the knowledge of The Secret, they bring to light compelling stories of eradicating disease, acquiring massive wealth, overcoming obstacles, and achieving what many would regard as impossible.
The Seth Material
by Jane Roberts ($13.57)
I read the Seth Material in the early to mid 70’s and the chords it struck within my being still resonate today. I have used the lessons learned in this book in my daily life and I am able to love my life because of the understanding I gained from this book. There are lessons to be learned by not only reading this book, but by comprehending the information that is being given on these pages. The lessons mostly concern how you fit into this fabric of life and how you can utilize your own depth of character to propel you towards greatness in your personal life. Actual mechanics of how all of us have come to be here. How and why we CAN change everything in our lives to suit our desires, and why most of us don’t. Even the subtle and always overlooked affect of linguistics in the creation of our physical reality. Information contained within this book is the best it gets as far as detailing all actions and reactions to situations in your life. The best way to describe this book is as a technical manual of cause and affect. — Review by a reader
The Self Aware Universe: How Consciousness Creates The Material World
by Maggie Goswami, Richard Reed, Amit Goswami ($11.17)
Consciousness, not matter, is the ground of all existence, declares University of Oregon physicist Goswami, echoing the mystic sages of his native India. He holds that the universe is self-aware, and that consciousness creates the physical world. Calling this theory “monistic idealism,” he claims it is not only “the basis of all religions worldwide” but also the correct philosophy for modern science. Once people give up the assumption that there is an objective reality independent of consciousness, the paradoxes of quantum physics are explainable, contends Goswami, writing with his wife and Reed ( Building the Future from Our Past ). He also applies his hypothesis to the so-called mind-body schism, which he attempts to heal. Sketching a model of the self, this demanding but rewarding treatise uses analogies from the “new physics” to throw light on choice, free will, creativity, the unconscious and paths to spiritual growth. Illustrated.
The Spell of the Sensuous
by David Abram ($10.17)
David Abram’s writing casts a spell of its own as he weaves the reader through a meticulously researched work that gently addresses such seemingly daunting topics as where the past and future exist, the relationship between space and time, and how the written word serves to sever humans from their primordial source of sustenance: the earth. “Only as the written text began to speak would the voices of the forest, and of the river, begin to fade. And only then would language loosen its ancient associations with the invisible breath, the spirit sever itself from the wind, the psyche dissociate itself from the environing air,” writes Abram of the separation caused by the proliferation of the written word.
The Spiritual Universe: One Physicists Vision of Spirit, Soul, Matter & Self
Fred Alan Wolf ($15.26)
Why do we believe in the soul? Does it actually exist? If so, what is it? Does it differ from the self? Is it part of the material world? Does it survive the body after death? In THE SPIRITUAL UNIVERSE, Fred Alan Wolf brings the most modern perspective of quantum physics to the most ancient questions of religion and philosophy. Taking the reader on a fascinating tour of both Western and Eastern thought, Wolf explains the differing view of the soul in the works of Plato, Aristotle, and St. Thomas; the ancient Egyptian’s believe in the nine forms of the soul; the Qabalistic idea of the soul acting in secret to bring spiritual order to a chaotic universe of matter and energy; and the Buddhist vision of a “nonsoul.” And, Wolf mounts a defense of the soul against its modern critics who see it as nothing more than the physical body.
The Tao Of Physics
by Fritjof Capra ($10.85)
First published in 1975, The Tao of Physics rode the wave of fascination in exotic East Asian philosophies. Decades later, it still stands up to scrutiny, explicating not only Eastern philosophies but also how modern physics forces us into conceptions that have remarkable parallels. Covering over 3,000 years of widely divergent traditions across Asia, Capra can’t help but blur lines in his generalizations. But the big picture is enough to see the value in them of experiential knowledge, the limits of objectivity, the absence of foundational matter, the interrelation of all things and events, and the fact that process is primary, not things. Capra finds the same notions in modern physics. Those approaching Eastern thought from a background of Western science will find reliable introductions here to Hinduism, Buddhism, and Taoism and learn how commonalities among these systems of thought can offer a sort of philosophical underpinning for modern science. And those approaching modern physics from a background in Eastern mysticism will find precise yet comprehensible descriptions of a Western science that may reinvigorate a hope in the positive potential of scientific knowledge. Whatever your background, The Tao of Physics is a brilliant essay on the meeting of East and West, and on the invaluable possibilities that such a union promises.
The Turning Point: Science, Society And The Rising Culture
by Fritjof Capra ($12.89)
Many years in the making, this book covers a very wide spectrum of knowledge and looks toward a world view that encompasses a balance of science and spirit. Capra is also not shy about deconstructing or critisizing popular economic and political mythology, which may disturb some readers, but he has the benefit of input from some of the greatest minds of our time and his analysis is unassailable. Female readers will probably appreciate his sensitivity and balanced approach to feminist perspectives as he discusses what’s wrong with our world and what we can do to change things.
The View from Nowhere
by Thomas Nagel ($21.95)
Human beings have the unique ability to view the world in a detached way: We can think about the world in terms that transcend our own experience or interest, and consider the world from a vantage point that is, in Nagel’s words, “nowhere in particular”. At the same time, each of us is a particular person in a particular place, each with his own “personal” view of the world, a view that we can recognize as just one aspect of the whole. How do we reconcile these two standpoints–intellectually, morally, and practically? To what extent are they irreconcilable and to what extent can they be integrated? Thomas Nagel’s ambitious and lively book tackles this fundamental issue, arguing that our divided nature is the root of a whole range of philosophical problems, touching, as it does, every aspect of human life. He deals with its manifestations in such fields of philosophy as: the mind-body problem, personal identity, knowledge and skepticism, thought and reality, free will, ethics, the relation between moral and other values, the meaning of life, and death. Excessive objectification has been a malady of recent analytic philosophy, claims Nagel, it has led to implausible forms of reductionism in the philosophy of mind and elsewhere. The solution is not to inhibit the objectifying impulse, but to insist that it learn to live alongside the internal perspectives that cannot be either discarded or objectified. Reconciliation between the two standpoints, in the end, is not always possible.
Thinking Allowed: Conversations on the Leading Edge Of Knowledge
by Jeffery Mishlove ($16.95)
Information in this book ranges from quantum physics and the human shift in consciousness, the transformations of human evolutionary growth, ancient societies and lost metaphysical properties useful in our day, evolution of the human potential in addition to our physical bodies, our brains acting as tuners to morphic-information fields as opposed to information storage, the Platonic concept of ideas of a higher realm then our ordinary conceptual thinking, the metaphorical nature of mythology and its applications to universal modern day physics, how we exist in a middle world capable of transcending to higher realms in regard to scientific quantity to spiritual quality, to teleological and spiritual concepts of higher purposes in a harmony of science and religion, to the idea of hyperspace and multidimensional reality or realms with superstring and fiber bundle theories in physics, to the beneficial properties of existential psychology and the creativity that is born out of despair, to recognition of ourselves as good who make both good and bad decisions to cease imprisoning ourselves with demands that act self-defeating, to open communication, the recognition of unconscious communication and our ability to speak to others in ways less negative conveying our messages, to walking with people in existential subjectivity apart from Freudian scientific objectivity. The recognition of our multiple personalities we must stop disowning but rather acknowledge and use in controlled, meaningful ways. To see in transpersonal psychology a interdependence that transcends the separate dependence and angst or anxiety in existential psychology.
Transcending the Speed of Light: Consciousness, Quantum Physics and the Fifth Dimension
by March Seifer ($14.83 / 368)
A study of the new scientific understanding of consciousness and the mind as a fifth dimension of reality
• Introduces the existence of a fifth dimension–one of mind–an inner- or hyperspace where time is transcended
• Shows how the barrier of the speed of light is actually a gateway demarking the fifth dimension
Since the introduction of Descartes’ dualism in the seventeenth century, the mind and the physical world have been viewed as disconnected entities. Yet qualities of mind such as awareness, purposeful action, organization, design, and even decision-making are present within the structure of matter and within the dimensions of space and time. The space-time continuum of scientists generally ignores the realm of the mind, though phenomena such as imaginary numbers, used by Einstein to combine space with time, are concepts that only exist in the mind. Marc Seifer contends that the inadequacy of four-dimensional models to account for our experience of mental phenomena points to the consciousness of the mind as a higher organizing principle, a fifth dimension where thoughts are as real and quantifiable as our familiar physical world. He shows that because thought enables us to move backward and forward through time–reflecting on the past and making plans for the future–this fifth dimension of mind breaks the laws of relativity, thereby transcending the speed of light. His extensive study of this fifth dimension ranges from relativity and ether theory to precognition, telepathy, and synchronicity, all from the perspective of the conscious universe.
Your Faith is Your Fortune
By Neville ($9.95)
According to Neville we are creators of our own lives. It matters not what other people do or think. Consciousness is the one and only creator of circumstances. Plus we can not be affected by the consciousness of others. We are in total control of our lives at all times. We manifest our desires instantly via our imaginations at our source; the spiritual level. So we control how we Feel at all times. When we are making a change in our life it usually has to do with wanting to change how we feel. So by living from our desired states as Neville proposes, we can control how we feel at all times and that is very important. It just takes a certain amount of time for our imagined states to affect the lower level
ECOLOGY & SUSTAINABILITY
Boiling Point: How Politicians, Big Oil and Coal, Journalists and Activists Are Fueling The Climate Crisis – And What We Can Do To Avert Disaster
by Ross Gelbspan ($14.96)
In Boiling Point, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Ross Gelbspan argues that, unchecked, climate change will swamp every other issue facing us today. Indeed, what began as an initial response of many institutions-denial and delay-has now grown into a crime against humanity. Gelbspan’s previous book, The Heat Is On, exposed the financing of climate-change skeptics by the oil and coal companies. In Boiling Point, he reveals exactly how the fossil fuel industry is directing the Bush administration’s energy and climate policies – payback for helping Bush get elected. Even more surprisingly, Gelbspan points a finger at both the media and environmental activists for unwittingly worsening the crisis. Finally, he offers a concrete plan for averting a full-blown climate catastrophe. According to Gelbspan, a proper approach to climate change could solve many other problems in our social, political, and economic lives. It would dramatically reduce our reliance on oil, and with it our exposure to instability in the Middle East. It would create millions of jobs and raise living standards in poor countries whose populations are affected by climate-driven disease epidemics and whose borders are overrun by environmental refugees. It would also expand the global economy and lead to a far wealthier and more peaceful world. A passionate call-to-arms and a thoughtful roadmap for change, Boiling Point reveals what’s at stake for our fragile planet
Ecological Medicine
by Kenny Ausubel ($11.53)
Drawn largely from luminous presentations given at the annual Bioneers Conference, this pathfinding book–the first in a new Bioneers Series published by Sierra Club Books–focuses on pragmatic solutions emerging at the fertile edges between the overlapping worlds of environmental restoration and holistic healing. In this kaleidoscopic collection, many of the world’s leading health visionaries show us how human health is inescapably dependent on the health of our environment. The rich array of voices in this book reflects the collective intelligence of the emerging movement known as Ecological Medicine. Its advocates look to the strategic public health measures that first do no harm to the environment and, in turn, successfully improve human health. They call for prevention and precaution as the first line of action. They seek to heal the tragic split that conventional medicine made from nature and to conjure nature’s own mysterious capacity for self-repair. They celebrate the virtues of ancient natural-medicine practices but also embrace an integrative medicine that uses the best of all approaches to healing–with special emphasis on the centrality of the human spirit in the healing process. Their inspiring work, described so compellingly in this book, is of critical relevance to everyone concerned about health and the environment.
Eco-Economy: Building An Economy For The Earth
by Lester R. Brown ($10.85)
Eco-economic theory calls for harmony between our economy and natural resources. Our current, untenable, profit-focused economic model, says Brown (Building a Sustainable Society), depletes forests, oil, farmland, topsoil, water, atmosphere and species beyond a sustainable level. Brown, founding director of the Earth Policy Institute, uses the Sumerians as an antimodel: as the land was overworked, water sources eventually disappeared. And he uses forestry as a counterexample: forests secure land and store water, acting as natural dams. Logging delivers paychecks, but doesn’t consider flood damage from tree loss. Eco-economists would say that the logger and the town, while temporarily profiting, pay more in the end in rising insurance costs, flood damage to homes and infrastructure, increased taxes and disaster relief funds. The goal, presented here in convincing detail, is to design a profitable economy that accurately reflects the social cost of abuse of resources. Brown suggests shifting “taxes from income to environmentally destructive activities, such as carbon emissions.” Individuals and towns should receive tax breaks for deploying solar and wind-generated power. However receptive to Brown’s excellent, sophisticated proposals, many readers will wonder how they can become reality; for eco-economics to work, all world leaders would need to agree on what makes practices environmentally unsound. (Nov. 5)Forecast: In light of the current administration’s poor reputation for eco-concern and its withdrawal from the Kyoto Protocol, Brown’s book will do well among students, activists and the growing environmental movement.
High Tide: The Truth About Our Climate Crisis
by Mark Lynas ($10.50)
“President Bush and his Administration have risen to the global warming challenge with responses ranging from obfuscation to pretense to outright denial…I’d like to issue each and every one of them a challenge. Come with me–see what I have seen–and try to understand what global warming really means for us and for our children. Leave Washington and travel to the places I have visited…”–From the Preface A glacier disappears high in the Peruvian Andes. Floodwaters surge across the English countryside. Ten thousand Pacific Islanders begin to evacuate their homeland. A dust storm turns day into night across the Inner Mongolian plains. These events may seem unrelated, but they are not. Even as scientists and other experts debate the specifics, climate crisis is already affecting the lives of millions. In this ground-breaking book, Mark Lynas reveals the first evidence–collected during an epic three-year journey across five continents–about how global warming is hitting people’s lives all around the world. From American hurricane chasers to Mongolian herders, from Alaskan Eskimos to South Sea islanders, Lynas’s encounters and discoveries give us a stark warning about the even worse dangers that lie ahead if nothing is done. High Tide’s message is urgent and its revelations are at once shocking and inspiring–shocking as so few of us yet realize the magnitude of what’s happening, and inspiring as there is still time to avert much greater catastrophe. No one who reads this book will be able to look their children in the eyes and say “I didn’t know.”
Limits To Growth: The 30 Year Update
by Donella H. meadows, Jorgen Randers & Dennis L. Meadows ($15.75)
Updated for the second time since 1992, this book, by a trio of professors and systems analysts, offers a pessimistic view of the natural resources available for the world’s population. Using extensive computer models based on population, food production, pollution and other data, the authors demonstrate why the world is in a potentially dangerous “overshoot” situation. Put simply, overshoot means people have been steadily using up more of the Earth’s resources without replenishing its supplies. The consequences, according to the authors, may be catastrophic: “We… believe that if a profound correction is not made soon, a crash of some sort is certain. And it will occur within the lifetimes of many who are alive today.” After explaining overshoot, the book discusses population and industrial growth, the limits on available resources, pollution, technology and, importantly, ways to avoid overshoot. The authors do an excellent job of summarizing their extensive research with clear writing and helpful charts illustrating trends in food consumption, population increases, grain production, etc., in a serious tome likely to appeal to environmentalists, government employees and public policy experts.
Nature’s Operating Instructions
by Kenny Ausubel ($11.53)
“Biotechnology” as generally understood is a misnomer, having less to do with biology than with generating profits from genetic manipulation. The corporatizing of genetic science is just the latest risky manifestation of a dysfunctional industrial paradigm based on consuming natural capital and producing toxic waste – an economic model totally at odds with the evolutionary intelligence of living systems. But there is another way. The “true biotechnologies” described in this second volume in the Bioneers series, are working strategies grounded in the innate complexity, relatedness, and sustainability of natural ecosystems. The contributors to this volume are visionary leaders in fields such as biomimicry (mimicking nature in order to restore nature and serve human ends harmlessly), “living machines” that break down toxics biologically, natural design for industrial processes and buildings, and the restoration of natural capital. Their guiding principles include diversity, kinship, symbiosis, reciprocity, and community. These brilliant innovators illuminate a future environment of hope by “wedding human ingenuity with the wisdom of the wild,” as contributor John Todd puts it. Human beings are a keystone species with an essential role to play in the ecological well-being of our world; we are only just learning how to go about it. Sector by sector-from energy and agriculture to transportation, industrial production, and land management-the true biotechnologies described here show how nature has already orchestrated a symphony of intelligent design that we can emulate and adapt, to the benefit of humanity and all life on Earth.
One With Nineveh: Politics, Consumption, and the Human Future
by Paul R. Ehrlich & Anne H. Ehrlich ($17.01)
The Ehrlichs’ provocative and eminently readable look at current environmental trends takes its title from Rudyard Kipling’s poem “Recessional,” which contrasts the pomp of the 19th-century British empire to the faded glory of Nineveh, the ancient capital of the Assyrian empire. The Ehrlichs (Betrayal of Science and Reason), both members of Stanford’s department of biological sciences, look at the global problems of overpopulation, overconsumption, and political and economic inequity that threaten to make the world into a new fallen Nineveh. Each of the book’s nine chapters analyzes one area in detail (using current research in ecology, demographics, migration, economics, biodiversity, ethics, climate, politics and globalization) and then suggests measures “that might allow humanity in general, and the world’s sole remaining superpower in particular, to alter course and work towards achieving a sustainable world.” The prognosis is sometimes depressing: about three-fifths of all important oceanic fish stock has been seriously depleted since 1994; today’s global population of six billion is about three times what Ehrlich considers to be the “optimal” number for the world; profligate consumption threatens to use up nonrenewable natural resources such as oil while governments inhibit the development of renewable sources such as solar power. The current Bush administration is the target of cogent criticism about how it has aided a culture “dominated by short-term greed,” but Europe and various Third World countries receive their share of criticism as well. A concluding section embraces the philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr. to argue that idealism and individual action can still save the world from massive environmental disaster. Although wide-reaching in range, this is a direct and levelheaded presentation that should get, and deserves, wide readership.
Plan B: Rescuing A Planet Under Stress & A Civilization In Trouble
by Lester R. Brown ($18.85)
Brown, founder of the Earth Policy Institute, believes that “we can build an economy that does not destroy its natural support systems, a global community where the basic needs of all the earth’s people are satisfied, and a world that will allow us to think of ourselves as civilized.” Brown (Eco-Economy) backs up his argument with clear and well-reasoned text that outlines how to solve the world’s severe environmental problems. According to Brown, the earth’s populations are currently living in a bubble economy based on reckless consumption of natural resources. Because of water shortages, soil erosion and rising temperatures, grain production has seriously fallen off. If this situation continues, especially in areas such as sub-Saharan Africa and the Indian subcontinent, hunger and disease will prevail and lead to disastrous consequences for the entire world. Drawing on careful research, Brown outlines the details of Plan B, a committed global cooperative effort to raise water and land productivity, cut carbon emissions and stabilize population growth before time runs out. He provides many individual success stories, such as the Netherlands’ embrace of the bicycle for transportation instead of the environmentally poisonous automobile. Since 1989, Iran has cut its spiraling population growth through education and access to contraception. In this measured plea, Brown points out that for Plan B to be adopted worldwide, it desperately needs the leadership of the U.S., as the wealthiest nation on earth, to change its focus and resources from a military presence to one that fosters a global economy that will sustain generations to come.
Plan B.2.0 – Rescuing a Planet Under Stress and a Civilization in Trouble
by Lester Brown (11.53 / 352 pages)
Tension between alarmism and optimism fuels this stimulating treatise on green development, an update of the 2003 edition. Earth Policy Institute president Brown (Who Will Feed China?) surveys the worldwide environmental devastation wrought by breakneck industrialization and the heedless, auto-centric, “throwaway economy”: oil and water shortages, pollution, deforestation, soil erosion, desertification, collapsing fisheries, mass extinctions, looming famine and pestilence-and he hasn’t even gotten to global warming yet. Fortunately, Brown says, “all the problems we face can be dealt with using existing technologies,” at a manageable cost. He spends most of the book touting advances in sustainable agriculture, wildlife and resource conservation, renewable energy, hyper-efficient cars, mass transit and appliances, and recycling (a waterless, composting toilet that produces “essentially odorless” humus, for instance). He totals it all up in a $161 billion yearly budget and adds a prescription for environmental taxes-on everything from gasoline to garbage-to steer the economy toward eco-friendliness. Brown wants to reform and humanize, not abolish, industrial modernity, and keeps the focus on practical, tested measures. He sprinkles many intriguing facts and figures, but they are presented selectively and unsystematically (price data on renewable energy sources, in particular, is inadequate and misleading); his somewhat boosterish approach lacks the meticulous cost-benefit analyses the subject cries out for. But while the book doesn’t offer the last word on sustainable economic development, its can-do spirit and lucid exposition of promising proposals make it a good starting point for discussion of this all-important issue.
State Of The World 2004
by Brian Halweil, et al ($11.87)
In State of the World 2004, the Worldwatch Institute’s award-winning research team focuses on consumption, pointing to the many ways in which our consumption habits drive ecological and social deterioration, as well as how these habits can be redirected to reinforce environmental and social goals. As always, State of the World 2004 provides government officials, journalists, professors, students, and concerned citizens with a comprehensive analysis of the global environmental problems we face along with detailed descriptions of practical, innovative solutions—like charting the most environmentally sound path to a hydrogen-fueled economy, or accelerating the rapidly growing conversion of farmers worldwide to organic farming and sustainable agriculture. Written in clear and concise language, with easy-to-read charts and tables, State of the World 2004 presents a view of our changing world that we, and our leaders, cannot afford to ignore.
The Last Hours Of Ancient Sunlight
Thom Hartman ( $10.47)
While everything appears to be collapsing around us — ecodamage, genetic engineering, virulent diseases, the end of cheap oil, water shortages, global famine, wars — we can still do something about it and create a world that will work for us and for our children’s children. The inspiration for Leonardo DiCaprio’s web movie Global Warning, The Last Hours of Ancient Sunlight details what is happening to our planet, the reasons for our culture’s blind behavior, and how we can fix the problem. Thom Hartmann’s comprehensive book, originally published in 1998, has become one of the fundamental handbooks of the environmental activist movement. Now, with fresh, updated material and a focus on political activism and its effect on corporate behavior, The Last Hours of Ancient Sunlight helps us understand–and heal–our relationship to the world, to each other, and to our natural resources.
ECONOMICS
Building a Win Win World: Life Beyond Global Economic Warfare
Hazel Henderson ($19.95)
World-renowned futurist Hazel Henderson extends her twenty-five years of work in economics to examine the havoc the current economic system is creating at the global level. Building a Win-Win World examines how jobs, education, health care, human rights, democratic participation, socially responsible business, and environmental protection are all sacrificed to “global competitiveness” and outlines a new economic architecture based on positive, sustainable systems.
Confessions of an Economic Hit Man
How the U.S. Uses Globalization to Cheat Poor Countries Out of Trillions
by John Perkins ($15.72)
Confessions of an Economic Hit Man reveals a game that, according to John Perkins, is “as old as Empire” but has taken on new and terrifying dimensions in an era of globalization. And Perkins should know. For many years he worked for an international consulting firm where his main job was to convince LDCs (less developed countries) around the world to accept multibillion-dollar loans for infrastructure projects and to see to it that most of this money ended up at Halliburton, Bechtel, Brown and Root, and other United States engineering and construction companies. This book, which many people warned Perkins not to write, is a blistering attack on a little-known phenomenon that has had dire consequences on both the victimized countries and the U.S.
Gaian Democracies
by Roy Madron and John Jopling ($10.17)
“Gian Democracies” is a powerful book. It explains and questions our need for perpetual economic growth-that over time can only lead to ecological disaster. It explains why our present economic system depends on such growth in order to provide jobs and keep our economy going. Our present economic system, fulfills the needs and desires of transnational corporations at the expense to the rest of us. It feasts upon the environment. The authors suggest changing our economic and governing system to a Gaian Democracy which would better meet the needs of individuals and be compatible with our planet. It suggests ways we can move in this direction. This is a good book. It should be widely read, and if taken seriously, could help turn us in the right direction for a sustainable future. —review by a reader
Goodbye America! Globalization, Debt & The Dollar Empire
by Mike Rowbotham ($22.50)
The injustice of Third World debt is exposed in this incisive and penetrating work by the brilliant author of The Grip of Death. He warns that the Third World debt trap is an extreme case of the same debt trap that all working families face in our own economies. You may think Third World debt is a distant problem for distant lands. Think again. This book shows that the mechanisms pushing the Third World into permanent poverty are the same as those that are deferring your retirement and pushing your children into permanent debt with no hope of escape. Like docile frogs slowly being boiled alive, we are slowly being impoverished by the major banking institutions we trust. This book shows how.
Money: Understanding and Creating Alternatives to Legal Tender
by Thomas H. Greco Jr. ($13.57)
Cash. Loot. Scratch. Lucre. Bread. Coin. Scrip. Moolah. Green. We all think we know intuitively what money is, and what it can do for us. Tom Greco, director of the Community Information Resource Center, understands and explains money on an eye-popping, fundamental level. Moreover, he provides a roadmap on how to make alternatives to the “legal tender” work for individuals, communities, and local economies. Money will set your mental gears spinning with fantastic ideas. This book explains the mysteries and realities of money in clear and accessible prose, and reveals the true workings, and alarming fragility, of our existing financial system. It also describes concrete and realistic actions that individuals, businesses, social service agencies, and governments can take to enhance productivity and purchasing power, to protect local economies from the ravages of globalization, and to strengthen the bonds of community. Money is a radical critique of our existing financial system, but also a practical and inspirational how-to manual for creating a vibrant and effective community currency system.
Power Down
Richard Heinberg ($11.87)
If the US continues with its current policies, the next decades will be marked by war, economic collapse, and environmental catastrophe. Resource depletion and population pressures are about to catch up with us, and no one is prepared. The political elites, especially in the US, are incapable of dealing with the situation and have in mind a punishing game of “Last One Standing.” The alternative is “Powerdown,” a strategy that will require tremendous effort and economic sacrifice in order to reduce per-capita resource usage in wealthy countries, develop alternative energy sources, distribute resources more equitably, and reduce the human population humanely but systematically over time. While civil society organizations push for a mild version of this, the vast majority of the world’s people are in the dark, not understanding the challenges ahead, nor the options realistically available. Powerdown speaks frankly to these dilemmas. Avoiding cynicism and despair, it begins with an overview of the likely impacts of oil and natural gas depletion and then outlines four options for industrial societies during the next decades:
* Last One Standing: the path of competition for remaining resources;
* Powerdown: the path of cooperation, conservation and sharing;
* Waiting for a Magic Elixir: wishful thinking, false hopes, and denial;
* Building Lifeboats: the path of community solidarity and preservation.
Finally, the book explores how three important groups within global society-the power elites, the opposition to the elites (the antiwar and antiglobalization movements, et al: the “Other Superpower”), and ordinary people-are likely to respond to these four options. Timely, accessible and eloquent, Powerdown is crucial reading for our times. Richard Heinberg is an award-winning author of five previous books, including The Party’s Over: Oil, War and the Fate of Industrial Societies. A member of the Core Faculty of New College of California, he lives in Santa Rosa, California.
The Debt Virus: A Compelling Solution To The Worlds Debt Problems
by Jacques S. Jaikaran ($18.66)
Envision a world without poverty or economic oppression – a place where humankind can attain its potential amidst the weightlessness of true freedom. Imagine the United States, and the rest of the world, without hunger or homelessness where educated societies enjoy all the fruits of their labor. In such a society it would not be necessary to hand over your hard-earned dollars to the government in payment of ever-increasing taxes. Such a vision is no doubt utopian, but Jacques Jaikaran introduces us to a radical economic reorganization of what is now a debt culture and proposes a monetary revolution the results of which would virtually eliminate debt as we know it. Debt Virus deals with the anatomy and physiology of money, the lifeblood of commerce and industry and hence the economy. Jaikaran points out a monetary error at the root of our cyclical economic problems and prescribes a cure that promises to benefit all mankind.
The Money Changers: Currency Reform from Aristotle to E-Cash
by David Boyle ($27.50)
The common sense view of “money” as a natural and unchanging economic fact is, in reality, a product of contemporary society. Indeed, ever since money was invented there has been fierce debate about its political, economic and ethical character, and a continued discourse, involving academics, political theorists and social reformers, on the best ways to create money, the most effective rules for governing its use, and even the potential benefits of its abolition. Recent years have seen an increasingly powerful resurgence of interest in fundamentally changing national and global systems of currency and in controlling the monetary trends — the booms and busts of the globalized economy — that affect all aspects of our lives. Yet few realize that these objections have deep roots and a rich tradition. “The Money Changers” is a unique collection of historical and contemporary thought on the nature of money, combining the political and polemical, the analytical and the visionary. It draws on a wealth of expertise and experience, from the impassioned treatises of reformers such as William Morris, via the mainstream economics of John Maynard Keynes and Friedrich Hayek, to the entrepreneurial insight of social activists such as Edgar Cahn and George Soros. This book is a timely guide to the key ideas and ideologues in a fast-moving debate on our economic and social future and will prove informative, enlightening and entertaining for academics and general readers alike.
The Grip of Death:
A Study of Modern Money, Debt Slavery and Destructive Economics
by Michael Rowbotham ($29.95)
A lucid and original account of where money comes from and why most people and businesses are so heavily in debt. It explodes more myths than any other book this century, yet it’s all about subjects very close to home: mortgages, building societies and banks, agriculture, transport, global poverty, and what’s on the supermarket shelf. The author proposes a new mechanism for the supply of money, creating a supportive financial environment and a decreasing reliance on debt.
You can’t eat GNP; Economics as if Ecology Mattered
by Eric A. Davidson ($12.24)
Eric A. Davidson’s engaging and informative book couldn’t have come at a more timely moment. In an age when high technology is driving our economy and propelling us further from the ecological system that physically supports us, You Can’t Eat GNP sends a loud and urgent message: the economic system will fail if the ecosystem is not carefully managed. As Davidson explains, the system of neoclassical economics, which governs our economy, assigns value to goods depending on the level at which they’re produced and consumed. For example, marketed consumer products like bread hold high value, while bread’s main ingredient, flour, holds less. Flour in its unprocessed form, wheat, holds even less value, and the soil from which wheat is grown holds the least worth of all. This triangle has become an exact inversion of the ecologist’s pyramid, however, in which soil–which supports the entire ecological system, from plants to herbivores to carnivores–is viewed as the pyramid’s stabilizing resource. Davidson argues these opposing models must be integrated in order to preserve the ecological system that sustains our economic system. He doesn’t propose a “back to nature” solution, nor does he negate the importance of technological developments stimulated by our present mode of economics. He does, however, agree with R.H. Tawney’s observation that “If economic ambitions are good servants, they are bad masters.” Davidson examines the environmental effects of rigidly employed economic values such as cost-benefit analysis and considers the inevitable economic effects of global warming, waste disposal, and the failure to pursue sustainability. Though his proposals for change are not extensive, he does offer workable (and sometimes controversial) suggestions for both individual and community action. An author as well as a respected scientist, Davidson writes in clear, lucid prose, making the sciences of economics and ecology accessible to the nonscientific reader, without dumbing down his arguments. He supports his points with relevant, contemporary examples, highlighting the vital importance of managing the economy in conjunction with the environment. As this intelligent treatise wryly reminds us, no matter how booming the economy, we’ll never be able to eat our gross national product.
EDUCATION
Creating Learning Communities
by Ron Miller ($18.66)
As this book says it is time to think outside the box. While most educators think that changes must be made in the education system they are stuck in the school/teach/educate syndrome. ‘A Coalition for self learning’ believes that social needs, brain research and new techniques and technologies demand a radically different learning system, and makes it possible. And, that is happening with the proliferation of homeschooling and the emergence of “cooperative community for life-long learning centers” that are forming the foundation for a radicaly different society.
Educating For Human Greatness
by Lynn Stoddard ($16.11)
Lynn Stoddard is a veteran of teaching and parenting. While shepherding his own large flock of twelve children through the public schools of Utah, he was employed for 36 years as an elementary teacher and principal. He now writes and lectures on the urgent need to design a new system of public education based on ancient wisdom and modern research. In this wise and perceptive book, veteran public school teacher/administrator Lynn Stoddard surveys the current state of public education in America and concludes that things have gone terribly wrong. His solution is to have parents and educators start by realizing that standardization in education is neither possible or effective. Only then can they focus on creating schools that truly educate for human greatness. To create such schools Stoddard proposes that parents, teachers, administrators and school board members keep six cardinal principles constantly in mind:
• Value Positive Human Diversity and Cherish Every Student’s Uniqueness
• Draw Out and Develop Each Child’s Latent Talents
• Respect the Autonomy of the Individual by Restoring Freedom and Responsibility
• Invite Inquiry, Curiosity, and Hunger for Knowledge in the Classroom
• Support Professionalism as Teachers Live by these Principles
• Parents and Teachers Unite to Help Children Grow in Human Greatness
Educating for Human Greatness deserves an honored place on the reading list of every parent who really cares about the future of their children, every teacher and administrator who puts students first in their professional lives, and every school board member who wants schools to be places where student development is a reality, not just a slogan.
How To Raise An Indigo Child: Ten Keys For Cultivating A Child’s Natural Brillanace
Barbara Condron ($10.50)
I am a parent as well as a visual art teacher for grades 1-8 at a public school in Colorado. I have observed many unique qualities and characteristics among the wide range of children I teach. The common theme is that a new profile of child is emerging into our world and traditional ways of educating them are outdated. The Indigo Child is unique in that they are alive, fresh and unincumbered by rules, regulations and fitting into a package that is not them. However, Indigo’s desire guidelines and respect and have a keen sense of receiving authenticity and sincerity. Dr. Condron’s book focuses on the need to teach reasoning skills and goes beyond by detailing how it can be taught. Her voice outlines the process using multidimesional techniques which are what the Indigo’s reach for. I have not found a comprable process elswhere. Dr. Condron’s book elevates our consciuosness to be more purpose driven in the how’s and why’s of educating our children. You’ll discover this in the 10 Essential Life Skills she details in How to Raise An Indigo Child. It’s a must read for potential parents as well as educators. My parenting and teaching skills have expanded to be more thought and purpose centered. Thanks for your years of dedication, research and service. — A readers review
Instead of Education
by John Holt ($11.17)
Holt’s most direct and radical challenge to the educational status quo and a clarion call to parents to save their children from schools of all kinds. John Holt was a fifth grade teacher who worked in private schools. In 1964, his book How Children Fail created an uproar with his observations that forcing children to learn makes them unnaturally self-conscious about learning and stifles children’s initiative and creativity by making them focus on how to please the teachers and the schools with the answers they will reward best. His subsequent book, How Children Learn (1967), also became widely known. The two are still in print and together they have sold over a million and a half copies and have been translated into over 14 languages. Holt went on to become a visiting lecturer at Harvard and Berkeley, but his tenure at both places was short-lived. Holt did not feel the school establishment was serious about change in the ways he wanted to go, such as changing the relationship of the child to the teacher and the school to the community. Holts books have been very influential in the development of the homeschooling and unschooling movements.
Montessori Method
by Maria Montessori ($10.50)
This book is Montessori’s own exposition of the theory behind her innovative educational techniques. She shows parents, teachers and administrators how to “free a child to learn through his own efforts”.
Nizhoni: The Higher Self In Education
by Chris Griscom ($10.00)
This is a wonderful eye opener into multi dimenionsal education. One of the many purposes of the Nizhoni school is to attune young people to listen to their higher self/the megaphone of the soul, to listen and to communicate with eachother and the world at a higher octave of understanding and apprecation. This book lays out the principles that the Nihoni school is found on and what everyone child and parent are capable of experiencing
Quantum Teaching: Orchestrating Student Success
Bobbi Deporter ($19.53)
Quantum Teaching shows teachers how to orchestrate their students’ success by taking into account everything in the classroom along with the environment, the design of the curriculum, and how it’s presented. The result: a highly-effective way to teach anything to anybody! Available as an illustrated how-to book that bridges the gap between theory and practice and that covers today’s hottest topics, like multiple intelligences, this book provides specific, easy-to-follow guidelines for creating more-effective learning environments, better ways to design curricula, and more interesting ways to deliver content and facilitate the learning process. Designed and written as an interactive tool, Quantum Teaching includes lesson planning guidelines to help teachers cover all the bases, without having to culminate different theories or refer to different source materials. A reproducible lesson planning guide makes it easy to start implementing new strategies immediately.
Real Boys: Rescuing Our Sons From The Myths Of Boyhood
by Wm. Pollack ($10.88)
Based on William Pollack’s groundbreaking research at Harvard Medical School over two decades, Real Boys explores why many boys are sad, lonely, and confused although they may appear tough, cheerful, and confident. Pollack challenges conventional expectations about manhood and masculinity that encourage parents to treat boys as little men, raising them through a toughening process that drives their true emotions underground. Only when we understand what boys are really like, says Pollack, can we help them develop more self-confidence and the emotional savvy they need to deal with issues such as depression, love and sexuality, drugs and alcohol, divorce, and violence.
Reviving Ophelia: Saving The Selves Of Adolescent Girls
Mary Pipher ($10.17)
Why are more American adolescent girls prey to depression, eating disorders, addictions, and suicide attempts than ever before? According to Dr. Mary Pipher, a clinical psychologist who has treated girls for more than twenty years, we live in a look-obsessed, media-saturated, “girl-poisoning” culture. Despite the advances of feminism, escalating levels of sexism and violence–from undervalued intelligence to sexual harassment in elementary school–cause girls to stifle their creative spirit and natural impulses, which, ultimately, destroys their self-esteem. Yet girls often blame themselves or their families for this “problem with no name” instead of looking at the world around them. Here, for the first time, are girls’ unmuted voices from the front lines of adolescence, personal and painfully honest. By laying bare their harsh day-to-day reality, Reviving Ophelia issues a call to arms and offers parents compassion, strength, and strategies with which to revive these Ophelias’ lost sense of self.
Summerhill School: A New View Of childhood
by A.S. Neill ($11.16)
This update of the 1960 classic, Summerhill, presents radical educational theorist A. S. Neill, “looking back in 1971 on fifty years of running his pioneering self-governing free school,” in Suffolk, England. Lamb, who was an American student there in the early 1960s, weaves extracts of Neill’s writings in a narrative that details the progressive school’s struggles. As an octogenarian, Neill (1884-1973) recalls his advocacy of a then new psychological approach that pointed to emotions, not intellect, as the primary forces shaping a child’s growth. At Summerhill, now run by Neill’s daughter, Zoe Readhead, “kids grow up in their own way and at their own speed” in a self-governing, sympathetic environment. It appears that they are not scanted educationally. Generous in acknowledging his debt to others, including his mentor, psychologist Wilhelm Reich, Neill here freshly details his belief in children’s ability to be self-regulating.
Teacher Effectiveness Training
by Thomas Gordon ($10.20)
For nearly thirty years, Teacher Effectiveness Training, or the T.E.T. book, based on Dr. Thomas Gordon’s groundbreaking program, has taught hundreds of thousands of teachers around the world the skills they need to deal with the inevitable student discipline problems effectively and humanely. Now revised and updated, T.E.T. can mean the difference between an unproductive, disruptive classroom and a cooperative, productive environment in which students flourish and teachers feel rewarded. You will learn:
• What to do when students give you problems
• How to talk so that students will listen
• How to resolve conflicts so no one loses and no one gets hurt
• How to best help students when they’re having a problem
• How to set classroom rules so that far less enforcement is necessary
• How to increase teaching and learning time
The Compassionate Classroom: Relationship Based Teaching & Learning
By Sura Hart & Victoria Kindle Hudson ($12.21)
This inspiring guidebook supports teachers seeking to provide a nurturing and creative classroom environment for elementary students. Lessons supply instruction for creating a community of reverence, self-awareness, and mindfulness. Each entry features a concise lesson plan ready for implementation, as well as a brief summary of the interfaith and secular philosophies that underpin the lesson. Specific tips for teaching nonviolent skill sets are provided, including expressing feelings honestly without judging or criticizing, making clear requests of others, and listening empathetically. Educators are assisted in building connections among diverse populations, cultivating self-awareness, and rewarding reflective thinking. Handouts and sample writings offer inspirational models for students to explore identity and spirituality.
The Happy Child: Changing the Heart of Education
by Steven Harrison ($8.96)
In his thought-provoking new book, this bestselling author ventures far outside the box of traditional thinking about education. His radical proposal? Children naturally want to learn, so let them direct their own education in democratic learning communities where they can interact seamlessly with their neighborhoods, their towns, and the world at large. Most learning systems apply external motivation through grades, rankings, teacher direction, and approval. “The Happy Child” suggests that a self-motivated child who is interdependent within a community can develop the full human potential to live a creative and fulfilling life. Harrison focuses on the integration of the whole child, the learning environment, and the non-coercive spirit of curiosity-driven education. Harrison suggests that all systems of education–core knowledge, progressive education, Waldorf, homeschooling, free schooling–miss the point. Children don’t need schools to learn. They are driven to learn all the time by their need to know. Adults must simply stop preventing this learning. While the wide range of educational theory emphasizes everything from essential curriculum to self-esteem, ‘The Happy Child” recommends that children be given freedom to express their nature and to create their own individualized and appropriate learning experience. Young people today face the difficult challenge of finding their place in a world that is rapidly changing. A balanced, creative life in our complex world requires initiative, holistic thinking, and co-creative problem solving. Harrison adds his voice to those of A. S. Neil, John Holt, and John Gatto, who believe that contemporary schools can never be reformed sufficiently, but must be abandoned entirely for something new and vital to emerge. With practical suggestions, Harrison details how to provide a living and responsive environment that can meet the expanding mind of a child–an environment that is non-coercive, democratic, and relationship-based. A child can thrive in a model where all participants view the child as an interdependent individual in the community–an individual who is both expressive and fully responsible. A happy child will flourish with an education that recognizes that the child is already fully expressive and relating to life. And a happy child, the author, asserts, is at the core of a truly functional and creative society.
The Indigo Children: The New Kids Have Arrived
Lee Carroll ($11.16)
Do you think your child is special? Well, perhaps he or she is! Self-help professionals Lee Carroll and Jan Tober have collected essays by dozens of doctors, counselors, and other childhood experts that seem to document the arrival on earth of a newly evolved species of human kiddie referred to here as an “indigo” child. The 10 most common traits are: 1.) They come into the world with a feeling of royalty. 2.) They have a feeling of deserving to be here. 3.) Self-worth is not a big issue. 4.) They have difficulty with authority by ritual or without explanation. 5.) They simply will not do certain things. 6.) They get frustrated with systems that don’t require creative thought. 7.) They often see better ways of doing things. 8.) School is often difficult for them and they can seem antisocial. 9.) They will not respond to guilt-trip discipline. 10.) They are not shy about letting you know what they need. If your little angel/devil fits this pattern and you are pulling your hair out trying to relate, you may want to read this book before resorting to Ritalin. — a reader writes.
The Sudbury Valley School Experience
by Daniel Greenberg, et al. ($10.00)
We’re currently in a paradigm shift in education, and this book documents how Sudbury Valley School in Framingham, Massachusetts (USA) has reacted quite successfully to that shift. They have created a school where “the inmates are in charge,” meaning the kids control everything about the school…and do so very successfully. For over 30 years, kids have run the school and gotten a better education than they could get at any other school. A remarkable book, and a remarkable story. If you’re into the idea that kids need to be controlled, guided, and “exposed to new ideas,” you won’t like this book. But if you recognize that kids are their own best guides to learning what they need most, when they need it most, you’ll recognize everything in this book. A real gem! — A Readers Review
The Unprocessed Child: Living Without School
by Valerie Fitzenreiter ($12.71)
The Unprocessed Child is a work of nonfiction about a child raised with no coercion and no curriculum. Laurie Chancey spent her childhood immersing herself in topics of her own choosing. She was never forced to learn something simply because tradition and/or society said it was necessary. No one was looking over her shoulder to make sure she was learning the “proper” subjects. Having never seen a textbook or taken a test, never used workbooks or any type of teaching techniques, Laurie scored in the top 10% of the state of Louisiana on her college entrance exam. She enrolled in college when she was eighteen, and graduated summa cum laude three and a half years later. Laurie is a bright adult, but her IQ is not why she did so well. She spent her life learning to learn and it’s something that now comes easily to her. The Unprocessed Child was written by her mother and is full of examples of raising a child with respect and dignity. It is the first book written about a radically unschooled child who has now reached adulthood and is a responsible member of society. Questions about the radical unschooling lifestyle are answered on topics ranging from socialization, parental responsibility, self-discipline, chores, bedtimes and much more. The book shows that it is not only possible to befriend your child, but that it is highly preferable to the struggles that so many parents go through with their children. It proves that school is not necessary for learning, socializing or motivation.
The Unschooling Handbook
How To Use The Whole World As Your Child’s Classroom
by Mary Griffith ($10.85)
Unschooling, a homeschooling method based on the belief that kids learn best when allowed to pursue their natural curiosities and interests, is practiced by 10 to 15 percent of the estimated 1.5 million homeschoolers in the United States. There is no curriculum or master plan for allowing children to decide when, what, and how they will learn, but veteran homeschooler Mary Griffith comes as close as you can get in this slim manual. Written in a conversational, salon-style manner, The Unschooling Handbook is liberally peppered with anecdotes and practical advice from unschoolers, identified by their first names and home states. The book also includes resources such as one teenager’s sample “transcript,” a typical weekly log of a third-grader’s activities, and helpful lists of magazines, online mailing lists, Web sites, and catalogs. Griffith, a board member of the Homeschool Association of California (and the author of The Homeschooling Handbook), names Margaret Mead and Thomas Edison as two examples of those who have profited from unschooled childhoods, and further claims that research validates support for this controversial form of education. The “evidence” she cites, however, is predominantly theoretical writings from noted educators about the benefits of child-centered learning. The book is a well-organized guide for homeschoolers and other families contemplating the “un” life.
Understanding Waldorf Education: Teaching From The Inside Out
by Jack Petrash ($13.57)
Written by a teacher with more than 25 years of experience, this book offers a jargon-free view of Waldorf schools with their philosophy of the importance of a three-dimensional education. Through learning experiences that involve all of the senses, children use a variety of intelligences to develop thought, feeling, and intentional, purposeful activity. Whether you’re a Waldorf parent or teacher, or you just want to learn more about these innovative educational concepts, this book contains important ideas on learning that you can apply today.
GENDER STUDIES
Beyond The Veil:
Inner Peace For Busy Women: Balancing Work, Family and Your Inner Life
by Joan Borysenko ($12.21)
Joan Borysenko, Ph.D., has been described as a respected scientist, gifted therapist, and unabashed mystic. Trained at Harvard Medical School, she was an instructor in medicine until1988. Currently the President of Mind/Body Health Sciences, Inc., she is an internationally known speaker and consultant in women’s health and spirituality, integrative medicine and the mind/body connection. This is a book about getting real. It tells the truth about busyness and peace in a way that can help us women change our lives. Until quite recently, it was politically incorrect to mention that balancing work and family, while having any time left to nurture our spirit, was a tall order. Only now, when a second generation of women is entering the ranks of the family-work-spirituality jugglers, do we feel secure enough to stop for a minute and say, “Wow, this is a hard act to pull off. Sometimes we’re tired, stressed out, and in danger of shutting down and losing our hearts. But if we share the truth of our lives, we can find a better way. Here’s what we learned that can make it easier for you.” This book gets to the heart of how we busy women can find a center of inner peace even when life is swirling around us like a cyclone. However, busyness is not the major issue for most of us—it’s our thoughts about our lives that can create symptoms of disharmony, including money and health problems, loss of empowerment, relationship and parenting difficulties, meltdowns at work, and depression. And although a long bath or a spa getaway can help, finding authentic balance means learning to take back the power we’ve given away and becoming wise—one satisfying step at a time.
Daughters of Abraham: Feminist Thought in Judiasm, Christianity & Islam
by Yvonne Yazbeck Haddad ($16.47)
Important for a general audience interested in women and religion, this book will be especially valuable to scholars in the fields of feminist theology, comparative religion, and interfaith studies. Based on the premise that women’s struggles to have their voices heard are shared throughout the monothesims, these essays offer new insights into the traditions of three religions during the past century. Six scholars engage in dialogue with their own faith communities, reflecting on their scripture and theology in order to understand the process by which women have been constrained within the patriarchal teachings of the religion. Looking at texts and narratives long utilized to keep women within boundaries, they open up the scriptures and traditions to a feminist interpretation of the historical teachings of their faiths.
How To Be Like A Woman Of Influence: Life Lessons From 20 Of The Greatest
by Pat & Ruth Williams ($9.71)
What do Oprah Winfrey, Sandra Day O’Connor, Margaret Thatcher, Marie Curie and Sojourner Truth have in common? Not only are they some of the world’s most influential women, their life lessons are now revealed in the latest book by Pat Williams. Williams blends the personal accounts of each influential woman with the contemporary and historical insights of others. What emerges is an intimate portrait of each great person-her motivations, her aspirations, her personal challenges and the qualities that made her so successful at her calling. An added bonus is life lessons at the end of each chapter, which provide remarkable motivation for women who are blazing a new career trail, building a strong family or struggling to “have it all”. This exceptional book highlights a diverse group of women, from activists, businesswomen and humanitarians to athletes, explorers and scientists-it will appeal to any reader regardless of age, occupation or creative pursuits. Profiles of women of influence include: Eleanor Roosevelt, Rosa Parks, Mary Kay Ash, Helen Keller, Anne Frank, Amelia Earhart and others. This is not a history book-it is a perfect blueprint for creating a successful life.
Qur’an & Woman: Rereading The Sacred Text From A Woman’s Perspective
by Amina Wadud ($10.17)
Fourteen centuries of Islamic thought have produced a legacy of interpretive readings of the Qu’ran written almost entirely by men. Now, with Qu’ran and Woman, Amina Wadud provides a first interpretive reading by a woman, a reading which validates the female voice in the Qu’ran and brings it out of the shadows. Muslim progressives have long argued that it is not the religion but patriarchal interpretation and implementation of the Qu’ran that have kept women oppressed. For many, the way to reform is the reexamination and reinterpretation of religious texts. Qu’ran and Woman contributes a gender inclusive reading to one of the most fundamental disciplines in Islamic thought, Qu’ranic exegesis. Wadud breaks down specific texts and key words which have been used to limit women’s public and private role, even to justify violence toward Muslim women, revealing that their original meaning and context defy such interpretations. What her analysis clarifies is the lack of gender bias, precedence, or prejudice in the essential language of the Qur’an. Despite much Qu’ranic evidence about the significance of women, gender reform in Muslim society has been stubbornly resisted. Wadud’s reading of the Qu’ran confirms women’s equality and constitutes legitimate grounds for contesting the unequal treatment that women have experienced historically and continue to experience legally in Muslim communities. The Qu’ran does not prescribe one timeless and unchanging social structure for men and women, Wadud argues lucidly, affirming that the Qu’ran holds greater possibilities for guiding human society to a more fulfilling and productive mutual collaboration between men and women than as yet attained by Muslims or non-Muslims.
Sacred Woman: A Guide To healing The Feminine Body, Mind & Spirit
by Queen Afua ($11.53)
Queen Afua is a nationally renowned herbalist, natural health and nutrition expert, and dedicated healer of women’s bodies and women’s souls who practices a uniquely Afrocentric spirituality. Her classic bestseller, Heal Thyself, forever changed the way African Americans practice holistic health. Now, with Sacred Woman, she takes us on a transforming journey of physical and ancestral healing that will restore the magnificence of our spirits through sacred initiation. Queen Afua begins by helping us to discover our unique “womb-an-ness”–and to honor the womb as the center of our consciousness and creativity. Whether we are conceiving babies or businesses, ideas or art, Queen Afua illuminates the importance of cultivating our Womb Wisdom. After teaching us to transcend the taboos of growing up female, she outlines the full circle of womb wellness from menstruation to childbirth to menopause, and gives us a twenty-eight-day program for womb spirit rejuvenation and purification. Once our optimal womb wellness has been firmly established, we are ready for our initiation into Sacred Womanhood. “Only a whole woman can be a Sacred Woman,” says Queen Afua, and she blesses us with the exact tools we need to bring our beings into true harmony with the earth and the cosmos. Through extraordinary meditations, affirmations, and rituals rooted in Ancient Egyptian temple teachings, Queen Afua guides us through the nine portals of initiation. She teaches us how to love and rejoice in our bodies by spiritualizing . . . the words we speak; the foods we eat; the spaces we live and work in; the beauty we create in our lives; the healing energy we transmit to self and others; the relationships we nurture; the service we offer; and the divine spirit we manifest. With love, wisdom, and passion, Queen Afua guides us to accept our mission and our mantle as Sacred Women–to heal ourselves, the generations of women in our families, our communities, and our world.
The Biology, Psychology and Spirituality Of The Feminine Life Cycle
by Joan Borysenko ($10.20)
Biologist and psychologist Joan Borysenko helped chart new territory in mind/body medicine at Harvard Medical School-and created a new map of that territory in one of the first bestsellers in the field. Now the author of Minding the Body, Mending the Mind reveals the interconnected loop of mind, body, and spirit in women. This pioneering book will teach women how to maximize their health and well-being as well as discover the extraordinary power that comes with each stage of the feminine life cycle. Women have always known that we are cyclical creatures, strongly influenced by our daily, monthly, and yearly rhythms. Finally, we have a book that examines these natural cycles as gifts rather than weaknesses or curses. Dividing the female life span by the mystical number of seven years, Joan Borysenko reveals the biological forces that drive our physical, emotional, and spiritual development. This is a pragmatic book filled with groundbreaking medical research; it is also a book that dares to explore the link between female biology and female mystery.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Women’s History
by Sonia Weiss ($18.95)
An easily-understood and interesting set of historical perspectives on the evolution of women’s place in the world. Discusses women’s past and present roles in politics, their contributions to society, the idea of the ‘working woman’, and other past and modern aspects of womanhood. Softcover.
The Veil & The Male Elite: A Feminist Interpretation Of Women’s Rights In Islam
by Fatima Mernissi (($12.89)
Mernissi, an internationally known Moroccan sociologist, endeavors to show that discrimination against women, so common in the Muslim world today, is not a fundamental tenet of Islam as many contemporary male Muslims would like us to believe. Her basic premise is that Islam is inherently egalitarian and, using extensive documentation from the Koran, the Hadith, and other Islamic historical commentary, she successfully proves her hypothesis. Mernissi states that Muhammad was a chief of state who publicly acknowledged the importance of affection and sexuality. He was a polygynous husband whose wives were not just background figures but often shared decision-making with him. She goes on to say that the founder of Islam asserted the equality of women, rejected slavery and envisioned an egalitarian society. Mernissi further claims that successive Muslim leaders manipulated and distorted sacred texts, from the seventh century onward, in an effort to maintain male privileges. Her close textual analyses of the Hadith, or stories of words and deeds attributed to the Prophet, support her far-reaching reinterpretation of the historic roots of Islam and its modern tendency to reduce woman to a “submissive, marginal creature.”
Walking Through Fire
by Nawal El Saadwi ($13.97)
“The older I become, the closer I come to my childhood and keep remembering it,” writes novelist and physician El Saadawi in this sequel to her first memoir, A Daughter of Isis. Her new work is sprinkled with childhood experiences and memories, but the focus is on her adult life in Egypt and her four years in exile at Duke University. El Saadawi chronicles her experiences as a medical student, rural doctor, and defender of women’s rights. She also describes what it’s like to be a writer placed on a death list, a daughter confronting the deaths of her beloved parents, and a wife first to a freedom fighter, then to a lawyer she didn’t love, and finally to a physician and writer. El Saadawi brings to life the politics, economics, and culture of a country enmeshed in colonization, imperialism, terrorism, and traditional patriarchal Islamic moral and religious values. Her honesty, strength, courage, and accomplishments are admirable and inspiring.
Women’s Bodies Women’s Wisdom
Christiane Northrup, MD ($12.88)
Christiane Northrup’s vision of mind-body wellness has received an extraordinary response from women all over the world. Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom powerfully demonstrates that when women change the basic conditions of their lives that lead to health problems, they heal faster, more completely, and with far fewer medical interventions. Dr. Northrup brings us vital information about the best techniques of Western medicine and the best alternative therapies, showing how to incorporate both into a complementary whole. She guides readers through the entire range of women’s health problems and offers innovative, positive perspectives on normal processes, such as menstruation, pregnancy, and menopause. This edition includes:
• A nutrition chapter emphasizing individual dietary needs and body chemistry
• Information on improving fertility after age 35–and how to cut the risk of C-section by 50 percent
• A comprehensive program for menopause, including how to decide whether natural hormone replacement is right for you
• Holistic ways to prepare and heal faster if surgery is necessary
• Plus dozens of natural treatments and a wealth of hard-to-find health care resources
Filled with dramatic case histories from her medical practice in Maine, Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom is contemporary medicine at its best, combining new technologies with natural remedies and the miraculous healing powers within the body itself.
GEOPOLITICS
Behind the Invasion of Iraq
by Research Unit for Political Economy ($9.96)
The Research Unit for Political Economy is based in Mumbai, India. It publishes the journal, Aspects of India’s Economy and a range of research publications in English and Hindi. Since September 11, 2001, there have been many accounts of the ways in which the alignment of global power is changing or will be changed by the U.S.’s “war on terrorism.” Most of them take as their starting point the options facing the wealthy and powerful nations of the world seeking to control an ever larger share of the world’s resources. Behind the Invasion of Iraq is written from a different perspective, and one that makes possible a far more comprehensive point of view.
Its authors are rooted in the politics of a Third World country—India—which has long been on the receiving end of imperialist power. As a consequence, they have a more sober view of the workings of global power. In clear and accessible prose, weighing the evidence carefully and tracing events to their root causes, they move beyond moral outrage to a clear view of the process being set in motion by the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq. They show that the invasion of Iraq is a desperate gamble by a section of the U.S. ruling elite to preserve their power, driven by the wish to stave off economic crisis through military means. Their efforts will not end with Iraq, but will require the recolonization of the middle East. Behind the Invasion of Iraq exposes the idea that war will bring democracy to the Middle East as so much propaganda. In a context where so many rulers are themselves clients of the United States, the war is aimed not at the rulers but at the masses of ordinary people whose hostility to imperialism has not been broken even by corrupt and autocratic rulers. This book describes the remaking of global power with a truly global awareness of what is at stake.
Black Skin, White Mask
By Franz Fanon ($10.00 / 320 p)
Fanon says he wants to expose the sickness in order for it to be cured. He exposes the sickness inflicted on Africans by the contact with the colonizing white West in a razor sharp accuracy and courage. Fanon is completely honest, sparing no criticism from the Africans nor the Europeans. He gets help from giant figures like Cesaire and Senghor, and creates an emotionally and intellectually charged masterpiece. He shows how language was used as a colonialist tool, the terrible affect on African self esteem, the psychological turmoil that erupts as a result of the contact with white society.
Derailing Democracy
by David McGowan ($17.95)
This book provides a comprehensive review of the USA’s self serving interference in international affairs and it’s total disregard for democracy or human rights in most countries in the name of plundering and raping these countries for economic and egoistic gain. The book also provides a wake up call to Americans on the development of the Big Brother state and the abuse and disregard of human rights by corporations and “defense” industries. — A readers review
No God But God: The Origins, Evolution and Future Of Islam
by Riza Azlan ($17.13)
Aslan, a native of Iran and a professor of Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies at the University of Iowa, argues in this informative study that a reformation of Islam is underway. He astutely recognizes that the struggle between arch-conservative Wahhabi Islam and the innovative, reform-oriented Islam of the Prophet Muhammad are at war, dragging the United States and the West along. Aslan’s brief but accurate analyses of polygyny (or polygamy), the veil, jihad and the devastating effect that European, particularly British, colonialism had on the Islamic world convey deep insight. Aslan quietly challenges various traditional beliefs dear to conservative Muslim, but readers nevertheless will find this a quick introduction to a complex topic.
Orientalism
By Edward Said ($10.37 / 432 p)
Said limits Orientalism on how English, French, and American scholars have approached the Arab societies of North Africa and the Middle East. His book makes three major claims. Firstly, that Orientalism, although purporting to be an objective, disinterested, and rather esoteric field, in fact functioned to serve political ends. Next, his second claim is that Orientalism helped define a European (mainly English and French) self-image. Lastly, Said argues that Orientalism has produced a false description of Arabs and Islamic culture. Said has opened up a whole new area of discussion.
Rouge State: A Guide To The World’s Only Superpower
by William Blum ($12.89)
Rogue State: A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower by William Blum is a detailed look at how the U.S. sentences blasphemers to death: that is, people and governments blaspheming the holy objectives of American foreign policy. Blum supplies us with the facts about:
* Why terrorists keep picking on the United States;
* The numerous foreign leaders whose assassinations were plotted by the U.S.;
* How the U.S. supported Pol Pot but helped incarcerate Nelson Mandela;
* The U.S. government’s extensive connection to torture;
* How the U.S. has been a haven for foreign terrorists and human rights violators;
* The War Crimes Tribunal that will never be:
* How the U.S. squelched the charges of war crimes against its own and NATO’s leaders in 1999;
* How the U.S. has perverted dozens of foreign elections; and much, much more.
Spiritual Politics
by Corinne McGlaughlin and Gordon Davidson ($23.00)
This is a fascinating sudy involving the cosmic, karmic and etheric dimensions of politics, world affairs and current events. Drawing from the great spiritual traditions, practices and practitioners, McLaughlin and Davidson, cofounders of the New Synthesis Think Tank and the Sirius Ecological Community, meticulously present the role of metaphysics in the political realm. Looking to ancient wisdom for answers to today’s social, economic and environmental ills, they offer a new paradigm of transformational politics: making the political personal through spiritual practice and using this transformational paradigm to change the world from the inside out. In uniting politics with spirituality, the authors describe their concept of the Divine in the solemn tone of scholarly reportage. Information-intensive and chock full of empowering suggestions, intriguing stories and uplifting examples of how individuals and groups can make an impact, this thought-provoking assemblage is an enriching, mind-opening book for seekers of spiritual wisdom and political solutions.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Middle East Conflict
by Mitchell Bard ($12.89)
If the new “Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Middle East Conflict” has any advantage over in-depth geopolitical reporting in newspapers or analytical academic treatises based on years of research, it is in its humility. The book points out historical misunderstandings in side-bars topped by a picture of a pharaoh wagging a finger and saying “Tut Tut!” It doles out trivia beneath a cartoon of a smiling sphinx. It contains subheadings such as, “Hello Haganah” and “Too Many Jews, Not Enough Space.” Mainstream, broad-based texts usually bend so much toward even-handedness that they end up offending partisans on both sides. What a surprise, then, that this Idiot’s Guide is not so idiotic….It takes away the egos of the scholars who usually arm themselves with complicated conclusions so they can sound like they know what they are talking about when nobody, in 2,000 years, has been able to successfully navigate the Middle East to peace.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to The Politics Of Oil
by C.D. Jaco ($12.89)
Oil makes the world go round. Follow the fascinating story-from the fields of Kuwait to the streets of Venezuela and beyond. An analysis of the role that oil plays in the U.S. and how it has affected our foreign policy, this book traces the evolution of the industry, including such defining moments as the invention of the automobile and the discovery of oil in Saudi Arabia. Discussing politics, economics, and science, this book offers comprehensive, up-to-date information on the substance that was left to us by the dinosaurs-and that drives our industrialized world.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Understanding Saudi Arabia
by Colin Wells ($12.89)
Colin Wells’s concise, informative, and intelligent book is an excellent starting point for those who know little about the kingdom. A detailed and comprehensive overview of this complex Middle Eastern country, this book covers Arabia’s early history, the rise of the House of Saud, the discovery of Saudi oil, Islamic fundamentalism, day-to-day-life as well as the country’s future.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to The Pentagon
by Jeff Cateau ($12.89)
This delightful book imparts great technical and historical data while simultaneously giving your sense of humor a terrific workout. The big, beleaguered building comes alive with purpose and structure thanks to the well-written and thoroughly researched text. Suddenly the geometric monster fits neatly into the tapestry of American foreign policy and the reader is given a window onto the foibles and passions of the thousands of citizens who enter the monolith each day. I highly recommend this fascinating book to anyone who has ever wondered about the importance of the Pentagon, and the impact of the strategies that emanate from it.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide To World Conflicts
by Steven Strauss ($12.89)
I have devoured this book since I bought it recently, underlining and scribbling all over it, eager to pick it up and continue reading it; its the thrill of learning,. Its a skeletal framework of history, but it gives you enough information so that you now have the power to know “what” you would like to investigate furthur. For instance, one gets a brief synopsis on a countries history, like say Sudan, it runs down some of its cutural history; who ran the country, who imperialized it, etc; what cou de tas have occured; whos fighting for what and what happened when. In order to have obtained this amount of information about these many countries, one would have to scoure through stacks of history books assembling some info here and some there for ever. This book is great, it puts history in perspective so that the present can be more clearly comprehended. I by no means agreed with everything the author wrote philsophically, but I respect his work and am thankful for having found it. Definetly Five Stars. – A Readers Review
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to World Religions
by Brandon Toroprov ($12.89)
A comprehensive look at ideas about God-in every corner of the globe. More than at any other time in history, ordinary people are reading up on the world’s major religions. Hinduism, Christianity, Judaism, Buddhism, and Islam often seem at odds with each other, and as readers struggle to understand, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to World Religions, Third Edition, provides expanded and updated coverage to answer their questions. Here, comparative theologists Toropov and Buckles provide many answers to today’s questions about both major and lesser-known religions and beliefs. Each of five parts, one for every major religion, discusses history, rituals, celebrations, holy documents, deities, and structure. Included are Asian paths of belief, non-scriptural religions, ancient creeds, and the earth-based religions practiced in parts of Asia, Africa, South America, island nations, Europe, and North America.
The World is Flat
by Thomas L. Friedman ($18.00 / 593 p)
What Friedman means by “flat” is “connected”: the lowering of trade and political barriers and the exponential technical advances of the digital revolution that have made it possible to do business, or almost anything else, instantaneously with billions of other people across the planet. This in itself should not be news to anyone. But the news that Friedman has to deliver is that just when we stopped paying attention to these developments–when the dot-com bust turned interest away from the business and technology pages and when 9/11 and the Iraq War turned all eyes toward the Middle East–is when they actually began to accelerate. Globalization 3.0, as he calls it, is driven not by major corporations or giant trade organizations like the World Bank, but by individuals: desktop freelancers and innovative startups all over the world (but especially in India and China) who can compete–and win–not just for low-wage manufacturing and information labor but, increasingly, for the highest-end research and design work as well.
GLOBALIZATION
Beyond Globalisation: Shaping A Sustainable Global Economy
by Hazel Henderson ($10.95)
Hazel Henderson offers a critique of globalization which is creating a bubble economy at the cost of real, more local enterprises and livelihoods. She argues for the use of systems thinking and a more holistic approach as a way of breaking out of the narow prism of GDP and market pricing that dominates conventional economic thinking. She sets out a panoramic vision of the changes required to reshape the global economy towards social justice and sustainability at every level from the global to the local and personal.
Development As Freedom
by Amartya Sen ($10.20)
By the winner of the 1988 Nobel Prize in Economics, an essential and paradigm-altering framework for understanding economic development–for both rich and poor–in the twenty-first century. Freedom, Sen argues, is both the end and most efficient means of sustaining economic life and the key to securing the general welfare of the world’s entire population. Releasing the idea of individual freedom from association with any particular historical, intellectual, political, or religious tradition, Sen clearly demonstrates its current applicability and possibilities. In the new global economy, where, despite unprecedented increases in overall opulence, the contemporary world denies elementary freedoms to vast numbers–perhaps even the majority of people–he concludes, it is still possible to practically and optimistically restain a sense of social accountability.
Eyes of the Heart: Seeking A Path For The Poor In The Age Of Globlization
by Jean-Bertrand Aristide ($9.00)
Aristide, the former priest-turned-president of one of the poorest nations in the Western Hemisphere, calls these nine brief chapters a letter written for “my brothers and sisters in Haiti who cannot write” – an attempt to explain to readers that the world’s richest countries are “accumulating wealth with breathtaking speed and never looking back,” while the poor nations are “sinking deeper into economic misery.” He views every topic he addresses – globalization, colonialism, education, women’s status – through the stark lens of the poorest Haitians. Although his hope-filled vision can offer them nothing more than “poverty with dignity,” he believes it may at least prevent starvation. Aristide’s writing is simple and direct; he capably juggles heart-rending anecdotes, unnerving statistics, unflinching commentary and the occasional Bible quote. The result reads at times like a hard-hitting sermon and at times like a campaign speech, resonating with the conviction of one who knows firsthand the desperation about which he writes. This courageous critique of the global economy and how it is leaving the poor behind is important and accessible, sure to touch all but the hardest of hearts.
Globalization and its Discontents
by Joseph Stiglitz ($10.85)
This powerful, unsettling book gives us a rare glimpse behind the closed doors of global financial institutions by the winner of the 2001 Nobel Prize in Economics. When it was first published, this national bestseller quickly became a touchstone in the globalization debate. Renowned economist and Nobel Prize winner Joseph E. Stiglitz had a ringside seat for most of the major economic events of the last decade, including stints as chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers and chief economist at the World Bank. Particularly concerned with the plight of the developing nations, he became increasingly disillusioned as he saw the International Monetary Fund and other major institutions put the interests of Wall Street and the financial community ahead of the poorer nations. Those seeking to understand why globalization has engendered the hostility of protesters in Seattle and Genoa will find the reasons here. While this book includes no simple formula on how to make globalization work, Stiglitz provides a reform agenda that will provoke debate for years to come. Rarely do we get such an insider’s analysis of the major institutions of globalization as in this penetrating book. With a new foreword for this paperback edition.
In Defense Of Globalization
by Jagdisk Bhagwati ($17.64)
The riot-torn meeting of the World Trade Organization in Seattle in 1999 was only the most dramatic sign of the intensely passionate debate now raging over globalization, which critics blame for everything from child labor to environmental degradation, cultural homogenization, and a host of other ills afflicting poorer nations. Now Jagdish Bhagwati, the internationally renowned economist known equally for the clarity of his arguments and the sharpness of his pen, takes on the critics, revealing that globalization, when properly governed, is in fact the most powerful force for social good in the world today. Drawing on his knowledge of international economics, Bhagwati explains that globalization often alleviates many of the problems for which it has been blamed. For instance, when globalization leads to greater general prosperity in an underdeveloped nation, it quickly reduces child labor and increases literacy (when parents have sufficient income, they send their children to school, not work). The author describes how globalization helps the cause of women around the world and he shows how economic growth, when coupled with the appropriate environmental safeguards, does not necessarily increase pollution. And to counter the charge that globalization leads to cultural hegemony, to a bland “McWorld,” Bhagwati points to the example of Salman Rushdie, a writer who blends Bombay slang and impeccable English in novels touched by magic realism borrowed from South American writers. Globalization leads not to cultural white bread but to a spicy hybrid of cultures. With the wit and wisdom for which he is renowned, Bhagwati convincingly shows that globalization is part of the solution, not part of the problem.
No Nonsense Guide to Globalization
by Wayne Ellwood ($7.50)
Globalization: it’s a buzzword you can’t escape. For some it’s the ticket to a democratic world of instant communications and global prosperity. For others it’s a money-mad juggernaut, spinning wildly out of control, threatening both cultural and biological diversity. Today the Western consumer model has seeped into every corner of the globe while gaps in wealth, food security and social provision continue to grow. The No-Nonsense Guide to Globalisation traces the journey towards a borderless world. And in the process it shows that the promise of globalization is seductive, powerful, and ultimately hollow.
New Rulers of the World
by John Pilger ($9.75)
The award-winning journalist and filmmaker John Pilger selects from his recent Guardian and New Statesman essays on power, its secrets and illusions, for this new collection. The New Rulers of the World tackles the injustices and double standards inherent in the politics of globalization. It sets out to explain something of the “new” order—the unholy alliance of business interests, media magnates and imperial repression—and the importance of breaking the silence that protects great power and its manipulations. The title is taken from his television film about the mythology of globalization, in which he revealed how General Suharto’s bloody seizure of power in Indonesia in the 1960s was part of a Western design that was the beginning of globalization in Asia. In this book, Pilger discloses more of a secret history which saw a million Indonesians die as the price for its mantle as the World Bank’s ‘model pupil.’ He also describes the price paid by the people of Iraq for the West’s decade-long embargo of that country. Returning to his homeland, Australia, he looks behind the hype that led up to the Millennium Olympics in Sydney, reflecting on Australia’s continuing subjugation of its Aboriginal people. Following the terrorist attacks on America and the bombing of Afghanistan, he looks at the new thrust of American power and its goal of world order, and the propaganda that helps drive it.
Private Planet; Corporate Plunder and the Fight Back
by David Cromwell ($13.97)
David Cromwell is an oceanographer at the Southhampton Oceanography Centre in the United Kingdom and has worked for Shell International as an exploration geophysicist. Climate scientist and green activist David Cromwell examines how and why the forces of globalization are opposing ecological sustainability, human rights, and social justice, and draws on examples from around the world to show what we can do to reverse the process. He makes the point that centralized state and corporate power is vulnerable to significant grassroots awareness and activism. There is ample cause for hope and cautious optimism.
The Amoral Elephant:
Globalization and the Struggle for Social Justice in the Twenty-First Century
by William K. Tabb ($18.00)
William K. Tabb is Professor of economics and Professor of political science at Queens college and Professor of political science at the Graduate Center of the City of New York. He is the author of The Postwar Japanese System: Cultural Economy and Economic Transformation (1995) and Restructuring Political Economy: The Great Divide in Economic Thought (1999). In what may well have been the largest popular protest in this country of the last twenty years, more than forty thousand demonstrators in Seattle effectively shut down a World Trade Organization (WTO) conference late last year. Against the backdrop of this historic event, William K. Tabb issues a comprehensive examination of the world capitalist system at the start of the twenty-first century disputing those who see globalization as the steamroller against which the most powerful nations are helpless. It is in fact the most powerful states that have created globalization. The Amoral Elephant examines the implications of globalization, draws parallels to earlier stages of capitalist development to demonstrate the social burdens arising from the exploding financial markets. Tabb describes how international institutions, most importantly the International Monetary Fund and the WTO have focused on neoliberal goals to erode the welfare state and shift wealth from the poor to the rich.
The Best Money Democracy Can Buy: An Investigative Reporter Exposes the Truth About Globalization, Corporate Cons & High Finance Fraudsters
by Gregory Palast ($10.50)
Award-winning investigative journalist Greg Palast digs deep to unearth the ugly facts that few reporters working anywhere in the world today have the courage or ability to cover. From East Timor to Waco, he has exposed some of the most egregious cases of political corruption, corporate fraud, and financial manipulation in the US and abroad. His uncanny investigative skills as well as his no-holds-barred style have made him an anathema among magnates on four continents and a living legend among his colleagues and his devoted readership. This exciting new collection brings together some of Palast’s most powerful writing of the past decade. Included here are his celebrated “Washington Post” exposé on Jeb Bush and Katherine Harris’s stealing of the 2000 presidential election in Florida, and recent stories on George W. Bush’s payoffs to corporate cronies, the payola behind Hillary Clinton, and the faux energy crisis.
The Divine Right Of Capital: Dethroning The Corporate Aristocracy
by Majorie Kelly ($12.21)
Wealth inequity, corporate welfare, and industrial pollution are the symptoms of our sickened economy, Marjorie Kelly suggests. The underlying illness is shareholder primacy. In The Divine Right of Capital, she shows that the corporate drive to maximize shareholder profits at any cost is not only out of step with democratic and free-market principles, but is detrimental to the long-term health of individual companies and the economy as a whole. Kelly, the cofounder and editor of the national journal Business Ethics, offers a far-reaching solution to rebuild corporations in a way that serves all. The Divine Right of Capital is a radical critique of the corporate economy, newly updated with information on Enron and other business scandals.
The Lexus and The Olive Tree
by Thomas Friedman ($11.16)
From one of our most perceptive commentators and winner of the National Book Award, a comprehensive look at the new world of globalization, the international system that, more than anything else, is shaping world affairs today. As the Foreign Affairs columnist for The New York Times, Thomas L. Friedman has traveled the globe, interviewing people from all walks of contemporary life: Brazilian peasants in the Amazon rain forest, new entrepreneurs in Indonesia, Islamic students in Teheran, and the financial wizards on Wall Street and in Silicon Valley. Now Friedman has drawn on his years on the road to produce an engrossing and original look at globalization. Globalization, he argues, is not just a phenomenon and not just a passing trend. It is the international system that replaced the Cold War system; the new, well-greased, interconnected system: Globalization is the integration of capital, technology, and information across national borders, in a way that is creating a single global market and, to some degreee, a global village. Simply put, one can’t possibly understand the morning news or one’s own investments without some grasp of the system. Just one example: During the Cold War, we reached for the hot line between the White House and the Kremlin–a symbol that we were all divided but at least the two superpowers were in charge. In the era of globalization, we reach for the Internet–a symbol that we are all connected but nobody is totally in charge. With vivid stories and a set of original terms and concepts, Friedman offers readers remarkable access to his unique understanding of this new world order, and shows us how to see this new system. He dramatizes the conflict of “the Lexus and the olive tree”–the tension between the globalization system and ancient forces of culture, geography, tradition, and community. He also details the powerful backlash that globalization produces among those who feel brutalized by it, and he spells out what we all need to do to keep the system in balance. Finding the proper balance between the Lexus and the olive tree is the great drama of he globalization era, and the ultimate theme of Friedman’s challenging, provocative book–essential reading for all who care about how the world really works.
The Post-Corporate World: Life After Capitalism,
David C. Korten (13.57)
A deep gap is growing between the promises of the new global capitalism and the reality of the social breakdown, inequality, insecurity, spiritual emptiness, and environmental destruction left in its wake. What went wrong, and why? In The Post-Corporate World, David C. Korten makes a well-documented case that the new global capitalism is delivering a fatal blow not only to life but to democracy and the market. But rather than simply presenting a doomsday scenario, Korten shows that it isn’t too late for change. Drawing on the new biology and a growing understanding of living systems, the book argues that the most promising alternative is a world of healthy market economies that function as extensions of healthy local ecosystems to meet the needs of people and communities.
The Silent Takeover: Global Capitalism & The Death Of Democracy
by Noreena Hertz ($10.17)
Of the world’s 100 largest economies, 51 are now corporations, only 49 are nation-states. The sales of General Motors and Ford are greater than the gross domestic product of the whole of sub-Saharan Africa, and Wal-Mart now has a turnover higher than the revenues of most of the states of Eastern Europe. Yet few of us understand fully the growing dominance of big business. Widely acclaimed economist Noreena Hertz brilliantly reveals how corporations across the world manipulate and pressure governments by means both legal and illegal; how protest is becoming a more effective political weapon than the ballot-box; and how corporations are taking over from the state responsibility for everything from providing technology for schools to healthcare for the community. The Silent Takeover asks us to recognize the growing contradictions of a world divided between haves and have-nots, of gated communities next to ghettos, of extreme poverty and unbelievable wealth. In the face of these unacceptable extremes, Noreena Hertz outlines a new agenda to revitalize politics and renew democracy.
When Corporations Rule The World
by David Korten ($11.53)
When Corporations Rule the World explains how economic globalization has concentrated the power to govern in global corporations and financial markets and detached them from accountability to the human interest. It documents the devastating human and environmental consequences of the successful efforts of these corporations to reconstruct values and institutions everywhere on the planet to serve their own narrow ends. It also reveals why and how millions of people are acting to reclaim their political and economic power from these elitist forces and presents a policy agenda for restoring democracy and rooting economic power in people and communities.
HEALTH & HEALING
A Practical Guide To Vibrational Medicine
by Richard Gerber, MD. ($10.85)
Richard Gerber, M.D., practices internal medicine near his home in Livonia, Michigan, and has become the definitive authority of energetic medicine. This book is a culmination of twenty years of nationally recognized research into alternative medical diagnosis and treatment. At the dawn of the twenty-first century, the old paradigms of medicine have begun to fall apart. We no longer believe that our bodies are machines with parts that wear down, only to be braced tip by drugs or replaced through surgery. Instead, a growing number of pioneering researchers embrace a new view of healing-one expounded by Dr. Richard Gerber in his groundbreaking bestseller, Vibrational Medicine. Now Dr. Gerber shows how to put this new way of thinking into practical use, describing the role of consciousness and “thought forms,” and also explains the benefits of homeopathy, acupuncture, color and light healing, magnetobiology, and other therapies. A traditionally trained physician, Dr. Gerber combines scientific evidence with traditional methods of the East and West to unlock our potential for healing ourselves.
Ageless Body, Timeless Mind
Deepak Chopra ($10.17)
The message of his new book? “We are not victims of aging, sickness, and death. These are part of the scenery, not of the seer, who is immune to any form of change. This seer is the spirit, the expression of eternal being.” The basis for his belief, Chopra argues, is quantum physics and the work of such scientists as Heisenberg, Bohr and Einstein, with whose help Chopra tells us how to stave off the inevitable changes brought on by mortality and the passing of years. He advises us on how to defeat entropy, to believe enough to offer palpable resistance to processes of physical alteration, and to reinterpret your body such that renewal will come of it. He himself believes in a land where no one is old, and where we create our bodies as we create the experience of our world. He is also a proponent of the science of longevity, and cites research by doctors to back himself up when expounding upon it.
Black Death: Aids In Africa
Susan Hunter ($18.87)
Noted specialist Susan Hunter tells the untold story of AIDS in Africa, home to 80 percent of the 40 million people in the world currently infected with HIV. She weaves together the history of colonialism in Africa, an insider’s take on the reluctance of drug companies to provide cheap medication and vaccines in poor countries, and personal anecdotes from the 20 years she spent in Africa working on the AIDS crisis. Taken together, these strands make it unmistakably clear that a history of the exploitation of developing nations by the West is directly responsible for the spread of disease in developing nations and the AIDS pandemic in Africa. Hunter looks at what Africans are already doing on the ground level to combat AIDS, and what the world can and must do to help. Accessibly written and hard-hitting, Black Death brings the staggering statistics to life and paints for the first time a stunning picture of the most important political issue today.
Decoding The Human Body-Field
by Peter Fraser & Harry Massey ( $12.89 / 416 p)
A revolutionary system that reestablishes the proper flow of information to the body’s energetic fields to promote health
• Presents a new integrative model of the energetic physiology of the human body (the human body-field) and its influence on health
• Shows that a root cause of disease is due to information blockages in the body-field
• Introduces Infoceuticals, liquid remedies that help the human body-field process vital information to engage the physical body’s self-healing abilities
After decades of research, Peter Fraser has formulated a system that unites the meridian system of traditional Chinese medicine with quantum wave theory to provide the first comprehensive link between the human body’s biochemistry and bioenergetics. He explains that we each have a body-field based on twelve meridian-like channels that process and coordinate information throughout the body and that our health depends on the proper flow and communication of information through these channels. In Decoding the Human Body-Field, Fraser and Massey describe in detail their revolutionary Nutri-Energetics System, which uses Infoceuticals–liquids infused with organic colloidal minerals that are imprinted with corrective quantum electrodynamic information–to remedy distortions and blockages in the information flow of the body-field. The imprinted information acts as a magnetic signpost to engage the body’s self-healing ability.
Energy Medicine
Donna Eden, et al. ($11.86)
The first practical guide to using energy medicine to improve physical vitality, emotional health, and mental acuity. World-renowned healer Donna Eden is able to literally see the body’s energy keypoints and meridians. In Energy Medicine, she tells readers how they, too, can visualize these energy systems, determine the causes of physical and psychological problems based on the state of these energies, and devise highly effective treatments to remedy specific ailments and injuries. This is the only interactive guide that shows how you can work with energy to strengthen the immune, circulatory, lymphatic, and respiratory systems; alleviate pain, emotional stress, and depression; and improve memory and learning skills. In health conferences throughout the world, Eden consistently exhilarates and amazes her audiences. Blending intuitive genius with a profound grasp of how the body functions as an energy system, Donna Eden’s unique approach to energy medicine integrates Eastern, Celtic, and Western healing arts.
Gesundheit!
By Patch Adams ($10.47)
On Christmas Day Universal Studios released Patch Adams, the Robin Williams film based on the life of Patch Adams, M.D. Now, in this expanded edition of Gesundheit!, you can get Patch’s real story. A social revolutionary who has devoted his career to giving away health care, Patch is the founder of the Gesundheit Institute, a home-based medical practice in West Virginia that has treated more than 15,000 people for free. Whether it means putting on a red clown nose for sick children or taking a disturbed patient outside to roll down a hill with him, Adams does whatever is necessary to help heal. This is the story of Adams’s lifetime quest to transform the health care system. Gaining supporters across the country, the Gesundheit Institute is now building a free, full-scale hospital that will be open to anyone in the world. Ambitious? Yes. Impossible? Not for those who know and work with Patch.
Global Aids: Myths & Facts, Tools For Fighting The AIDS Pandemic
Alexander Irwin & Jyce Millen ($10.50)
AIDS is the most devastating communicable disease in history, and structures of poverty and injustice are magnifying the crisis in underresourced countries.
More than 36 million people are infected with HIV/AIDS_the vast majority of them in the poor world, or in poor and marginalized communities within wealthy countries. And since AIDS was first recognized in the early 1980s, 13 million children have been orphaned and 22 million people have died from the disease. Irwin and Millen, co-authors of the critically praised Dying for Growth: Global Inequality and the Health of the Poor, demonstrate that it is morally imperative and practically feasible to control the spread of AIDS by overturning common myths about treatment and prevention. For example, it is often argued that ordinary citizens in rich countries can do little to fight AIDS in poor counties. But Irwin and Millen show how individual activists, students, health providers, and members of international health organizations have helped to play pivotal roles in lowering drug prices and securing increased funding for vaccine development. Activism and education by groups like ACT UP, Student Global AIDS Campaign, and various religious organizations is forcing national and international leaders to take greater responsibility for the global AIDS crisis. Features a comprehensive resource guide. Illustrated with photographs.Alexander Irwin is an assistant professor of religious studies at Amherst College. Joyce Millen is Director of Research for the Institute for Health and Social Justice. Irwin and Millen are co-authors of Dying for Growth: Global Inequality and the Health of the Poor. James Orbinski, president of Doctors Without Borders, called Dying for Growth “deeply intelligent, thoroughly researched_a must-read for all citizens and activists committed to meaningful change.”
Health & Healing
by Andrew Weil, MD ($9.75)
Why do we get sick? How do we get well? How do we avoid getting sick again? Dr. Andrew Weil attempts to answer these fundamental questions in Health and Healing, but the real joy of the book isn’t in learning the answers, but in following his mind down the path to an answer. He starts with homeopathy, a treatment that, to an outsider, seems more like a leap of faith than an actual system of healing. Weil recounts how homeopathy cured–completely cured–an annoying intestinal problem he suffered. Then he discusses the principles and history of this type of treatment, including the surprising ways in which homeopathy has affected the course of modern medicine. One of the strongest points made in this book is that “perfect health” is simply unattainable. We’re all going to feel bad sometimes. Another is that the body eventually heals most of its injuries, illnesses, and infections–up to 90 percent of them, by some estimates. But it’s the other 10 percent that raise havoc. Weil, trained as a medical doctor, believes that conventional medicine is great at handling trauma and sudden, life-threatening conditions like heart attacks, but it’s less good at dealing with chronic conditions like arthritis. Health and Healing examines the strengths and weaknesses of both conventional and alternative medicine, and offers a roadmap to determine which is best for what ails you.
Inventing the AIDS Virus
Peter Duesberg ($13.57)
At last! This is the book every AIDS-watcher has been awaiting, in which the most prominent and persistent critic of HIV as the cause of AIDS presents his case most exhaustively and popularly. Duesberg, himself a virologist, stoutly maintains that HIV cannot cause AIDS because it fails to meet the rules by which a virus is implicated as disease-causing. He says that the causes of AIDS in First World countries most probably are overuse of toxic drugs–by legal prescription (e.g., AZT) as well as illicit use (e.g., the nitrite inhalants known as poppers that are used to enhance sexual capability)–and multiple and repeated infections with venereal diseases; in the Third World, they are malnutrition and maladies (e.g., tuberculosis) rare in wealthy nations but still prevalent in poor ones as well as, again, substance abuse. Duesberg massively documents and cogently argues these positions but not before laying out the historic and political reasons why most members of his profession and related medical specialists seized on a viral causation for AIDS. Basically, virologists wanted another success like that with polio and, frustrated by complete failure to find viral causes for cancer, took up AIDS as the perfect challenge as well as, once HIV was discovered, a ticket for prolonging their first-class ride on the medical research gravy train. Strong stuff, but Duesberg has never been alone in this analysis or in his scientific arguments. He has never before gathered his case together and presented it to the general public, though, so regard this book as a milestone essential to any collection concerned with AIDS.
Matrix Energetics: The Science & Art Of Transformation
Dr. Richard Bartlett ($15.61 / 208 pages)
www.matrixenergetics.com
In 1997, Dr. Richard Bartlett experienced an event that would redirect the entire course of his life. He suddenly discovered that by lightly touching his clients while at the same time applying focused intent, he could restore them to a physically, mentally, and spiritually balanced state, instantly shifting misalignments that had plagued them for years. Most astonishing of all, he could teach anyone how to do this. Now, for millions of people looking for empowerment in an age of declining and impersonal healthcare, Dr. Bartlett shares this phenomenon in a book full of explosive potential.
In Matrix Energetics, Dr. Bartlett builds upon his popular seminars to teach us how to access the discovery he has made — a process that merges the science of subtle energy with our innate imaginations to produce measurable results. By applying forces known to modern physics, each of us can tap into states of healthy awareness from different moments — in essence, travel in time — and bring them into the present for immediate, profound results. As Dr. Bartlett clearly shows, this practice requires no special training, produces transformation in the blink of an eye, and is available to everyone who has a willingness to learn.
Matrix Energetics, The Science and Art of Transformation, provides an easily-reproducible, results-oriented process of change that draws on the fundamental principles embraced by the field of quantum physics. This paradigm-busting book can teach anyone how to access their creative power to heal and transform their lives. Dr. Richard Bartlett discovered that what he once thought about the human body was just the tip of the iceberg — after seeing change beneath his hands, and hearing about the invisible transformations that were often revealed later — he knew that he had to pass along what he had discovered.
Meditation as Medicine
By Dharma Singh Khalsa, MD & Cameron Stauth ($10.50)
Long-term meditators experience 80 percent less heart disease and 50 percent less cancer than nonmediators, according to a large body of studies. Meditation has been shown to improve sleep and reduce chronic pain. Not all meditation is equally effective, however. Dharma Singh Khalsa, M.D., has developed a form of advanced meditation he calls “Medical Meditation,” which “more fully addresses every element of our physical and ethereal makeup… a full-service approach.” Medical Meditation is an adaptation of kundalini yoga combined with meditation, using specific breathing patterns, posture and movements, mantras, and mental focus. Different Medical Meditation focus on different physiological benefits for specific conditions, so once you’ve learned the basics, you can choose a specific Medical Meditation for high blood pressure, to improve digestion, or to strengthen the immune system or the heart, for example. Line drawings illustrate the postures, and Khalsa’s stories about his patients are inspiring and involving.Meditation as Medicine is not a brisk read or a “read-today-do-tomorrow” guide, however. Be prepared to immerse your mind in a study of chakras, mantras, breathing exercises, movement exercises, poses, and meditations–and discipline yourself to practice Khalsa’s techniques patiently. Are the benefits worth all the work involved? Khalsa thinks so: “For the ill and injured, Medical Meditation is not a problem. It’s a solution.” Khalsa is both a physician and a yogi. He is board certified in anesthesiology, pain management, and antiaging medicine, and president and medical director of the Alzheimer’s Prevention Foundation. Cowriter Cameron Stauth, author of 12 books, was named Journalist of the Year by the National Health Foundation.
Perfect Health: The Complete Mind/Body Guide
by Deepak Chopra ($10.17)
This account of alternative healing comes from a seasoned, well-educated Western medical doctor. Chopra inspires us to discover the inner voices within ourselves to heal, transform and create a balanced state of all physical and psychological levels. The book describes how breakthroughs in physics and medicine were underscoring the validity of a 5,000-year-old medical system from ancient India known as Ayurveda (“the knowledge of life span” in Sanskrit). Perfect Health goes on to describe how to apply the ancient wisdom of Ayurveda to everyday life. Although we experience our bodies as solid, they are in fact more like fires that are constantly being consumed and renewed. We grow new stomach linings every five days, for instance. Our skin is new every five weeks. Each year, fully 98 percent of the total number of atoms in our bodies is replaced. Ayurveda gives us the tools to intervene at this quantum level, where we are being created anew each day. Ayurveda tells us that freedom from sickness depends on contacting our own awareness, bringing it into balance, and then extending that balance to the body.
Quantum Healing: Exploring The Frontiers Of Mind Body Medicine
Deepak Chopra ($10.88)
Early on in Quantum Healing, Deepak Chopra asks an interesting question: Why, when your body mends a broken arm, is it not considered a miracle, but when your body rids itself of cancer, it is? Chopra believes the two phenomena spring from the same well, that the body is capable of doing much more than we assume it can. He calls this ability to cure disease from within “quantum healing,” and shows how we’re all capable of it. He believes intelligence exists everywhere in our bodies, in each of our 50 trillion cells, and that therefore each cell knows how to heal itself. Here is an extraordinary new approach to healing by an extraordinary physician-writer — a book filled with the mystery, wonder, and hope of people who have experienced seemingly miraculous recoveries from cancer and other serious illnesses.Dr. Deepak Chopra, a respected New England endocrinologist, began his search for answers when he saw patients in his own practice who completely recovered after being given only a few months to live. In the mid-1980’s he returned to his native India to explore Aruyveda, humanities most ancient healing tradition. Now he has brought together the current research of Wetern medicine, neuoscience, and physics with the insights of Ayurvedic theory to show that the human body is controlled by a “network of intelligence” grounded in quantum reality. Not a superficial psychological state, this intelligence lies deep enough to change the basic pattenrs that design our physiology — with the potential to defeat cancer, heart disease, and even aging itself. in this inspiring and pioneering work, Dr. Chopra offers us both a fascinating intellectual journey and a deeply moving chronicle of hope and healing.
Spontaneous Healing
How To Discover & Embrace Your Body’s Natural Ability To Maintain & Heal Itself
by Andrew Weil, MD ($7.99)
The body can heal itself. Spontaneous healing is not a miracle but a fact of biology–the result of the natural healing system that each one of us is born with. Drawing on fascinating case histories as well as medical techniques from around the world, Dr. Andrew Weil shows how spontaneous healing has worked to resolve life-threatening diseases, severe trauma, and chronic pain. Weil then outlines an eight-week program in which you’ll discover:
* The truth about spontaneous healing and how it interacts with the mind
* The foods, vitamins, supplements, and tonic herbs that will help you enhance your innate healing powers
* Advice on how to avoid environmental toxins and reduce stress
* The strengths and weaknesses of conventional and alternative treatments
* Natural methods to ameliorate common kinds of illnesses
And much more!
The AIDS Indictment
Marvin Kitzerow ($14.95)
I was diagnosed as HIV+ in 1997. Since then I have been searching for the truth about this dis-ease, just the facts the scientific facts – what is this virus and what is it doing to my body? Mr. Kitzerow presents the facts, all of the facts, regarding HIV/AIDS in chronological order, I know he is not the first, but his simple time-line with well cited resources explains the complete epidemic starting in the 1960’s to the present day. I congratulate Mr. Kitzerow for his effort & courage to try and alert the public about this deadly issue. After reading this book, I’m sad and scared that because of the greed and arrogance of scientists and public officials, as Kitzerow details, thousands are dying for the monetary profits of the pharmaceutical companies. Mr. Kitzerow uses this one issue to show how science as it exists today is no longer the quest for truth, not even when millions of lives are on the line, it’s a lust for greed. Anyone interested in what is really going on out there should read this book. — A Readers Review
The Anatomy of the Spirit: The Seven Stages of Power and Healing
By Caroline Myss ($10.20)
Carolyn Myss outlines the body’s seven centers of spiritual and physical power, in which she synthesizes the ancient widom of three spiritual traditions-the Hindu chakras, the Christian sacraments, and the Kabbalah’s Tree of Life–to demonstrate the seven stages through which everyone must pass in the search for higher consciousness and spiritual maturity. She provides a model and the how-to’s each reader can develop involving intuition and cultivation of personal power and spiritual growth.
The Healing Wisdom Of Africa:
by Malidoma Patrice Some ($10.17)
Through The Healing Wisdom of Africa, readers can come to understand that the life of indigenous and traditional people is a paradigm for an intimate relationship with the natural world that both surrounds us and is within us. The book is the most complete study of the role ritual plays in the lives of African people–and the role it can play for seekers in the West. Malidoma Patrice Some is a gifted traditional healer and teach from the Dagara tribe. He divides his time between his home in Oakland, California, Europe, and the nations of Africa.
The Power Of The Mind To Heal
by Joan Borysenko ($10.17)
Joan Borysnko is a former cancer cell biologist with a degree from harvard Medical School. She and her husband have written an informative and insightful book detailing the psychological and spiritual causes behind the diseases and ailments that aflict us. In easy-to-understand laymen’s terms, the Borysenkos show the reader how our thoughts and actions affect our physical bodies and how we can thwart these fear-based afflictions. The Power of the Mind to Heal will provide the readers with vital information to help themselves achieve long-lasting mental and physical health throughout all the years of their lives! The authors have integrated their considerable knowledge of medicine, metaphysics, spirituality, and alternative forms of healing into a beautiful book that reveals how we can use the amazing power of the mind to heal the physical and emotional ailments that afflict us.
Vibrational Medicine: The #1 Handbook of Subtle-Energy Therapies
by Richard Gerber, MD. ($12.24)
The original comprehensive guide to energetic healing with a new preface by the author and updated resources. Explores the actual science of etheric energies, replacing the Newtonian worldview with a new model based on Einstein’s physics of energy. This combination of ancient wisdom and new science is the definitive introduction to health care for modern times. The standard reference book on energetic healing, Vibrational Medicine has gained widespread acceptance by individuals, schools, and health-care institutions nationwide as the textbook of choice for the study of alternative medicine. Trained in a variety of alternative therapies as well as conventional Western medicine, Dr. Gerber provides an encyclopedic treatment of energetic healing, covering subtle-energy fields, acupuncture, Bach flower remedies, homeopathy, radionics, crystal healing, electrotherapy, radiology, chakras, meditation, and psychic healing. He explains current theories about how various energy therapies work and offers readers new insights into the physical and spiritual perspectives of health and disease.
What If Everything You Thought You Knew About AIDS Was Wrong
Christine Maggiore ($8.21)
A concise and convincing case that AIDS is nothing like what we have been told. Using simple, straightforward language, this book deconstructs popular myths about AIDS and fortifies its scientific data with powerful accounts from HIV positives who, like author Christine Maggiore, defy the HIV=AIDS=Death paradigm by living in wellness without pharmaceutical treatments and without fear of AIDS. This is vital information for anyone who has tested HIV positive and important reading for erveryone who has ever lived or loved in fear.
Why People Don’t Heal & How They Can
By Caroline Myss ($10.50)
For more than fifteen years, Caroline Myss has studied why some people heal, while others do not. In her previous book, Anatomy of the Spirit, Dr. Myss illuminated the hidden interactions of belief and body, soul and cell to show how, as she inimitably puts it, “your biography becomes your biology.” In this new book, she builds on her earlier teachings of the seven different energy centers of the body to provide a vital self-healing program for physical and spiritual disorders. With her characteristic no-nonsense style and high-voltage storytelling, she exposes and explodes the five myths about healing, explains the cultural and individual contexts in which people become physically and spiritually ill and invested in “woundology,” and teaches new methods of working with the challenges that the seven energy centers embody.
When Healing Becomes A Crime
by Kenny Ausubel ($13.57)
A powerful and substantiated expose of the medical politics that prevents promising alternative cancer therapies from being implemented in the United States.
* Focuses on Harry Hoxsey, the subject of the author’s award-winning documentary, who claimed to cure cancer using herbal remedies.
* Presents scientific evidence supporting Hoxsey’s cancer-fighting claims.
* Published to coincide with the anticipated 2000 public release of the government-sponsored report finding “noteworthy cases of survival” among Hoxsey patients.
Harry Hoxsey claimed to cure cancer using herbal remedies, and thousands of patients swore that he healed them. His Texas clinic became the world’s largest privately owned cancer center with branches in seventeen states, and the value of its therapeutic treatments was upheld by two federal courts. Even his arch-nemesis, the AMA, admitted his treatment was effective against some forms of cancer. But the medical establishment refused an investigation, branding Hoxsey the worst cancer quack of the century and forcing his clinic to Tijuana, Mexico, where it continues to claim very high success rates. Modern laboratory tests have confirmed the anticancer properties of Hoxsey’s herbs, and a federal govenment-sponsored report is now calling for a major reconsideration of the Hoxsey therapy. When Healing Becomes a Crime exposes the overall failure of the War on Cancer, while revealing how yesterday’s “unorthodox” treatments are emerging as tomorrow’s medicine. It probes other promising unconventional cancer treatments that have also been condemned without investigation, delving deeply into the corrosive medical politics and powerful economic forces behind this suppression. As alternative medicine finally regains its rightful place in mainstream practice, this compelling book will not only forever change the way you see medicine, but could also save your life.
You can Heal Your Life
By: Louise Hay ($12.56)
Louise assists the reader in discovering and using their own creative power for healing. She explains how problems (dis-ease) that exist in the body can be healed by knowing the mental/emotional cause and then applying a new pattern of thinking. The exercises and personal examples are very powerful.
You the Healer: The World-Famous Silva Method on How to Heal Yourself and Others by José Silva ($14.95 / 276 p)
Our health as a nation is declining. In addition, it is becoming increasingly clear that allopathic medicine has come to a plateau in its efforts to stem the tide of degenerative disease. As a result, mind-body medicine is a very big topic for the 90s. You the Healer offers a guide that can help you and your loved ones to live a healthy, disease-free life.
Based on the most successful mind development program in the world today, You the Healer offers a complete course in Silva Method healing techniques in a do-it-yourself, forty-day format. By reading one chapter a day and doing the indicated exercises, you can be firmly on the path to wellness in just six weeks. In You the Healer Jose Silva and Robert B. Stone offer a proven method of attuning to the special mind frequency called alpha. In this alpha frequency, a healing state is activated. These lower-frequency alpha brain waves can be used to achieve maximum well-being; they can be applied to healing yourself as you work with your health-care professional; and they can be used to help you heal others. Included are inspirational stories of people who have successfully used this method to regain their health after illness or injury.
JOURNALISM & MEDIA
Associated Press Guide To News Writing
Rene J. Cappon ($9.71)
This practical handbook is the ideal writing style guide for all reporters, writers, editors, and English and journalism students. It covers all the essentials of good news writing, according to the styles and guidelines set forth by the Associated Press — with lively examples from today’s newspapers. This authoritative guide includes: Professional advice about crafting a good feature story, In-depth reviews of important principles in news writing, Expert guidance on writing concise, informative copy, source citations, and more. Clear and instructive discussions of specialized styles.
Associated Press Writing Handbook
Jerry Schwartz ($15.37)
From dailies, to specialized monthlies and quarterlies, to online journals, there are now more venues for disseminating information than ever before — all of them in need of qualified reporters. Written for a new generation of journalists, this handbook schools readers in the art and science of reporting as practiced at the world’s largest and oldest news service. Written by an ace reporter with over 20 years on the job, it provides expert guidance and all the tools needed to successfully investigate and report on newsworthy events, locally, nationally, and internationally, including traditional pencil-and-paper technique as well as cutting-edge computer-assisted reporting technologies. Throughout, the book is enriched by insightful tips and anecdotes from veteran AP reporters.
How To Write Articles For Newspapers & Magazines
Dawn Sova ($10.36)
I picked this little (113 page book) up at the library and thought it might be of passing interest. I never thought such a little book could be packed with so much great information! I started out reading this book with a little post-it note pad next to me, figuring I would put a couple little notes on a few interesting pages, make some notes, then be done with the book. Well, now the book has a million little post-it notes in it and I think it’s time to buy my own copy! Here are few chapter headings: Getting started (generating ideas & focusing on the subject), gathering information (fact vs. opinion, observation, interview, etc.), writing the effective article lead …there are 10 useful chapters in all. They are written clearly and to the point — no fluff here to fill in pages. One truly useful item in the book is a sample query letter (for an article). This is a great little book! Now I think I’ll buy my own copy — maybe you should too! — A Readers Review
Into the Buzzsaw; The Myth of a Free Press
by Kristina Borjesson ($16.38)
In this illuminating anthology, editor Borjesson succinctly explains the journalist’s predicament: “The buzzsaw is what can rip through you when you try to investigate or expose anything this country’s large institutions – be they corporate or government – want kept under wraps.” Indeed, if members of the general public read this book, or even portions of it, they will be appalled. To the uninitiated reader, the accounts of what goes on behind the scenes at major news organizations are shocking. Executives regularly squelch legitimate stories that will lower their ratings, upset their advertisers or miff their investors. Unfortunately, this dirt is unlikely to reach unknowing news audiences, as this volume’s likely readership is already familiar with the current state of journalism. Here, Murrow Award-winning reporter Borjesson edits essays by journalists from the Associated Press to CBS News to the New York Times. Each tells of their difficulties with news higher-ups as they tried to publish or air controversial stories relating to everything from toxic dump sites and civilian casualties to police brutality and dangerous hospitals.
Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy Of The Mass Media
Edward Herman & Noma Chomsky ($13.26)
In this pathbreaking work, now with a new introduction, Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky show that, contrary to the usual image of the news media as cantankerous, obstinate, and ubiquitous in their search for truth and defense of justice, in their actual practice they defend the economic, social, and political agendas of the privileged groups that dominate domestic society, the state, and the global order. Based on a series of case studies—including the media’s dichotomous treatment of “worthy” versus “unworthy” victims, “legitimizing” and “meaningless” Third World elections, and devastating critiques of media coverage of the U.S. wars against Indochina—Herman and Chomsky draw on decades of criticism and research to propose a Propaganda Model to explain the media’s behavior and performance. Their new introduction updates the Propaganda Model and the earlier case studies, and it discusses several other applications. These include the manner in which the media covered the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement and subsequent Mexican financial meltdown of 1994-1995, the media’s handling of the protests against the World Trade Organization, World Bank, and International Monetary Fund in 1999 and 2000, and the media’s treatment of the chemical industry and its regulation. What emerges from this work is a powerful assessment of how propagandistic the U.S. mass media are, how they systematically fail to live up to their self-image as providers of the kind of information that people need to make sense of the world, and how we can understand their function in a radically new way.
Media Monopoly
by Ben Bagdikian ($12.92)
Updating and revising his classic text of media criticism, Bagdikian (dean emeritus, Graduate School of Journalism, U. of California at Berkeley) continue to expose how the concentration of U.S. media into fewer and fewer hands, now just a handful of powerful corporations, has narrowed the political discourse of the country and served as a crucial instrument in shifting the political culture towards what just a few decades ago would have been considered the extreme right. He describes how this concentration has happened with the aid of government and explores its pernicious effects on the marketplace of ideas.
Rich Media, Poor Democracy; Communication Politics in Dubious Times
Robert W. McChesney ($12.21)
The first paperback edition of a myth-breaking book on media, from one of today’s most reputable and insightful media historian/critics. Winner of Harvard’s Goldsmith Book Prize, Rich Media, Poor Democracy challenges the assumption that a society drenched in commercial information “choices” is a democratic one. Robert McChesney, whom Marc Crispin Miller calls “the greatest of our media historians,” argues that the major beneficiaries of the so-called Information Age are wealthy investors, advertisers, and a handful of enormous media, computer, and telecommunications corporations. This concentrated corporate control, McChesney maintains, is disastrous for any notion of participatory democracy. Combining unprecedented detail on current events with historical sweep, in a book Noam Chomsky calls a “rich and penetrating study,” McChesney chronicles the waves of media mergers and acquisitions in the late 1990s. He reviews the corrupt and secretive enactment of public policies surrounding the internet, digital television, and public broadcasting. He also addresses the gradual and ominous adaptation of the First Amendment as a means of shielding corporate media power and the wealthy, and he debunks the myth that the market compels media firms to “give the people what they want.” In an eye-opening call to action, McChesney warns that we must organize politically to restructure the media if we want democracy to endure.
The Art Of Feature Writing
William Blundell ($10.17)
Contains a lifetime’s worth of information and inspiration. I’ve read it twice, and dip into it periodically because it contains so much truth. I was a journalist for ten years, and have read a fair number of how-to-write books, but nothing I’ve seen is in the same league with Blundell’s work. He provides a comprehensive system for organizing material and for sharpening and vivifying a story to a professional level. While it may be true that beyond a certain point good writing cannot be taught, there are definitely techniques to master and mistakes to avoid. Apply Blundell’s principles and your writing will almost have to improve. — A readersreview
The Associated Press Guide To Internet Research & Reporting
Frank Bass ($10.20)
From the editors at the world-renowned Associated Press, a guide to research, writing style, and reporting using the Internet. How does a reporter go about researching a story on the Internet and how does one fact check and cite online sources? What are the copyright issues involved in quoting Internet sources? How does one go about selling a story to Internet sites? How does one physically file a story on-line? Answers to these and many more twenty-first-century journalism questions can be found in The Associated Press Guide to Internet Research and Reporting. The final word on the rules of Internet reporting, this comprehensive guide will be the on-line style guide of choice for AP staff, stringers, and journalism students alike.
The Elements Of Journalism: The Book That Every Citizen and Journalist Should Read
Bill Kovach & Tom Rosensteil ($10.36)
What this book does better than any single book on media history, ethics, or practice is weave together why media audiences have fled and why new technology and megacorporate ownership are putting good journalism at risk. The elements of journalism are:
* Journalism’s first obligation is to the truth.
* Its first loyalty is to citizens.
* Its essence is a discipline of verification.
* Its practitioners must maintain an independence from those they cover.
* It must serve as an independent monitor of power.
* It must provide a forum for public criticism and compromise.
* It must strive to make the significant interesting and relevant.
* It must keep the news comprehensive and proportional.
* Its practitioners must be allowed to exercise their personal conscience.
LEADERSHIP
21st century leadership: Dialogues With 100 Top Leaders
Lynne Joy McFarland ($13.56)
Read the life stories 100 of America’s greatest leaders, such as Billionaire Bill Gates, the outspoken Ross Perot, the legendary Lee Iacocca, many superb female leaders like Cathleen Black and Peggy Dulaney, top notch CEO’s like Jack Welch of GE, futurist John Naisbitt, motivators Tony Robbins and Stephen Covey and Cabinet Members, Robert Reich and Donna Shalala. As each leader shares their life stories and secrets for success, you will benefit with well-proven practical ideas you can use right away in your own life. You will learn how to really improve personally and professionally
A Higher Standard of Leadership: Lessons from the Life of Gandhi
by Keshavan Nair ($13.27)
In this book Nair describes our era as one of declining standards and of leadership with the intent of building power and realizing personal gain. He offers an antidote in the form of Gandhi’s timeless example-responsibility, integrity, truth, and commitment.
Becoming A Person Of Influence
by John C. Maxwell ($16.90)
Few of us are natural-born leaders, according to John C. Maxwell, author of Developing the Leader Within You. Fortunately though, “the traits that are the raw material of leadership can be acquired,” he promises. “Link them up with desire and nothing can keep you from becoming a leader. This book will supply the leadership principles. You must supply the desire.” True to his words, Maxwell offers a detailed and inspiring primer on becoming a leader. Even the Table of Contents reads like a motivational poster.
Building The Bridge As Your Walk Over It: A Guide For Leading Change
Robert Quinn ($18.45)
Building the Bridge As You Walk On It tells the personal stories of people who have embraced deep change and inspired author Robert Quinn to take his concept one step further and develop a new model of leadership—“the fundamental state of leadership.” The exploration of this transformative state is at the very heart of the book. Quinn shows how anyone can enter the fundamental state of leadership by engaging in the eight practices that center on the theme of ever-increasing integrity—reflective action, authentic engagement, appreciative inquiry, grounded vision, adaptive confidence, detached interdependence, responsible freedom, and tough love. After each chapter, Quinn challenges you to assess yourself with respect to each practice and to formulate a strategy for personal growth.
Change The World: How Ordinary People Can Achieve Extraordinary Results
Robert Quinn ($19.77)
Robert Quinn’s Change the World offers profound yet practical guidance for those who truly want to improve their surroundings. Quinn, a University of Michigan professor and author of five books on change and organizational performance, bases Change on eight “seed thoughts” drawn from the philosophies of Jesus, Gandhi, and Martin Luther King Jr. After relevant quotations from each, he cites contemporary real-life examples to show how these principles — Envision the Productive Community, First Look Within, Embrace the Hypocritical Self, Transcend Fear, Embody a Vision of the Common Good, Disturb the System, Surrender to the Emergent Process, and Entice Through Moral Power — can really be used. All our lives we have been explicitly and implicitly taught to see human influence as an exercise in domination,” Quinn writes. By learning instead to practice a new type of “transformational behavior,” he suggests, even “ordinary people” can have “extraordinary impact.” The section on asserting moral authority, for example, segues from his own fifth-grade coaching experiences to those of basketball superstar Larry Bird to details on building a bond between “change agents and change targets” that effects desirable modifications. Recommended for anyone open to new ideas on motivation and stimulating change. In this empowering book, Quinn gives readers the courage to use personal transformation to positively impact their home life, work life, and communities — to be what he refers to as “inner-directed and outer-focused.” We are all potential change agents, but most of us are trapped by belief that we as individuals cannot make a difference. Following his advice, each of us can access and apply the power that lies within us in ways that will change our world for the better.
Corporate Rise: The X Principles of Extreme Personal Leadership
By Curtis Crawford (29.99 / 279 pages)
Good leadership is based on a combination of talent, knowledge, and skills. At a higher level, extreme personal leadership requires passion, along with absolute confidence, a willingness to learn and grow, and a burning desire to excel.
Drawing from his own experiences and those of several of the most successful international corporate leaders in the U.S., Europe and Asia, Dr. Curtis J. Crawford has assembled a set of eleven principles for extreme personal leadership and outlines a clear-cut strategy for both aspiring and seasoned leaders to become what he calls X-Leaders. He shows how…
• X-Leaders have a passion for developing people and find imaginative ways to inspire people to excel.
• X-Leaders cultivate creativity, are customer-centric, and drive their companies with decisions grounded in facts.
• X-Leaders are visionaries who anticipate the future and have confidence in the abilities of their people. [br] • X-Leaders convert the energy generated by chaos into better decisions, believe that the company comes first, and insist on teamwork.
• X-Leaders are role models and expect greatness.
Don’t wait for your employer to discover your potential. Take charge and develop your own way to the top. Open this book, leap in and implement the X-Principles for Extreme Personal Leadership
Credibility: How Leaders Gain & Lose It, Why People Demand It.
by James M. Kouzes & Barry Z. Posner ($12.21)
Leadership is personal. It’s not about the corporation, the community, or the country. It’s about you. If people don’t believe in the messenger, they won’t believe the message. If people don’t believe in you, they won’t believe in what you say. And if it’s about you, then it’s about your beliefs, your values, your principles. The authors explain why leadership is above all a relationship, with credibility as the cornerstone. They provide rich examples of real managers in action and reveal the six key disciplines and related practices that strengthen a leader’s capacity for developing and sustaining credibility. Kouzes and Posner show how leaders can encourage greater initiative, risk-taking, and productivity by demonstrating trust in employees and resolving conflicts on the basis of principles, not positions.
Deep Change: Discovering The Leader Within
Robert Quinn ($17.82)
Open this book at your own risk. It contains ideas that may lead to a profound self-awakening. An introspective journey for those in the trenches of today’s modern organizations, Deep Change is a survival manual for finding our own internal leadership power. By helping us learn new ways of thinking and behaving, it shows how we can transform ourselves from victims to powerful agents of change. And for anyone who yearns to be an internally driven leader, to motivate the people around them, and return to a satisfying work life, Deep Change holds the key.
Developing the Leader Within You Workbook
by John C. Maxwell ($10.87)
In the Developing the Leader Within You Workbook, John Maxwell examines the differences between leadership styles, outlines specific ways each reader can apply principles for inspiring, motivating, and influencing others. These principles can be used in any organization to foster integrity and self-discipline and bring a positive change. In this companion to the bestseller, John Maxwell shows readers how to develop the vision, value, influence, and motivation required of successful leaders.
Developing The Leaders Around You: How to Help Others Reach Their Full Potential
by John C. Maxwell ($15.63)
Few of us are natural-born leaders, according to John C. Maxwell, author of Developing the Leader Within You. Fortunately though, “the traits that are the raw material of leadership can be acquired,” he promises. “Link them up with desire and nothing can keep you from becoming a leader. This book will supply the leadership principles. You must supply the desire.” True to his words, Maxwell offers a detailed and inspiring primer on becoming a leader. Maxwell debunks the myth that strong leaders must have big egos and spend all their time harnessing personal power. Instead, he elevates leadership to a spiritual act of service: “The growth and development of people is the highest calling of leadership.”
Encouraging The Heart: A Leader’s Guide To Rewarding & Recognizing Others
by James M. Kouzes & Barry Z. Posner ($12.21)
All too often, simple acts of human kindness are often overlooked and under utilized by people in leadership roles. Advising mutual respect and recognition of accomplishments, Encouraging the Heart shows us how true leaders encourage and motivate those they work with by helping them find their voice and making them feel like heroes. Recognized experts in the field of leadership, authors James Kouzes and Barry Posner show us that, through love, leaders can encourage, and indeed allow those around them to be their very best. Both practical and inspirational, Encouraging the Heart gives readers a thoughtful approach to motivating individuals within an organizational structure.
Failing Forward: How To Make The Most Of Your Mistakes
By John Maxwell (15.74 / 224 p)
The author of 24 books on maximizing personal and leadership potential, John C. Maxwell believes “the difference between average people and achieving people is their perception of and response to failure.” In Failing Forward, he offers inspirational advice for turning the difficulties that inevitably arise in life into stepping stones that help you reach the top. The major difference between achieving people and average people is their perception of and response to failure. John C. Maxwell takes a closer look at failure-and reveals that the secret of moving beyond failure is to use it as a lesson and a stepping-stone. He covers the top reasons people fail and shows how to master fear instead of being mastered by it. Readers will discover that positive benefits can accompany negative experiences-if you have the right attitude. Chock full of action suggestions and real-life stores, Failing Forward is a strategic guide that will help men and women move beyond mistakes to fulfill their potential and achieve success.
How To Win Friends & Influence People
by Dale Carnegie ($7.19)
This grandfather of all people-skills books was first published in 1937. It was an overnight hit, eventually selling 15 million copies. How to Win Friends and Influence People is just as useful today as it was when it was first published, because Dale Carnegie had an understanding of human nature that will never be outdated. Financial success, Carnegie believed, is due 15 percent to professional knowledge and 85 percent to “the ability to express ideas, to assume leadership, and to arouse enthusiasm among people.” He teaches these skills through underlying principles of dealing with people so that they feel important and appreciated. He also emphasizes fundamental techniques for handling people without making them feel manipulated. Carnegie says you can make someone want to do what you want them to by seeing the situation from the other person’s point of view and “arousing in the other person an eager want.” You learn how to make people like you, win people over to your way of thinking, and change people without causing offense or arousing resentment. For instance, “let the other person feel that the idea is his or hers,” and “talk about your own mistakes before criticizing the other person.” Carnegie illustrates his points with anecdotes of historical figures, leaders of the business world, and everyday folks. —
Leading With Soul
by Lee Bolman and Terrence Deal ($16.47)
Since its original publication in 1995, Leading with Soul has inspired thousands of readers. Far ahead of its time, the book bravely revealed the path to leadership to be a very personal journey requiring a knowledge of self and a servant-leader mentality. Now, in this new and revised edition, authors Bolman and Deal address such currrent issues as the changing nature of work, the new face of today’s workforce, and the greater need for an infusion of soul in the workplace. They also include real-life stories from readers of the first edition, and answer key questions that those readers raise. As vital as ever, this revisted narrative of an executive and his quest for deeper meaning continues to point the way to a more fulfilling work experience.
Leaders: How Top Innovators Can Help Your Business Succeed on a Global Basis
By Leanne Bucaro ($10.17 / 144 pages)
Lots of tips to help small business grow… all New Age enterprises need this book
The focus is on highly successful firms that help other businesses succeed. This focus is certain to appeal to the millions of small business owners and entrepreneurs who drive the economy and are always looking for helpful advice and low-cost ways to attain greater levels of success. Leaders delivers on all counts.
Leadership For Dummies
Marshal Loeb ($13.59)
It has been said that leading is easy, the hard part is getting people to follow. Never were truer words spoken. As anybody who’s ever been in a leadership position knows, eliciting cooperation from a group of people of any size—from a project team to an army—can be like trying to tap dance on quick sand. And while leadership definitely comes easier to some people, it isn’t something you have to be born with. In fact, as the authors of this step-by-step guide to becoming a leader demonstrate, leaders are made, not born, and just about anybody can become an effective leader. Whether you aspire to being a leader, have had leadership thrust upon you, or are already a leader and want to be better at it, Leadership For Dummies is for you. Short on theory and long on practical strategies and surefire techniques, it arms you with what you need to:
* Build and flex your leadership muscles
* See opportunity amid change and crisis
* Develop your own leadership style
* Lead with communication, encouragement, and promotion
* Recognize the ten telltale behaviors of true leaders
* Earn greater respect, success, and recognition
No matter what specific leadership role you wish to fill, Leadership For Dummies provides you with a solid foundation on which to build. You’ll discover:
* What it takes to be a leader and understanding your own leadership potential
* How to be flexible and adaptive without compromising your principles
* Understanding leadership as an ongoing process and preparing to assume the role of leader
* Leadership in everyday life—including tips on volunteering and taking a more active role in your family, community, and the world at large
* What vision is, why it is so necessary to great leadership, and how to develop it
* How to create winning teams and keep them following your lead
Yes, you have what it takes to be an effective leader. Now let Leadership For Dummies show you how to connect with it and be a mover and shaker in your own right.
Leadership On The Line
by Martin Linsky & Ronald Heifetz ($18.15)
Climbing Mount Everest: dangerous. Hitchhiking in Colombia: very dangerous. Leading through change: perilous. Perilous but possible, say Heifetz and Linsky in their encouragingly practical guide to putting yourself on the line and negotiating the hazards of leadership. As the authors acknowledge, many leadership books are “all about inspiration, but downplay the perspiration.” This one doesn’t. Leadership is always a risky business, but those risks can be understood and reduced. Effective leadership comes from doing more than the technical work of routine management; it involves adaptive work on the part of the leader, and a willingness to confront and disturb people, promote their resourcefulness, and engage their ability to adjust to new realities. But adaptive change always encounters resistance. Heifetz and Linsky examine four forms of resistance — marginalization, diversion, attack, and seduction — before presenting a number of practical resistance-response skills to nurture and employ. Some are fairly obvious,and others more complex, but shimmering nuggets of insight and practical wisdom can be found in each. The dangers of leadership also spring from within, however, and the book’s final section addresses ways to recognize and manage competing “hungers” and learn to distinguish one’s roles from one’s self. The authors’ points are illustrated by the experiences of leaders from all walks of life, making this a useful and inspiring manual for anyone hoping to put themselves on the line and make a difference in the lives of others.
Leadership and the New Science Revised: Discovering Order in a Chaotic World
by Margaret J. Wheatley ($13.57)
When Margaret J. Wheatley’s Leadership and the New Science was initially published in 1992, it outlined an unquestionably unique but extremely challenging view of change, leadership, and the structure of groups. Many readers immediately embraced its cutting-edge perspective, but others just could not understand how the complicated scientific tenets it described could be used to reshape institutions. Now Wheatley, an organizational specialist who has since coauthored A Simpler Way, updates the original by including additional material (such as an epilogue addressing her personal experiences during the past decade) and reconstructing some of her more challenging concepts. The result is a much clearer work that first explores the implications of quantum physics on organizational practice, then investigates ways that biology and chemistry affect living systems, and finally focuses on chaos theory, the creation of a new order, and the manner that scientific principles affect leadership. “Our old ways of relating to each other don’t support us any longer,” she writes. “It is up to us to journey forth in search of new practices and new ideas that will enable us to create lives and organizations worthy of human habitation.”
Manuel For Planetary Leadership
Joshua David Stone ($14.95)
This is an indispensible book that lays out, in an orderly and clear fashion, the guidelines for leadership in the world and in ones’ own life. All of the areas of our society and personal life that need discipline and leadership are pointed out. A firm foundation and guidance from a psychological and spiritual perspective are offered for change. The ascended masters are called upon for their wisdom and sometimes opinion on matters ranging from the political arcana to science and religion. This book serves as a refenence manual for moral and spiritual living and also offers a vision of a world where strong love and the highest aspirations of humanity triumph.
Principle Centered Leadership
by Stephen Covery ($10.50)
The great “angst” of life has seemingly gripped us all, and there seems to be no limit to the number of writers offering answers to the great perplexities of life. Covey, however, is the North Star in this field. Following his successful Seven Habits of Highly Effective People (S. & S., 1989), Covey now responds to the particular challenges of business leaders by applying his natural laws, or principles, of life to organizations. Covey explains these laws (security, guidance, wisdom, and power), and discusses how seven-habits practice and focus on these principles will result in personal and organizational transformation. He reminds us that personal and organizational success is hard work, requires unwavering commitment and long-term perspective, and is achievable only if we are prepared for a complete paradigm shift in our perspective. Without hesitation, strongly recommended for all management collections
The Outsider
by Colin Wilson ($10.46)
An attempt by the author to get behind the expressions of what he terms outsiders, but in reality are people who attempt to break free from society’s constraints and illusions. Rather like the attempt to transform one’s life from a catarpillar into a butterfly. Where most people never get beyond the catarpillar stage. Explains the real struggle of those who can no longer accept deception and attempt to seek personal unification, revealing what many great works of art, poetry, and literature attempt to express. The Outsider is the visionary beneficiary when he/she succeeds, but a terrible burden if he/she fails. What the Outsider brings is transcendence from ordinary existence and ultimately is the supreme paragon, and the prophet. Primarily a literative study, with a discussion of such as H.G. Wells, Hemmingway, Dostoevsky, and Tosltoy, it also studies others such as Van Gogh and T.E. Lawrence, and the usual philosophers Nietzsche and Kierkagaard. The message is that prophets, who are those who understand the unpleasant truth for the good of all, are also the most persecuted and misunderstood. It occurred to me that this may have provided philosophical source material for the explosive 60’s TV series “The Prisoner”. Four stars because it’s not for everyone. —A Readers Review
The Secret
by Rhonda Byrne ($14.37 / 216 pages)
Fragments of a Great Secret have been found in the oral traditions, in literature, in religions and philosophies throughout the centuries. For the first time, all the pieces of The Secret come together in an incredible revelation that will be life-transforming for all who experience it. In this book, you’ll learn how to use The Secret in every aspect of your life — money, health, relationships, happiness, and in every interaction you have in the world. You’ll begin to understand the hidden, untapped power that’s within you, and this revelation can bring joy to every aspect of your life.
The Secret contains wisdom from modern-day teachers — men and women who have used it to achieve health, wealth, and happiness. By applying the knowledge of The Secret, they bring to light compelling stories of eradicating disease, acquiring massive wealth, overcoming obstacles, and achieving what many would regard as impossible.
The Seth Material
by Jane Roberts ($13.57)
I read the Seth Material in the early to mid 70’s and the chords it struck within my being still resonate today. I have used the lessons learned in this book in my daily life and I am able to love my life because of the understanding I gained from this book. There are lessons to be learned by not only reading this book, but by comprehending the information that is being given on these pages. The lessons mostly concern how you fit into this fabric of life and how you can utilize your own depth of character to propel you towards greatness in your personal life. Actual mechanics of how all of us have come to be here. How and why we CAN change everything in our lives to suit our desires, and why most of us don’t. Even the subtle and always overlooked affect of linguistics in the creation of our physical reality. Information contained within this book is the best it gets as far as detailing all actions and reactions to situations in your life. The best way to describe this book is as a technical manual of cause and affect. — Review by a reader
The Self Aware Universe: How Consciousness Creates The Material World
by Maggie Goswami, Richard Reed, Amit Goswami ($11.17)
Consciousness, not matter, is the ground of all existence, declares University of Oregon physicist Goswami, echoing the mystic sages of his native India. He holds that the universe is self-aware, and that consciousness creates the physical world. Calling this theory “monistic idealism,” he claims it is not only “the basis of all religions worldwide” but also the correct philosophy for modern science. Once people give up the assumption that there is an objective reality independent of consciousness, the paradoxes of quantum physics are explainable, contends Goswami, writing with his wife and Reed ( Building the Future from Our Past ). He also applies his hypothesis to the so-called mind-body schism, which he attempts to heal. Sketching a model of the self, this demanding but rewarding treatise uses analogies from the “new physics” to throw light on choice, free will, creativity, the unconscious and paths to spiritual growth. Illustrated.
The Spell of the Sensuous
by David Abram ($10.17)
David Abram’s writing casts a spell of its own as he weaves the reader through a meticulously researched work that gently addresses such seemingly daunting topics as where the past and future exist, the relationship between space and time, and how the written word serves to sever humans from their primordial source of sustenance: the earth. “Only as the written text began to speak would the voices of the forest, and of the river, begin to fade. And only then would language loosen its ancient associations with the invisible breath, the spirit sever itself from the wind, the psyche dissociate itself from the environing air,” writes Abram of the separation caused by the proliferation of the written word.
The Spiritual Universe: One Physicists Vision of Spirit, Soul, Matter & Self
Fred Alan Wolf ($15.26)
Why do we believe in the soul? Does it actually exist? If so, what is it? Does it differ from the self? Is it part of the material world? Does it survive the body after death? In THE SPIRITUAL UNIVERSE, Fred Alan Wolf brings the most modern perspective of quantum physics to the most ancient questions of religion and philosophy. Taking the reader on a fascinating tour of both Western and Eastern thought, Wolf explains the differing view of the soul in the works of Plato, Aristotle, and St. Thomas; the ancient Egyptian’s believe in the nine forms of the soul; the Qabalistic idea of the soul acting in secret to bring spiritual order to a chaotic universe of matter and energy; and the Buddhist vision of a “nonsoul.” And, Wolf mounts a defense of the soul against its modern critics who see it as nothing more than the physical body.
The Tao Of Physics
by Fritjof Capra ($10.85)
First published in 1975, The Tao of Physics rode the wave of fascination in exotic East Asian philosophies. Decades later, it still stands up to scrutiny, explicating not only Eastern philosophies but also how modern physics forces us into conceptions that have remarkable parallels. Covering over 3,000 years of widely divergent traditions across Asia, Capra can’t help but blur lines in his generalizations. But the big picture is enough to see the value in them of experiential knowledge, the limits of objectivity, the absence of foundational matter, the interrelation of all things and events, and the fact that process is primary, not things. Capra finds the same notions in modern physics. Those approaching Eastern thought from a background of Western science will find reliable introductions here to Hinduism, Buddhism, and Taoism and learn how commonalities among these systems of thought can offer a sort of philosophical underpinning for modern science. And those approaching modern physics from a background in Eastern mysticism will find precise yet comprehensible descriptions of a Western science that may reinvigorate a hope in the positive potential of scientific knowledge. Whatever your background, The Tao of Physics is a brilliant essay on the meeting of East and West, and on the invaluable possibilities that such a union promises.
The Turning Point: Science, Society And The Rising Culture
by Fritjof Capra ($12.89)
Many years in the making, this book covers a very wide spectrum of knowledge and looks toward a world view that encompasses a balance of science and spirit. Capra is also not shy about deconstructing or critisizing popular economic and political mythology, which may disturb some readers, but he has the benefit of input from some of the greatest minds of our time and his analysis is unassailable. Female readers will probably appreciate his sensitivity and balanced approach to feminist perspectives as he discusses what’s wrong with our world and what we can do to change things.
The View from Nowhere
by Thomas Nagel ($21.95)
Human beings have the unique ability to view the world in a detached way: We can think about the world in terms that transcend our own experience or interest, and consider the world from a vantage point that is, in Nagel’s words, “nowhere in particular”. At the same time, each of us is a particular person in a particular place, each with his own “personal” view of the world, a view that we can recognize as just one aspect of the whole. How do we reconcile these two standpoints–intellectually, morally, and practically? To what extent are they irreconcilable and to what extent can they be integrated? Thomas Nagel’s ambitious and lively book tackles this fundamental issue, arguing that our divided nature is the root of a whole range of philosophical problems, touching, as it does, every aspect of human life. He deals with its manifestations in such fields of philosophy as: the mind-body problem, personal identity, knowledge and skepticism, thought and reality, free will, ethics, the relation between moral and other values, the meaning of life, and death. Excessive objectification has been a malady of recent analytic philosophy, claims Nagel, it has led to implausible forms of reductionism in the philosophy of mind and elsewhere. The solution is not to inhibit the objectifying impulse, but to insist that it learn to live alongside the internal perspectives that cannot be either discarded or objectified. Reconciliation between the two standpoints, in the end, is not always possible.
Thinking Allowed: Conversations on the Leading Edge Of Knowledge
by Jeffery Mishlove ($16.95)
Information in this book ranges from quantum physics and the human shift in consciousness, the transformations of human evolutionary growth, ancient societies and lost metaphysical properties useful in our day, evolution of the human potential in addition to our physical bodies, our brains acting as tuners to morphic-information fields as opposed to information storage, the Platonic concept of ideas of a higher realm then our ordinary conceptual thinking, the metaphorical nature of mythology and its applications to universal modern day physics, how we exist in a middle world capable of transcending to higher realms in regard to scientific quantity to spiritual quality, to teleological and spiritual concepts of higher purposes in a harmony of science and religion, to the idea of hyperspace and multidimensional reality or realms with superstring and fiber bundle theories in physics, to the beneficial properties of existential psychology and the creativity that is born out of despair, to recognition of ourselves as good who make both good and bad decisions to cease imprisoning ourselves with demands that act self-defeating, to open communication, the recognition of unconscious communication and our ability to speak to others in ways less negative conveying our messages, to walking with people in existential subjectivity apart from Freudian scientific objectivity. The recognition of our multiple personalities we must stop disowning but rather acknowledge and use in controlled, meaningful ways. To see in transpersonal psychology a interdependence that transcends the separate dependence and angst or anxiety in existential psychology.
Transcending the Speed of Light: Consciousness, Quantum Physics and the Fifth Dimension
by March Seifer ($14.83 / 368)
A study of the new scientific understanding of consciousness and the mind as a fifth dimension of reality
• Introduces the existence of a fifth dimension–one of mind–an inner- or hyperspace where time is transcended
• Shows how the barrier of the speed of light is actually a gateway demarking the fifth dimension
Since the introduction of Descartes’ dualism in the seventeenth century, the mind and the physical world have been viewed as disconnected entities. Yet qualities of mind such as awareness, purposeful action, organization, design, and even decision-making are present within the structure of matter and within the dimensions of space and time. The space-time continuum of scientists generally ignores the realm of the mind, though phenomena such as imaginary numbers, used by Einstein to combine space with time, are concepts that only exist in the mind. Marc Seifer contends that the inadequacy of four-dimensional models to account for our experience of mental phenomena points to the consciousness of the mind as a higher organizing principle, a fifth dimension where thoughts are as real and quantifiable as our familiar physical world. He shows that because thought enables us to move backward and forward through time–reflecting on the past and making plans for the future–this fifth dimension of mind breaks the laws of relativity, thereby transcending the speed of light. His extensive study of this fifth dimension ranges from relativity and ether theory to precognition, telepathy, and synchronicity, all from the perspective of the conscious universe.
Your Faith is Your Fortune
By Neville ($9.95)
According to Neville we are creators of our own lives. It matters not what other people do or think. Consciousness is the one and only creator of circumstances. Plus we can not be affected by the consciousness of others. We are in total control of our lives at all times. We manifest our desires instantly via our imaginations at our source; the spiritual level. So we control how we Feel at all times. When we are making a change in our life it usually has to do with wanting to change how we feel. So by living from our desired states as Neville proposes, we can control how we feel at all times and that is very important. It just takes a certain amount of time for our imagined states to affect the lower level
ECOLOGY & SUSTAINABILITY
Boiling Point: How Politicians, Big Oil and Coal, Journalists and Activists Are Fueling The Climate Crisis – And What We Can Do To Avert Disaster
by Ross Gelbspan ($14.96)
In Boiling Point, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Ross Gelbspan argues that, unchecked, climate change will swamp every other issue facing us today. Indeed, what began as an initial response of many institutions-denial and delay-has now grown into a crime against humanity. Gelbspan’s previous book, The Heat Is On, exposed the financing of climate-change skeptics by the oil and coal companies. In Boiling Point, he reveals exactly how the fossil fuel industry is directing the Bush administration’s energy and climate policies – payback for helping Bush get elected. Even more surprisingly, Gelbspan points a finger at both the media and environmental activists for unwittingly worsening the crisis. Finally, he offers a concrete plan for averting a full-blown climate catastrophe. According to Gelbspan, a proper approach to climate change could solve many other problems in our social, political, and economic lives. It would dramatically reduce our reliance on oil, and with it our exposure to instability in the Middle East. It would create millions of jobs and raise living standards in poor countries whose populations are affected by climate-driven disease epidemics and whose borders are overrun by environmental refugees. It would also expand the global economy and lead to a far wealthier and more peaceful world. A passionate call-to-arms and a thoughtful roadmap for change, Boiling Point reveals what’s at stake for our fragile planet
Ecological Medicine
by Kenny Ausubel ($11.53)
Drawn largely from luminous presentations given at the annual Bioneers Conference, this pathfinding book–the first in a new Bioneers Series published by Sierra Club Books–focuses on pragmatic solutions emerging at the fertile edges between the overlapping worlds of environmental restoration and holistic healing. In this kaleidoscopic collection, many of the world’s leading health visionaries show us how human health is inescapably dependent on the health of our environment. The rich array of voices in this book reflects the collective intelligence of the emerging movement known as Ecological Medicine. Its advocates look to the strategic public health measures that first do no harm to the environment and, in turn, successfully improve human health. They call for prevention and precaution as the first line of action. They seek to heal the tragic split that conventional medicine made from nature and to conjure nature’s own mysterious capacity for self-repair. They celebrate the virtues of ancient natural-medicine practices but also embrace an integrative medicine that uses the best of all approaches to healing–with special emphasis on the centrality of the human spirit in the healing process. Their inspiring work, described so compellingly in this book, is of critical relevance to everyone concerned about health and the environment.
Eco-Economy: Building An Economy For The Earth
by Lester R. Brown ($10.85)
Eco-economic theory calls for harmony between our economy and natural resources. Our current, untenable, profit-focused economic model, says Brown (Building a Sustainable Society), depletes forests, oil, farmland, topsoil, water, atmosphere and species beyond a sustainable level. Brown, founding director of the Earth Policy Institute, uses the Sumerians as an antimodel: as the land was overworked, water sources eventually disappeared. And he uses forestry as a counterexample: forests secure land and store water, acting as natural dams. Logging delivers paychecks, but doesn’t consider flood damage from tree loss. Eco-economists would say that the logger and the town, while temporarily profiting, pay more in the end in rising insurance costs, flood damage to homes and infrastructure, increased taxes and disaster relief funds. The goal, presented here in convincing detail, is to design a profitable economy that accurately reflects the social cost of abuse of resources. Brown suggests shifting “taxes from income to environmentally destructive activities, such as carbon emissions.” Individuals and towns should receive tax breaks for deploying solar and wind-generated power. However receptive to Brown’s excellent, sophisticated proposals, many readers will wonder how they can become reality; for eco-economics to work, all world leaders would need to agree on what makes practices environmentally unsound. (Nov. 5)Forecast: In light of the current administration’s poor reputation for eco-concern and its withdrawal from the Kyoto Protocol, Brown’s book will do well among students, activists and the growing environmental movement.
High Tide: The Truth About Our Climate Crisis
by Mark Lynas ($10.50)
“President Bush and his Administration have risen to the global warming challenge with responses ranging from obfuscation to pretense to outright denial…I’d like to issue each and every one of them a challenge. Come with me–see what I have seen–and try to understand what global warming really means for us and for our children. Leave Washington and travel to the places I have visited…”–From the Preface A glacier disappears high in the Peruvian Andes. Floodwaters surge across the English countryside. Ten thousand Pacific Islanders begin to evacuate their homeland. A dust storm turns day into night across the Inner Mongolian plains. These events may seem unrelated, but they are not. Even as scientists and other experts debate the specifics, climate crisis is already affecting the lives of millions. In this ground-breaking book, Mark Lynas reveals the first evidence–collected during an epic three-year journey across five continents–about how global warming is hitting people’s lives all around the world. From American hurricane chasers to Mongolian herders, from Alaskan Eskimos to South Sea islanders, Lynas’s encounters and discoveries give us a stark warning about the even worse dangers that lie ahead if nothing is done. High Tide’s message is urgent and its revelations are at once shocking and inspiring–shocking as so few of us yet realize the magnitude of what’s happening, and inspiring as there is still time to avert much greater catastrophe. No one who reads this book will be able to look their children in the eyes and say “I didn’t know.”
Limits To Growth: The 30 Year Update
by Donella H. meadows, Jorgen Randers & Dennis L. Meadows ($15.75)
Updated for the second time since 1992, this book, by a trio of professors and systems analysts, offers a pessimistic view of the natural resources available for the world’s population. Using extensive computer models based on population, food production, pollution and other data, the authors demonstrate why the world is in a potentially dangerous “overshoot” situation. Put simply, overshoot means people have been steadily using up more of the Earth’s resources without replenishing its supplies. The consequences, according to the authors, may be catastrophic: “We… believe that if a profound correction is not made soon, a crash of some sort is certain. And it will occur within the lifetimes of many who are alive today.” After explaining overshoot, the book discusses population and industrial growth, the limits on available resources, pollution, technology and, importantly, ways to avoid overshoot. The authors do an excellent job of summarizing their extensive research with clear writing and helpful charts illustrating trends in food consumption, population increases, grain production, etc., in a serious tome likely to appeal to environmentalists, government employees and public policy experts.
Nature’s Operating Instructions
by Kenny Ausubel ($11.53)
“Biotechnology” as generally understood is a misnomer, having less to do with biology than with generating profits from genetic manipulation. The corporatizing of genetic science is just the latest risky manifestation of a dysfunctional industrial paradigm based on consuming natural capital and producing toxic waste – an economic model totally at odds with the evolutionary intelligence of living systems. But there is another way. The “true biotechnologies” described in this second volume in the Bioneers series, are working strategies grounded in the innate complexity, relatedness, and sustainability of natural ecosystems. The contributors to this volume are visionary leaders in fields such as biomimicry (mimicking nature in order to restore nature and serve human ends harmlessly), “living machines” that break down toxics biologically, natural design for industrial processes and buildings, and the restoration of natural capital. Their guiding principles include diversity, kinship, symbiosis, reciprocity, and community. These brilliant innovators illuminate a future environment of hope by “wedding human ingenuity with the wisdom of the wild,” as contributor John Todd puts it. Human beings are a keystone species with an essential role to play in the ecological well-being of our world; we are only just learning how to go about it. Sector by sector-from energy and agriculture to transportation, industrial production, and land management-the true biotechnologies described here show how nature has already orchestrated a symphony of intelligent design that we can emulate and adapt, to the benefit of humanity and all life on Earth.
One With Nineveh: Politics, Consumption, and the Human Future
by Paul R. Ehrlich & Anne H. Ehrlich ($17.01)
The Ehrlichs’ provocative and eminently readable look at current environmental trends takes its title from Rudyard Kipling’s poem “Recessional,” which contrasts the pomp of the 19th-century British empire to the faded glory of Nineveh, the ancient capital of the Assyrian empire. The Ehrlichs (Betrayal of Science and Reason), both members of Stanford’s department of biological sciences, look at the global problems of overpopulation, overconsumption, and political and economic inequity that threaten to make the world into a new fallen Nineveh. Each of the book’s nine chapters analyzes one area in detail (using current research in ecology, demographics, migration, economics, biodiversity, ethics, climate, politics and globalization) and then suggests measures “that might allow humanity in general, and the world’s sole remaining superpower in particular, to alter course and work towards achieving a sustainable world.” The prognosis is sometimes depressing: about three-fifths of all important oceanic fish stock has been seriously depleted since 1994; today’s global population of six billion is about three times what Ehrlich considers to be the “optimal” number for the world; profligate consumption threatens to use up nonrenewable natural resources such as oil while governments inhibit the development of renewable sources such as solar power. The current Bush administration is the target of cogent criticism about how it has aided a culture “dominated by short-term greed,” but Europe and various Third World countries receive their share of criticism as well. A concluding section embraces the philosophy of Martin Luther King Jr. to argue that idealism and individual action can still save the world from massive environmental disaster. Although wide-reaching in range, this is a direct and levelheaded presentation that should get, and deserves, wide readership.
Plan B: Rescuing A Planet Under Stress & A Civilization In Trouble
by Lester R. Brown ($18.85)
Brown, founder of the Earth Policy Institute, believes that “we can build an economy that does not destroy its natural support systems, a global community where the basic needs of all the earth’s people are satisfied, and a world that will allow us to think of ourselves as civilized.” Brown (Eco-Economy) backs up his argument with clear and well-reasoned text that outlines how to solve the world’s severe environmental problems. According to Brown, the earth’s populations are currently living in a bubble economy based on reckless consumption of natural resources. Because of water shortages, soil erosion and rising temperatures, grain production has seriously fallen off. If this situation continues, especially in areas such as sub-Saharan Africa and the Indian subcontinent, hunger and disease will prevail and lead to disastrous consequences for the entire world. Drawing on careful research, Brown outlines the details of Plan B, a committed global cooperative effort to raise water and land productivity, cut carbon emissions and stabilize population growth before time runs out. He provides many individual success stories, such as the Netherlands’ embrace of the bicycle for transportation instead of the environmentally poisonous automobile. Since 1989, Iran has cut its spiraling population growth through education and access to contraception. In this measured plea, Brown points out that for Plan B to be adopted worldwide, it desperately needs the leadership of the U.S., as the wealthiest nation on earth, to change its focus and resources from a military presence to one that fosters a global economy that will sustain generations to come.
Plan B.2.0 – Rescuing a Planet Under Stress and a Civilization in Trouble
by Lester Brown (11.53 / 352 pages)
Tension between alarmism and optimism fuels this stimulating treatise on green development, an update of the 2003 edition. Earth Policy Institute president Brown (Who Will Feed China?) surveys the worldwide environmental devastation wrought by breakneck industrialization and the heedless, auto-centric, “throwaway economy”: oil and water shortages, pollution, deforestation, soil erosion, desertification, collapsing fisheries, mass extinctions, looming famine and pestilence-and he hasn’t even gotten to global warming yet. Fortunately, Brown says, “all the problems we face can be dealt with using existing technologies,” at a manageable cost. He spends most of the book touting advances in sustainable agriculture, wildlife and resource conservation, renewable energy, hyper-efficient cars, mass transit and appliances, and recycling (a waterless, composting toilet that produces “essentially odorless” humus, for instance). He totals it all up in a $161 billion yearly budget and adds a prescription for environmental taxes-on everything from gasoline to garbage-to steer the economy toward eco-friendliness. Brown wants to reform and humanize, not abolish, industrial modernity, and keeps the focus on practical, tested measures. He sprinkles many intriguing facts and figures, but they are presented selectively and unsystematically (price data on renewable energy sources, in particular, is inadequate and misleading); his somewhat boosterish approach lacks the meticulous cost-benefit analyses the subject cries out for. But while the book doesn’t offer the last word on sustainable economic development, its can-do spirit and lucid exposition of promising proposals make it a good starting point for discussion of this all-important issue.
State Of The World 2004
by Brian Halweil, et al ($11.87)
In State of the World 2004, the Worldwatch Institute’s award-winning research team focuses on consumption, pointing to the many ways in which our consumption habits drive ecological and social deterioration, as well as how these habits can be redirected to reinforce environmental and social goals. As always, State of the World 2004 provides government officials, journalists, professors, students, and concerned citizens with a comprehensive analysis of the global environmental problems we face along with detailed descriptions of practical, innovative solutions—like charting the most environmentally sound path to a hydrogen-fueled economy, or accelerating the rapidly growing conversion of farmers worldwide to organic farming and sustainable agriculture. Written in clear and concise language, with easy-to-read charts and tables, State of the World 2004 presents a view of our changing world that we, and our leaders, cannot afford to ignore.
The Last Hours Of Ancient Sunlight
Thom Hartman ( $10.47)
While everything appears to be collapsing around us — ecodamage, genetic engineering, virulent diseases, the end of cheap oil, water shortages, global famine, wars — we can still do something about it and create a world that will work for us and for our children’s children. The inspiration for Leonardo DiCaprio’s web movie Global Warning, The Last Hours of Ancient Sunlight details what is happening to our planet, the reasons for our culture’s blind behavior, and how we can fix the problem. Thom Hartmann’s comprehensive book, originally published in 1998, has become one of the fundamental handbooks of the environmental activist movement. Now, with fresh, updated material and a focus on political activism and its effect on corporate behavior, The Last Hours of Ancient Sunlight helps us understand–and heal–our relationship to the world, to each other, and to our natural resources.
ECONOMICS
Building a Win Win World: Life Beyond Global Economic Warfare
Hazel Henderson ($19.95)
World-renowned futurist Hazel Henderson extends her twenty-five years of work in economics to examine the havoc the current economic system is creating at the global level. Building a Win-Win World examines how jobs, education, health care, human rights, democratic participation, socially responsible business, and environmental protection are all sacrificed to “global competitiveness” and outlines a new economic architecture based on positive, sustainable systems.
Confessions of an Economic Hit Man
How the U.S. Uses Globalization to Cheat Poor Countries Out of Trillions
by John Perkins ($15.72)
Confessions of an Economic Hit Man reveals a game that, according to John Perkins, is “as old as Empire” but has taken on new and terrifying dimensions in an era of globalization. And Perkins should know. For many years he worked for an international consulting firm where his main job was to convince LDCs (less developed countries) around the world to accept multibillion-dollar loans for infrastructure projects and to see to it that most of this money ended up at Halliburton, Bechtel, Brown and Root, and other United States engineering and construction companies. This book, which many people warned Perkins not to write, is a blistering attack on a little-known phenomenon that has had dire consequences on both the victimized countries and the U.S.
Gaian Democracies
by Roy Madron and John Jopling ($10.17)
“Gian Democracies” is a powerful book. It explains and questions our need for perpetual economic growth-that over time can only lead to ecological disaster. It explains why our present economic system depends on such growth in order to provide jobs and keep our economy going. Our present economic system, fulfills the needs and desires of transnational corporations at the expense to the rest of us. It feasts upon the environment. The authors suggest changing our economic and governing system to a Gaian Democracy which would better meet the needs of individuals and be compatible with our planet. It suggests ways we can move in this direction. This is a good book. It should be widely read, and if taken seriously, could help turn us in the right direction for a sustainable future. —review by a reader
Goodbye America! Globalization, Debt & The Dollar Empire
by Mike Rowbotham ($22.50)
The injustice of Third World debt is exposed in this incisive and penetrating work by the brilliant author of The Grip of Death. He warns that the Third World debt trap is an extreme case of the same debt trap that all working families face in our own economies. You may think Third World debt is a distant problem for distant lands. Think again. This book shows that the mechanisms pushing the Third World into permanent poverty are the same as those that are deferring your retirement and pushing your children into permanent debt with no hope of escape. Like docile frogs slowly being boiled alive, we are slowly being impoverished by the major banking institutions we trust. This book shows how.
Money: Understanding and Creating Alternatives to Legal Tender
by Thomas H. Greco Jr. ($13.57)
Cash. Loot. Scratch. Lucre. Bread. Coin. Scrip. Moolah. Green. We all think we know intuitively what money is, and what it can do for us. Tom Greco, director of the Community Information Resource Center, understands and explains money on an eye-popping, fundamental level. Moreover, he provides a roadmap on how to make alternatives to the “legal tender” work for individuals, communities, and local economies. Money will set your mental gears spinning with fantastic ideas. This book explains the mysteries and realities of money in clear and accessible prose, and reveals the true workings, and alarming fragility, of our existing financial system. It also describes concrete and realistic actions that individuals, businesses, social service agencies, and governments can take to enhance productivity and purchasing power, to protect local economies from the ravages of globalization, and to strengthen the bonds of community. Money is a radical critique of our existing financial system, but also a practical and inspirational how-to manual for creating a vibrant and effective community currency system.
Power Down
Richard Heinberg ($11.87)
If the US continues with its current policies, the next decades will be marked by war, economic collapse, and environmental catastrophe. Resource depletion and population pressures are about to catch up with us, and no one is prepared. The political elites, especially in the US, are incapable of dealing with the situation and have in mind a punishing game of “Last One Standing.” The alternative is “Powerdown,” a strategy that will require tremendous effort and economic sacrifice in order to reduce per-capita resource usage in wealthy countries, develop alternative energy sources, distribute resources more equitably, and reduce the human population humanely but systematically over time. While civil society organizations push for a mild version of this, the vast majority of the world’s people are in the dark, not understanding the challenges ahead, nor the options realistically available. Powerdown speaks frankly to these dilemmas. Avoiding cynicism and despair, it begins with an overview of the likely impacts of oil and natural gas depletion and then outlines four options for industrial societies during the next decades:
* Last One Standing: the path of competition for remaining resources;
* Powerdown: the path of cooperation, conservation and sharing;
* Waiting for a Magic Elixir: wishful thinking, false hopes, and denial;
* Building Lifeboats: the path of community solidarity and preservation.
Finally, the book explores how three important groups within global society-the power elites, the opposition to the elites (the antiwar and antiglobalization movements, et al: the “Other Superpower”), and ordinary people-are likely to respond to these four options. Timely, accessible and eloquent, Powerdown is crucial reading for our times. Richard Heinberg is an award-winning author of five previous books, including The Party’s Over: Oil, War and the Fate of Industrial Societies. A member of the Core Faculty of New College of California, he lives in Santa Rosa, California.
The Debt Virus: A Compelling Solution To The Worlds Debt Problems
by Jacques S. Jaikaran ($18.66)
Envision a world without poverty or economic oppression – a place where humankind can attain its potential amidst the weightlessness of true freedom. Imagine the United States, and the rest of the world, without hunger or homelessness where educated societies enjoy all the fruits of their labor. In such a society it would not be necessary to hand over your hard-earned dollars to the government in payment of ever-increasing taxes. Such a vision is no doubt utopian, but Jacques Jaikaran introduces us to a radical economic reorganization of what is now a debt culture and proposes a monetary revolution the results of which would virtually eliminate debt as we know it. Debt Virus deals with the anatomy and physiology of money, the lifeblood of commerce and industry and hence the economy. Jaikaran points out a monetary error at the root of our cyclical economic problems and prescribes a cure that promises to benefit all mankind.
The Money Changers: Currency Reform from Aristotle to E-Cash
by David Boyle ($27.50)
The common sense view of “money” as a natural and unchanging economic fact is, in reality, a product of contemporary society. Indeed, ever since money was invented there has been fierce debate about its political, economic and ethical character, and a continued discourse, involving academics, political theorists and social reformers, on the best ways to create money, the most effective rules for governing its use, and even the potential benefits of its abolition. Recent years have seen an increasingly powerful resurgence of interest in fundamentally changing national and global systems of currency and in controlling the monetary trends — the booms and busts of the globalized economy — that affect all aspects of our lives. Yet few realize that these objections have deep roots and a rich tradition. “The Money Changers” is a unique collection of historical and contemporary thought on the nature of money, combining the political and polemical, the analytical and the visionary. It draws on a wealth of expertise and experience, from the impassioned treatises of reformers such as William Morris, via the mainstream economics of John Maynard Keynes and Friedrich Hayek, to the entrepreneurial insight of social activists such as Edgar Cahn and George Soros. This book is a timely guide to the key ideas and ideologues in a fast-moving debate on our economic and social future and will prove informative, enlightening and entertaining for academics and general readers alike.
The Grip of Death:
A Study of Modern Money, Debt Slavery and Destructive Economics
by Michael Rowbotham ($29.95)
A lucid and original account of where money comes from and why most people and businesses are so heavily in debt. It explodes more myths than any other book this century, yet it’s all about subjects very close to home: mortgages, building societies and banks, agriculture, transport, global poverty, and what’s on the supermarket shelf. The author proposes a new mechanism for the supply of money, creating a supportive financial environment and a decreasing reliance on debt.
You can’t eat GNP; Economics as if Ecology Mattered
by Eric A. Davidson ($12.24)
Eric A. Davidson’s engaging and informative book couldn’t have come at a more timely moment. In an age when high technology is driving our economy and propelling us further from the ecological system that physically supports us, You Can’t Eat GNP sends a loud and urgent message: the economic system will fail if the ecosystem is not carefully managed. As Davidson explains, the system of neoclassical economics, which governs our economy, assigns value to goods depending on the level at which they’re produced and consumed. For example, marketed consumer products like bread hold high value, while bread’s main ingredient, flour, holds less. Flour in its unprocessed form, wheat, holds even less value, and the soil from which wheat is grown holds the least worth of all. This triangle has become an exact inversion of the ecologist’s pyramid, however, in which soil–which supports the entire ecological system, from plants to herbivores to carnivores–is viewed as the pyramid’s stabilizing resource. Davidson argues these opposing models must be integrated in order to preserve the ecological system that sustains our economic system. He doesn’t propose a “back to nature” solution, nor does he negate the importance of technological developments stimulated by our present mode of economics. He does, however, agree with R.H. Tawney’s observation that “If economic ambitions are good servants, they are bad masters.” Davidson examines the environmental effects of rigidly employed economic values such as cost-benefit analysis and considers the inevitable economic effects of global warming, waste disposal, and the failure to pursue sustainability. Though his proposals for change are not extensive, he does offer workable (and sometimes controversial) suggestions for both individual and community action. An author as well as a respected scientist, Davidson writes in clear, lucid prose, making the sciences of economics and ecology accessible to the nonscientific reader, without dumbing down his arguments. He supports his points with relevant, contemporary examples, highlighting the vital importance of managing the economy in conjunction with the environment. As this intelligent treatise wryly reminds us, no matter how booming the economy, we’ll never be able to eat our gross national product.
EDUCATION
Creating Learning Communities
by Ron Miller ($18.66)
As this book says it is time to think outside the box. While most educators think that changes must be made in the education system they are stuck in the school/teach/educate syndrome. ‘A Coalition for self learning’ believes that social needs, brain research and new techniques and technologies demand a radically different learning system, and makes it possible. And, that is happening with the proliferation of homeschooling and the emergence of “cooperative community for life-long learning centers” that are forming the foundation for a radicaly different society.
Educating For Human Greatness
by Lynn Stoddard ($16.11)
Lynn Stoddard is a veteran of teaching and parenting. While shepherding his own large flock of twelve children through the public schools of Utah, he was employed for 36 years as an elementary teacher and principal. He now writes and lectures on the urgent need to design a new system of public education based on ancient wisdom and modern research. In this wise and perceptive book, veteran public school teacher/administrator Lynn Stoddard surveys the current state of public education in America and concludes that things have gone terribly wrong. His solution is to have parents and educators start by realizing that standardization in education is neither possible or effective. Only then can they focus on creating schools that truly educate for human greatness. To create such schools Stoddard proposes that parents, teachers, administrators and school board members keep six cardinal principles constantly in mind:
• Value Positive Human Diversity and Cherish Every Student’s Uniqueness
• Draw Out and Develop Each Child’s Latent Talents
• Respect the Autonomy of the Individual by Restoring Freedom and Responsibility
• Invite Inquiry, Curiosity, and Hunger for Knowledge in the Classroom
• Support Professionalism as Teachers Live by these Principles
• Parents and Teachers Unite to Help Children Grow in Human Greatness
Educating for Human Greatness deserves an honored place on the reading list of every parent who really cares about the future of their children, every teacher and administrator who puts students first in their professional lives, and every school board member who wants schools to be places where student development is a reality, not just a slogan.
How To Raise An Indigo Child: Ten Keys For Cultivating A Child’s Natural Brillanace
Barbara Condron ($10.50)
I am a parent as well as a visual art teacher for grades 1-8 at a public school in Colorado. I have observed many unique qualities and characteristics among the wide range of children I teach. The common theme is that a new profile of child is emerging into our world and traditional ways of educating them are outdated. The Indigo Child is unique in that they are alive, fresh and unincumbered by rules, regulations and fitting into a package that is not them. However, Indigo’s desire guidelines and respect and have a keen sense of receiving authenticity and sincerity. Dr. Condron’s book focuses on the need to teach reasoning skills and goes beyond by detailing how it can be taught. Her voice outlines the process using multidimesional techniques which are what the Indigo’s reach for. I have not found a comprable process elswhere. Dr. Condron’s book elevates our consciuosness to be more purpose driven in the how’s and why’s of educating our children. You’ll discover this in the 10 Essential Life Skills she details in How to Raise An Indigo Child. It’s a must read for potential parents as well as educators. My parenting and teaching skills have expanded to be more thought and purpose centered. Thanks for your years of dedication, research and service. — A readers review
Instead of Education
by John Holt ($11.17)
Holt’s most direct and radical challenge to the educational status quo and a clarion call to parents to save their children from schools of all kinds. John Holt was a fifth grade teacher who worked in private schools. In 1964, his book How Children Fail created an uproar with his observations that forcing children to learn makes them unnaturally self-conscious about learning and stifles children’s initiative and creativity by making them focus on how to please the teachers and the schools with the answers they will reward best. His subsequent book, How Children Learn (1967), also became widely known. The two are still in print and together they have sold over a million and a half copies and have been translated into over 14 languages. Holt went on to become a visiting lecturer at Harvard and Berkeley, but his tenure at both places was short-lived. Holt did not feel the school establishment was serious about change in the ways he wanted to go, such as changing the relationship of the child to the teacher and the school to the community. Holts books have been very influential in the development of the homeschooling and unschooling movements.
Montessori Method
by Maria Montessori ($10.50)
This book is Montessori’s own exposition of the theory behind her innovative educational techniques. She shows parents, teachers and administrators how to “free a child to learn through his own efforts”.
Nizhoni: The Higher Self In Education
by Chris Griscom ($10.00)
This is a wonderful eye opener into multi dimenionsal education. One of the many purposes of the Nizhoni school is to attune young people to listen to their higher self/the megaphone of the soul, to listen and to communicate with eachother and the world at a higher octave of understanding and apprecation. This book lays out the principles that the Nihoni school is found on and what everyone child and parent are capable of experiencing
Quantum Teaching: Orchestrating Student Success
Bobbi Deporter ($19.53)
Quantum Teaching shows teachers how to orchestrate their students’ success by taking into account everything in the classroom along with the environment, the design of the curriculum, and how it’s presented. The result: a highly-effective way to teach anything to anybody! Available as an illustrated how-to book that bridges the gap between theory and practice and that covers today’s hottest topics, like multiple intelligences, this book provides specific, easy-to-follow guidelines for creating more-effective learning environments, better ways to design curricula, and more interesting ways to deliver content and facilitate the learning process. Designed and written as an interactive tool, Quantum Teaching includes lesson planning guidelines to help teachers cover all the bases, without having to culminate different theories or refer to different source materials. A reproducible lesson planning guide makes it easy to start implementing new strategies immediately.
Real Boys: Rescuing Our Sons From The Myths Of Boyhood
by Wm. Pollack ($10.88)
Based on William Pollack’s groundbreaking research at Harvard Medical School over two decades, Real Boys explores why many boys are sad, lonely, and confused although they may appear tough, cheerful, and confident. Pollack challenges conventional expectations about manhood and masculinity that encourage parents to treat boys as little men, raising them through a toughening process that drives their true emotions underground. Only when we understand what boys are really like, says Pollack, can we help them develop more self-confidence and the emotional savvy they need to deal with issues such as depression, love and sexuality, drugs and alcohol, divorce, and violence.
Reviving Ophelia: Saving The Selves Of Adolescent Girls
Mary Pipher ($10.17)
Why are more American adolescent girls prey to depression, eating disorders, addictions, and suicide attempts than ever before? According to Dr. Mary Pipher, a clinical psychologist who has treated girls for more than twenty years, we live in a look-obsessed, media-saturated, “girl-poisoning” culture. Despite the advances of feminism, escalating levels of sexism and violence–from undervalued intelligence to sexual harassment in elementary school–cause girls to stifle their creative spirit and natural impulses, which, ultimately, destroys their self-esteem. Yet girls often blame themselves or their families for this “problem with no name” instead of looking at the world around them. Here, for the first time, are girls’ unmuted voices from the front lines of adolescence, personal and painfully honest. By laying bare their harsh day-to-day reality, Reviving Ophelia issues a call to arms and offers parents compassion, strength, and strategies with which to revive these Ophelias’ lost sense of self.
Summerhill School: A New View Of childhood
by A.S. Neill ($11.16)
This update of the 1960 classic, Summerhill, presents radical educational theorist A. S. Neill, “looking back in 1971 on fifty years of running his pioneering self-governing free school,” in Suffolk, England. Lamb, who was an American student there in the early 1960s, weaves extracts of Neill’s writings in a narrative that details the progressive school’s struggles. As an octogenarian, Neill (1884-1973) recalls his advocacy of a then new psychological approach that pointed to emotions, not intellect, as the primary forces shaping a child’s growth. At Summerhill, now run by Neill’s daughter, Zoe Readhead, “kids grow up in their own way and at their own speed” in a self-governing, sympathetic environment. It appears that they are not scanted educationally. Generous in acknowledging his debt to others, including his mentor, psychologist Wilhelm Reich, Neill here freshly details his belief in children’s ability to be self-regulating.
Teacher Effectiveness Training
by Thomas Gordon ($10.20)
For nearly thirty years, Teacher Effectiveness Training, or the T.E.T. book, based on Dr. Thomas Gordon’s groundbreaking program, has taught hundreds of thousands of teachers around the world the skills they need to deal with the inevitable student discipline problems effectively and humanely. Now revised and updated, T.E.T. can mean the difference between an unproductive, disruptive classroom and a cooperative, productive environment in which students flourish and teachers feel rewarded. You will learn:
• What to do when students give you problems
• How to talk so that students will listen
• How to resolve conflicts so no one loses and no one gets hurt
• How to best help students when they’re having a problem
• How to set classroom rules so that far less enforcement is necessary
• How to increase teaching and learning time
The Compassionate Classroom: Relationship Based Teaching & Learning
By Sura Hart & Victoria Kindle Hudson ($12.21)
This inspiring guidebook supports teachers seeking to provide a nurturing and creative classroom environment for elementary students. Lessons supply instruction for creating a community of reverence, self-awareness, and mindfulness. Each entry features a concise lesson plan ready for implementation, as well as a brief summary of the interfaith and secular philosophies that underpin the lesson. Specific tips for teaching nonviolent skill sets are provided, including expressing feelings honestly without judging or criticizing, making clear requests of others, and listening empathetically. Educators are assisted in building connections among diverse populations, cultivating self-awareness, and rewarding reflective thinking. Handouts and sample writings offer inspirational models for students to explore identity and spirituality.
The Happy Child: Changing the Heart of Education
by Steven Harrison ($8.96)
In his thought-provoking new book, this bestselling author ventures far outside the box of traditional thinking about education. His radical proposal? Children naturally want to learn, so let them direct their own education in democratic learning communities where they can interact seamlessly with their neighborhoods, their towns, and the world at large. Most learning systems apply external motivation through grades, rankings, teacher direction, and approval. “The Happy Child” suggests that a self-motivated child who is interdependent within a community can develop the full human potential to live a creative and fulfilling life. Harrison focuses on the integration of the whole child, the learning environment, and the non-coercive spirit of curiosity-driven education. Harrison suggests that all systems of education–core knowledge, progressive education, Waldorf, homeschooling, free schooling–miss the point. Children don’t need schools to learn. They are driven to learn all the time by their need to know. Adults must simply stop preventing this learning. While the wide range of educational theory emphasizes everything from essential curriculum to self-esteem, ‘The Happy Child” recommends that children be given freedom to express their nature and to create their own individualized and appropriate learning experience. Young people today face the difficult challenge of finding their place in a world that is rapidly changing. A balanced, creative life in our complex world requires initiative, holistic thinking, and co-creative problem solving. Harrison adds his voice to those of A. S. Neil, John Holt, and John Gatto, who believe that contemporary schools can never be reformed sufficiently, but must be abandoned entirely for something new and vital to emerge. With practical suggestions, Harrison details how to provide a living and responsive environment that can meet the expanding mind of a child–an environment that is non-coercive, democratic, and relationship-based. A child can thrive in a model where all participants view the child as an interdependent individual in the community–an individual who is both expressive and fully responsible. A happy child will flourish with an education that recognizes that the child is already fully expressive and relating to life. And a happy child, the author, asserts, is at the core of a truly functional and creative society.
The Indigo Children: The New Kids Have Arrived
Lee Carroll ($11.16)
Do you think your child is special? Well, perhaps he or she is! Self-help professionals Lee Carroll and Jan Tober have collected essays by dozens of doctors, counselors, and other childhood experts that seem to document the arrival on earth of a newly evolved species of human kiddie referred to here as an “indigo” child. The 10 most common traits are: 1.) They come into the world with a feeling of royalty. 2.) They have a feeling of deserving to be here. 3.) Self-worth is not a big issue. 4.) They have difficulty with authority by ritual or without explanation. 5.) They simply will not do certain things. 6.) They get frustrated with systems that don’t require creative thought. 7.) They often see better ways of doing things. 8.) School is often difficult for them and they can seem antisocial. 9.) They will not respond to guilt-trip discipline. 10.) They are not shy about letting you know what they need. If your little angel/devil fits this pattern and you are pulling your hair out trying to relate, you may want to read this book before resorting to Ritalin. — a reader writes.
The Sudbury Valley School Experience
by Daniel Greenberg, et al. ($10.00)
We’re currently in a paradigm shift in education, and this book documents how Sudbury Valley School in Framingham, Massachusetts (USA) has reacted quite successfully to that shift. They have created a school where “the inmates are in charge,” meaning the kids control everything about the school…and do so very successfully. For over 30 years, kids have run the school and gotten a better education than they could get at any other school. A remarkable book, and a remarkable story. If you’re into the idea that kids need to be controlled, guided, and “exposed to new ideas,” you won’t like this book. But if you recognize that kids are their own best guides to learning what they need most, when they need it most, you’ll recognize everything in this book. A real gem! — A Readers Review
The Unprocessed Child: Living Without School
by Valerie Fitzenreiter ($12.71)
The Unprocessed Child is a work of nonfiction about a child raised with no coercion and no curriculum. Laurie Chancey spent her childhood immersing herself in topics of her own choosing. She was never forced to learn something simply because tradition and/or society said it was necessary. No one was looking over her shoulder to make sure she was learning the “proper” subjects. Having never seen a textbook or taken a test, never used workbooks or any type of teaching techniques, Laurie scored in the top 10% of the state of Louisiana on her college entrance exam. She enrolled in college when she was eighteen, and graduated summa cum laude three and a half years later. Laurie is a bright adult, but her IQ is not why she did so well. She spent her life learning to learn and it’s something that now comes easily to her. The Unprocessed Child was written by her mother and is full of examples of raising a child with respect and dignity. It is the first book written about a radically unschooled child who has now reached adulthood and is a responsible member of society. Questions about the radical unschooling lifestyle are answered on topics ranging from socialization, parental responsibility, self-discipline, chores, bedtimes and much more. The book shows that it is not only possible to befriend your child, but that it is highly preferable to the struggles that so many parents go through with their children. It proves that school is not necessary for learning, socializing or motivation.
The Unschooling Handbook
How To Use The Whole World As Your Child’s Classroom
by Mary Griffith ($10.85)
Unschooling, a homeschooling method based on the belief that kids learn best when allowed to pursue their natural curiosities and interests, is practiced by 10 to 15 percent of the estimated 1.5 million homeschoolers in the United States. There is no curriculum or master plan for allowing children to decide when, what, and how they will learn, but veteran homeschooler Mary Griffith comes as close as you can get in this slim manual. Written in a conversational, salon-style manner, The Unschooling Handbook is liberally peppered with anecdotes and practical advice from unschoolers, identified by their first names and home states. The book also includes resources such as one teenager’s sample “transcript,” a typical weekly log of a third-grader’s activities, and helpful lists of magazines, online mailing lists, Web sites, and catalogs. Griffith, a board member of the Homeschool Association of California (and the author of The Homeschooling Handbook), names Margaret Mead and Thomas Edison as two examples of those who have profited from unschooled childhoods, and further claims that research validates support for this controversial form of education. The “evidence” she cites, however, is predominantly theoretical writings from noted educators about the benefits of child-centered learning. The book is a well-organized guide for homeschoolers and other families contemplating the “un” life.
Understanding Waldorf Education: Teaching From The Inside Out
by Jack Petrash ($13.57)
Written by a teacher with more than 25 years of experience, this book offers a jargon-free view of Waldorf schools with their philosophy of the importance of a three-dimensional education. Through learning experiences that involve all of the senses, children use a variety of intelligences to develop thought, feeling, and intentional, purposeful activity. Whether you’re a Waldorf parent or teacher, or you just want to learn more about these innovative educational concepts, this book contains important ideas on learning that you can apply today.
GENDER STUDIES
Beyond The Veil:
Inner Peace For Busy Women: Balancing Work, Family and Your Inner Life
by Joan Borysenko ($12.21)
Joan Borysenko, Ph.D., has been described as a respected scientist, gifted therapist, and unabashed mystic. Trained at Harvard Medical School, she was an instructor in medicine until1988. Currently the President of Mind/Body Health Sciences, Inc., she is an internationally known speaker and consultant in women’s health and spirituality, integrative medicine and the mind/body connection. This is a book about getting real. It tells the truth about busyness and peace in a way that can help us women change our lives. Until quite recently, it was politically incorrect to mention that balancing work and family, while having any time left to nurture our spirit, was a tall order. Only now, when a second generation of women is entering the ranks of the family-work-spirituality jugglers, do we feel secure enough to stop for a minute and say, “Wow, this is a hard act to pull off. Sometimes we’re tired, stressed out, and in danger of shutting down and losing our hearts. But if we share the truth of our lives, we can find a better way. Here’s what we learned that can make it easier for you.” This book gets to the heart of how we busy women can find a center of inner peace even when life is swirling around us like a cyclone. However, busyness is not the major issue for most of us—it’s our thoughts about our lives that can create symptoms of disharmony, including money and health problems, loss of empowerment, relationship and parenting difficulties, meltdowns at work, and depression. And although a long bath or a spa getaway can help, finding authentic balance means learning to take back the power we’ve given away and becoming wise—one satisfying step at a time.
Daughters of Abraham: Feminist Thought in Judiasm, Christianity & Islam
by Yvonne Yazbeck Haddad ($16.47)
Important for a general audience interested in women and religion, this book will be especially valuable to scholars in the fields of feminist theology, comparative religion, and interfaith studies. Based on the premise that women’s struggles to have their voices heard are shared throughout the monothesims, these essays offer new insights into the traditions of three religions during the past century. Six scholars engage in dialogue with their own faith communities, reflecting on their scripture and theology in order to understand the process by which women have been constrained within the patriarchal teachings of the religion. Looking at texts and narratives long utilized to keep women within boundaries, they open up the scriptures and traditions to a feminist interpretation of the historical teachings of their faiths.
How To Be Like A Woman Of Influence: Life Lessons From 20 Of The Greatest
by Pat & Ruth Williams ($9.71)
What do Oprah Winfrey, Sandra Day O’Connor, Margaret Thatcher, Marie Curie and Sojourner Truth have in common? Not only are they some of the world’s most influential women, their life lessons are now revealed in the latest book by Pat Williams. Williams blends the personal accounts of each influential woman with the contemporary and historical insights of others. What emerges is an intimate portrait of each great person-her motivations, her aspirations, her personal challenges and the qualities that made her so successful at her calling. An added bonus is life lessons at the end of each chapter, which provide remarkable motivation for women who are blazing a new career trail, building a strong family or struggling to “have it all”. This exceptional book highlights a diverse group of women, from activists, businesswomen and humanitarians to athletes, explorers and scientists-it will appeal to any reader regardless of age, occupation or creative pursuits. Profiles of women of influence include: Eleanor Roosevelt, Rosa Parks, Mary Kay Ash, Helen Keller, Anne Frank, Amelia Earhart and others. This is not a history book-it is a perfect blueprint for creating a successful life.
Qur’an & Woman: Rereading The Sacred Text From A Woman’s Perspective
by Amina Wadud ($10.17)
Fourteen centuries of Islamic thought have produced a legacy of interpretive readings of the Qu’ran written almost entirely by men. Now, with Qu’ran and Woman, Amina Wadud provides a first interpretive reading by a woman, a reading which validates the female voice in the Qu’ran and brings it out of the shadows. Muslim progressives have long argued that it is not the religion but patriarchal interpretation and implementation of the Qu’ran that have kept women oppressed. For many, the way to reform is the reexamination and reinterpretation of religious texts. Qu’ran and Woman contributes a gender inclusive reading to one of the most fundamental disciplines in Islamic thought, Qu’ranic exegesis. Wadud breaks down specific texts and key words which have been used to limit women’s public and private role, even to justify violence toward Muslim women, revealing that their original meaning and context defy such interpretations. What her analysis clarifies is the lack of gender bias, precedence, or prejudice in the essential language of the Qur’an. Despite much Qu’ranic evidence about the significance of women, gender reform in Muslim society has been stubbornly resisted. Wadud’s reading of the Qu’ran confirms women’s equality and constitutes legitimate grounds for contesting the unequal treatment that women have experienced historically and continue to experience legally in Muslim communities. The Qu’ran does not prescribe one timeless and unchanging social structure for men and women, Wadud argues lucidly, affirming that the Qu’ran holds greater possibilities for guiding human society to a more fulfilling and productive mutual collaboration between men and women than as yet attained by Muslims or non-Muslims.
Sacred Woman: A Guide To healing The Feminine Body, Mind & Spirit
by Queen Afua ($11.53)
Queen Afua is a nationally renowned herbalist, natural health and nutrition expert, and dedicated healer of women’s bodies and women’s souls who practices a uniquely Afrocentric spirituality. Her classic bestseller, Heal Thyself, forever changed the way African Americans practice holistic health. Now, with Sacred Woman, she takes us on a transforming journey of physical and ancestral healing that will restore the magnificence of our spirits through sacred initiation. Queen Afua begins by helping us to discover our unique “womb-an-ness”–and to honor the womb as the center of our consciousness and creativity. Whether we are conceiving babies or businesses, ideas or art, Queen Afua illuminates the importance of cultivating our Womb Wisdom. After teaching us to transcend the taboos of growing up female, she outlines the full circle of womb wellness from menstruation to childbirth to menopause, and gives us a twenty-eight-day program for womb spirit rejuvenation and purification. Once our optimal womb wellness has been firmly established, we are ready for our initiation into Sacred Womanhood. “Only a whole woman can be a Sacred Woman,” says Queen Afua, and she blesses us with the exact tools we need to bring our beings into true harmony with the earth and the cosmos. Through extraordinary meditations, affirmations, and rituals rooted in Ancient Egyptian temple teachings, Queen Afua guides us through the nine portals of initiation. She teaches us how to love and rejoice in our bodies by spiritualizing . . . the words we speak; the foods we eat; the spaces we live and work in; the beauty we create in our lives; the healing energy we transmit to self and others; the relationships we nurture; the service we offer; and the divine spirit we manifest. With love, wisdom, and passion, Queen Afua guides us to accept our mission and our mantle as Sacred Women–to heal ourselves, the generations of women in our families, our communities, and our world.
The Biology, Psychology and Spirituality Of The Feminine Life Cycle
by Joan Borysenko ($10.20)
Biologist and psychologist Joan Borysenko helped chart new territory in mind/body medicine at Harvard Medical School-and created a new map of that territory in one of the first bestsellers in the field. Now the author of Minding the Body, Mending the Mind reveals the interconnected loop of mind, body, and spirit in women. This pioneering book will teach women how to maximize their health and well-being as well as discover the extraordinary power that comes with each stage of the feminine life cycle. Women have always known that we are cyclical creatures, strongly influenced by our daily, monthly, and yearly rhythms. Finally, we have a book that examines these natural cycles as gifts rather than weaknesses or curses. Dividing the female life span by the mystical number of seven years, Joan Borysenko reveals the biological forces that drive our physical, emotional, and spiritual development. This is a pragmatic book filled with groundbreaking medical research; it is also a book that dares to explore the link between female biology and female mystery.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Women’s History
by Sonia Weiss ($18.95)
An easily-understood and interesting set of historical perspectives on the evolution of women’s place in the world. Discusses women’s past and present roles in politics, their contributions to society, the idea of the ‘working woman’, and other past and modern aspects of womanhood. Softcover.
The Veil & The Male Elite: A Feminist Interpretation Of Women’s Rights In Islam
by Fatima Mernissi (($12.89)
Mernissi, an internationally known Moroccan sociologist, endeavors to show that discrimination against women, so common in the Muslim world today, is not a fundamental tenet of Islam as many contemporary male Muslims would like us to believe. Her basic premise is that Islam is inherently egalitarian and, using extensive documentation from the Koran, the Hadith, and other Islamic historical commentary, she successfully proves her hypothesis. Mernissi states that Muhammad was a chief of state who publicly acknowledged the importance of affection and sexuality. He was a polygynous husband whose wives were not just background figures but often shared decision-making with him. She goes on to say that the founder of Islam asserted the equality of women, rejected slavery and envisioned an egalitarian society. Mernissi further claims that successive Muslim leaders manipulated and distorted sacred texts, from the seventh century onward, in an effort to maintain male privileges. Her close textual analyses of the Hadith, or stories of words and deeds attributed to the Prophet, support her far-reaching reinterpretation of the historic roots of Islam and its modern tendency to reduce woman to a “submissive, marginal creature.”
Walking Through Fire
by Nawal El Saadwi ($13.97)
“The older I become, the closer I come to my childhood and keep remembering it,” writes novelist and physician El Saadawi in this sequel to her first memoir, A Daughter of Isis. Her new work is sprinkled with childhood experiences and memories, but the focus is on her adult life in Egypt and her four years in exile at Duke University. El Saadawi chronicles her experiences as a medical student, rural doctor, and defender of women’s rights. She also describes what it’s like to be a writer placed on a death list, a daughter confronting the deaths of her beloved parents, and a wife first to a freedom fighter, then to a lawyer she didn’t love, and finally to a physician and writer. El Saadawi brings to life the politics, economics, and culture of a country enmeshed in colonization, imperialism, terrorism, and traditional patriarchal Islamic moral and religious values. Her honesty, strength, courage, and accomplishments are admirable and inspiring.
Women’s Bodies Women’s Wisdom
Christiane Northrup, MD ($12.88)
Christiane Northrup’s vision of mind-body wellness has received an extraordinary response from women all over the world. Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom powerfully demonstrates that when women change the basic conditions of their lives that lead to health problems, they heal faster, more completely, and with far fewer medical interventions. Dr. Northrup brings us vital information about the best techniques of Western medicine and the best alternative therapies, showing how to incorporate both into a complementary whole. She guides readers through the entire range of women’s health problems and offers innovative, positive perspectives on normal processes, such as menstruation, pregnancy, and menopause. This edition includes:
• A nutrition chapter emphasizing individual dietary needs and body chemistry
• Information on improving fertility after age 35–and how to cut the risk of C-section by 50 percent
• A comprehensive program for menopause, including how to decide whether natural hormone replacement is right for you
• Holistic ways to prepare and heal faster if surgery is necessary
• Plus dozens of natural treatments and a wealth of hard-to-find health care resources
Filled with dramatic case histories from her medical practice in Maine, Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom is contemporary medicine at its best, combining new technologies with natural remedies and the miraculous healing powers within the body itself.
GEOPOLITICS
Behind the Invasion of Iraq
by Research Unit for Political Economy ($9.96)
The Research Unit for Political Economy is based in Mumbai, India. It publishes the journal, Aspects of India’s Economy and a range of research publications in English and Hindi. Since September 11, 2001, there have been many accounts of the ways in which the alignment of global power is changing or will be changed by the U.S.’s “war on terrorism.” Most of them take as their starting point the options facing the wealthy and powerful nations of the world seeking to control an ever larger share of the world’s resources. Behind the Invasion of Iraq is written from a different perspective, and one that makes possible a far more comprehensive point of view.
Its authors are rooted in the politics of a Third World country—India—which has long been on the receiving end of imperialist power. As a consequence, they have a more sober view of the workings of global power. In clear and accessible prose, weighing the evidence carefully and tracing events to their root causes, they move beyond moral outrage to a clear view of the process being set in motion by the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq. They show that the invasion of Iraq is a desperate gamble by a section of the U.S. ruling elite to preserve their power, driven by the wish to stave off economic crisis through military means. Their efforts will not end with Iraq, but will require the recolonization of the middle East. Behind the Invasion of Iraq exposes the idea that war will bring democracy to the Middle East as so much propaganda. In a context where so many rulers are themselves clients of the United States, the war is aimed not at the rulers but at the masses of ordinary people whose hostility to imperialism has not been broken even by corrupt and autocratic rulers. This book describes the remaking of global power with a truly global awareness of what is at stake.
Black Skin, White Mask
By Franz Fanon ($10.00 / 320 p)
Fanon says he wants to expose the sickness in order for it to be cured. He exposes the sickness inflicted on Africans by the contact with the colonizing white West in a razor sharp accuracy and courage. Fanon is completely honest, sparing no criticism from the Africans nor the Europeans. He gets help from giant figures like Cesaire and Senghor, and creates an emotionally and intellectually charged masterpiece. He shows how language was used as a colonialist tool, the terrible affect on African self esteem, the psychological turmoil that erupts as a result of the contact with white society.
Derailing Democracy
by David McGowan ($17.95)
This book provides a comprehensive review of the USA’s self serving interference in international affairs and it’s total disregard for democracy or human rights in most countries in the name of plundering and raping these countries for economic and egoistic gain. The book also provides a wake up call to Americans on the development of the Big Brother state and the abuse and disregard of human rights by corporations and “defense” industries. — A readers review
No God But God: The Origins, Evolution and Future Of Islam
by Riza Azlan ($17.13)
Aslan, a native of Iran and a professor of Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies at the University of Iowa, argues in this informative study that a reformation of Islam is underway. He astutely recognizes that the struggle between arch-conservative Wahhabi Islam and the innovative, reform-oriented Islam of the Prophet Muhammad are at war, dragging the United States and the West along. Aslan’s brief but accurate analyses of polygyny (or polygamy), the veil, jihad and the devastating effect that European, particularly British, colonialism had on the Islamic world convey deep insight. Aslan quietly challenges various traditional beliefs dear to conservative Muslim, but readers nevertheless will find this a quick introduction to a complex topic.
Orientalism
By Edward Said ($10.37 / 432 p)
Said limits Orientalism on how English, French, and American scholars have approached the Arab societies of North Africa and the Middle East. His book makes three major claims. Firstly, that Orientalism, although purporting to be an objective, disinterested, and rather esoteric field, in fact functioned to serve political ends. Next, his second claim is that Orientalism helped define a European (mainly English and French) self-image. Lastly, Said argues that Orientalism has produced a false description of Arabs and Islamic culture. Said has opened up a whole new area of discussion.
Rouge State: A Guide To The World’s Only Superpower
by William Blum ($12.89)
Rogue State: A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower by William Blum is a detailed look at how the U.S. sentences blasphemers to death: that is, people and governments blaspheming the holy objectives of American foreign policy. Blum supplies us with the facts about:
* Why terrorists keep picking on the United States;
* The numerous foreign leaders whose assassinations were plotted by the U.S.;
* How the U.S. supported Pol Pot but helped incarcerate Nelson Mandela;
* The U.S. government’s extensive connection to torture;
* How the U.S. has been a haven for foreign terrorists and human rights violators;
* The War Crimes Tribunal that will never be:
* How the U.S. squelched the charges of war crimes against its own and NATO’s leaders in 1999;
* How the U.S. has perverted dozens of foreign elections; and much, much more.
Spiritual Politics
by Corinne McGlaughlin and Gordon Davidson ($23.00)
This is a fascinating sudy involving the cosmic, karmic and etheric dimensions of politics, world affairs and current events. Drawing from the great spiritual traditions, practices and practitioners, McLaughlin and Davidson, cofounders of the New Synthesis Think Tank and the Sirius Ecological Community, meticulously present the role of metaphysics in the political realm. Looking to ancient wisdom for answers to today’s social, economic and environmental ills, they offer a new paradigm of transformational politics: making the political personal through spiritual practice and using this transformational paradigm to change the world from the inside out. In uniting politics with spirituality, the authors describe their concept of the Divine in the solemn tone of scholarly reportage. Information-intensive and chock full of empowering suggestions, intriguing stories and uplifting examples of how individuals and groups can make an impact, this thought-provoking assemblage is an enriching, mind-opening book for seekers of spiritual wisdom and political solutions.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Middle East Conflict
by Mitchell Bard ($12.89)
If the new “Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Middle East Conflict” has any advantage over in-depth geopolitical reporting in newspapers or analytical academic treatises based on years of research, it is in its humility. The book points out historical misunderstandings in side-bars topped by a picture of a pharaoh wagging a finger and saying “Tut Tut!” It doles out trivia beneath a cartoon of a smiling sphinx. It contains subheadings such as, “Hello Haganah” and “Too Many Jews, Not Enough Space.” Mainstream, broad-based texts usually bend so much toward even-handedness that they end up offending partisans on both sides. What a surprise, then, that this Idiot’s Guide is not so idiotic….It takes away the egos of the scholars who usually arm themselves with complicated conclusions so they can sound like they know what they are talking about when nobody, in 2,000 years, has been able to successfully navigate the Middle East to peace.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to The Politics Of Oil
by C.D. Jaco ($12.89)
Oil makes the world go round. Follow the fascinating story-from the fields of Kuwait to the streets of Venezuela and beyond. An analysis of the role that oil plays in the U.S. and how it has affected our foreign policy, this book traces the evolution of the industry, including such defining moments as the invention of the automobile and the discovery of oil in Saudi Arabia. Discussing politics, economics, and science, this book offers comprehensive, up-to-date information on the substance that was left to us by the dinosaurs-and that drives our industrialized world.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Understanding Saudi Arabia
by Colin Wells ($12.89)
Colin Wells’s concise, informative, and intelligent book is an excellent starting point for those who know little about the kingdom. A detailed and comprehensive overview of this complex Middle Eastern country, this book covers Arabia’s early history, the rise of the House of Saud, the discovery of Saudi oil, Islamic fundamentalism, day-to-day-life as well as the country’s future.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to The Pentagon
by Jeff Cateau ($12.89)
This delightful book imparts great technical and historical data while simultaneously giving your sense of humor a terrific workout. The big, beleaguered building comes alive with purpose and structure thanks to the well-written and thoroughly researched text. Suddenly the geometric monster fits neatly into the tapestry of American foreign policy and the reader is given a window onto the foibles and passions of the thousands of citizens who enter the monolith each day. I highly recommend this fascinating book to anyone who has ever wondered about the importance of the Pentagon, and the impact of the strategies that emanate from it.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide To World Conflicts
by Steven Strauss ($12.89)
I have devoured this book since I bought it recently, underlining and scribbling all over it, eager to pick it up and continue reading it; its the thrill of learning,. Its a skeletal framework of history, but it gives you enough information so that you now have the power to know “what” you would like to investigate furthur. For instance, one gets a brief synopsis on a countries history, like say Sudan, it runs down some of its cutural history; who ran the country, who imperialized it, etc; what cou de tas have occured; whos fighting for what and what happened when. In order to have obtained this amount of information about these many countries, one would have to scoure through stacks of history books assembling some info here and some there for ever. This book is great, it puts history in perspective so that the present can be more clearly comprehended. I by no means agreed with everything the author wrote philsophically, but I respect his work and am thankful for having found it. Definetly Five Stars. – A Readers Review
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to World Religions
by Brandon Toroprov ($12.89)
A comprehensive look at ideas about God-in every corner of the globe. More than at any other time in history, ordinary people are reading up on the world’s major religions. Hinduism, Christianity, Judaism, Buddhism, and Islam often seem at odds with each other, and as readers struggle to understand, The Complete Idiot’s Guide to World Religions, Third Edition, provides expanded and updated coverage to answer their questions. Here, comparative theologists Toropov and Buckles provide many answers to today’s questions about both major and lesser-known religions and beliefs. Each of five parts, one for every major religion, discusses history, rituals, celebrations, holy documents, deities, and structure. Included are Asian paths of belief, non-scriptural religions, ancient creeds, and the earth-based religions practiced in parts of Asia, Africa, South America, island nations, Europe, and North America.
The World is Flat
by Thomas L. Friedman ($18.00 / 593 p)
What Friedman means by “flat” is “connected”: the lowering of trade and political barriers and the exponential technical advances of the digital revolution that have made it possible to do business, or almost anything else, instantaneously with billions of other people across the planet. This in itself should not be news to anyone. But the news that Friedman has to deliver is that just when we stopped paying attention to these developments–when the dot-com bust turned interest away from the business and technology pages and when 9/11 and the Iraq War turned all eyes toward the Middle East–is when they actually began to accelerate. Globalization 3.0, as he calls it, is driven not by major corporations or giant trade organizations like the World Bank, but by individuals: desktop freelancers and innovative startups all over the world (but especially in India and China) who can compete–and win–not just for low-wage manufacturing and information labor but, increasingly, for the highest-end research and design work as well.
GLOBALIZATION
Beyond Globalisation: Shaping A Sustainable Global Economy
by Hazel Henderson ($10.95)
Hazel Henderson offers a critique of globalization which is creating a bubble economy at the cost of real, more local enterprises and livelihoods. She argues for the use of systems thinking and a more holistic approach as a way of breaking out of the narow prism of GDP and market pricing that dominates conventional economic thinking. She sets out a panoramic vision of the changes required to reshape the global economy towards social justice and sustainability at every level from the global to the local and personal.
Development As Freedom
by Amartya Sen ($10.20)
By the winner of the 1988 Nobel Prize in Economics, an essential and paradigm-altering framework for understanding economic development–for both rich and poor–in the twenty-first century. Freedom, Sen argues, is both the end and most efficient means of sustaining economic life and the key to securing the general welfare of the world’s entire population. Releasing the idea of individual freedom from association with any particular historical, intellectual, political, or religious tradition, Sen clearly demonstrates its current applicability and possibilities. In the new global economy, where, despite unprecedented increases in overall opulence, the contemporary world denies elementary freedoms to vast numbers–perhaps even the majority of people–he concludes, it is still possible to practically and optimistically restain a sense of social accountability.
Eyes of the Heart: Seeking A Path For The Poor In The Age Of Globlization
by Jean-Bertrand Aristide ($9.00)
Aristide, the former priest-turned-president of one of the poorest nations in the Western Hemisphere, calls these nine brief chapters a letter written for “my brothers and sisters in Haiti who cannot write” – an attempt to explain to readers that the world’s richest countries are “accumulating wealth with breathtaking speed and never looking back,” while the poor nations are “sinking deeper into economic misery.” He views every topic he addresses – globalization, colonialism, education, women’s status – through the stark lens of the poorest Haitians. Although his hope-filled vision can offer them nothing more than “poverty with dignity,” he believes it may at least prevent starvation. Aristide’s writing is simple and direct; he capably juggles heart-rending anecdotes, unnerving statistics, unflinching commentary and the occasional Bible quote. The result reads at times like a hard-hitting sermon and at times like a campaign speech, resonating with the conviction of one who knows firsthand the desperation about which he writes. This courageous critique of the global economy and how it is leaving the poor behind is important and accessible, sure to touch all but the hardest of hearts.
Globalization and its Discontents
by Joseph Stiglitz ($10.85)
This powerful, unsettling book gives us a rare glimpse behind the closed doors of global financial institutions by the winner of the 2001 Nobel Prize in Economics. When it was first published, this national bestseller quickly became a touchstone in the globalization debate. Renowned economist and Nobel Prize winner Joseph E. Stiglitz had a ringside seat for most of the major economic events of the last decade, including stints as chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers and chief economist at the World Bank. Particularly concerned with the plight of the developing nations, he became increasingly disillusioned as he saw the International Monetary Fund and other major institutions put the interests of Wall Street and the financial community ahead of the poorer nations. Those seeking to understand why globalization has engendered the hostility of protesters in Seattle and Genoa will find the reasons here. While this book includes no simple formula on how to make globalization work, Stiglitz provides a reform agenda that will provoke debate for years to come. Rarely do we get such an insider’s analysis of the major institutions of globalization as in this penetrating book. With a new foreword for this paperback edition.
In Defense Of Globalization
by Jagdisk Bhagwati ($17.64)
The riot-torn meeting of the World Trade Organization in Seattle in 1999 was only the most dramatic sign of the intensely passionate debate now raging over globalization, which critics blame for everything from child labor to environmental degradation, cultural homogenization, and a host of other ills afflicting poorer nations. Now Jagdish Bhagwati, the internationally renowned economist known equally for the clarity of his arguments and the sharpness of his pen, takes on the critics, revealing that globalization, when properly governed, is in fact the most powerful force for social good in the world today. Drawing on his knowledge of international economics, Bhagwati explains that globalization often alleviates many of the problems for which it has been blamed. For instance, when globalization leads to greater general prosperity in an underdeveloped nation, it quickly reduces child labor and increases literacy (when parents have sufficient income, they send their children to school, not work). The author describes how globalization helps the cause of women around the world and he shows how economic growth, when coupled with the appropriate environmental safeguards, does not necessarily increase pollution. And to counter the charge that globalization leads to cultural hegemony, to a bland “McWorld,” Bhagwati points to the example of Salman Rushdie, a writer who blends Bombay slang and impeccable English in novels touched by magic realism borrowed from South American writers. Globalization leads not to cultural white bread but to a spicy hybrid of cultures. With the wit and wisdom for which he is renowned, Bhagwati convincingly shows that globalization is part of the solution, not part of the problem.
No Nonsense Guide to Globalization
by Wayne Ellwood ($7.50)
Globalization: it’s a buzzword you can’t escape. For some it’s the ticket to a democratic world of instant communications and global prosperity. For others it’s a money-mad juggernaut, spinning wildly out of control, threatening both cultural and biological diversity. Today the Western consumer model has seeped into every corner of the globe while gaps in wealth, food security and social provision continue to grow. The No-Nonsense Guide to Globalisation traces the journey towards a borderless world. And in the process it shows that the promise of globalization is seductive, powerful, and ultimately hollow.
New Rulers of the World
by John Pilger ($9.75)
The award-winning journalist and filmmaker John Pilger selects from his recent Guardian and New Statesman essays on power, its secrets and illusions, for this new collection. The New Rulers of the World tackles the injustices and double standards inherent in the politics of globalization. It sets out to explain something of the “new” order—the unholy alliance of business interests, media magnates and imperial repression—and the importance of breaking the silence that protects great power and its manipulations. The title is taken from his television film about the mythology of globalization, in which he revealed how General Suharto’s bloody seizure of power in Indonesia in the 1960s was part of a Western design that was the beginning of globalization in Asia. In this book, Pilger discloses more of a secret history which saw a million Indonesians die as the price for its mantle as the World Bank’s ‘model pupil.’ He also describes the price paid by the people of Iraq for the West’s decade-long embargo of that country. Returning to his homeland, Australia, he looks behind the hype that led up to the Millennium Olympics in Sydney, reflecting on Australia’s continuing subjugation of its Aboriginal people. Following the terrorist attacks on America and the bombing of Afghanistan, he looks at the new thrust of American power and its goal of world order, and the propaganda that helps drive it.
Private Planet; Corporate Plunder and the Fight Back
by David Cromwell ($13.97)
David Cromwell is an oceanographer at the Southhampton Oceanography Centre in the United Kingdom and has worked for Shell International as an exploration geophysicist. Climate scientist and green activist David Cromwell examines how and why the forces of globalization are opposing ecological sustainability, human rights, and social justice, and draws on examples from around the world to show what we can do to reverse the process. He makes the point that centralized state and corporate power is vulnerable to significant grassroots awareness and activism. There is ample cause for hope and cautious optimism.
The Amoral Elephant:
Globalization and the Struggle for Social Justice in the Twenty-First Century
by William K. Tabb ($18.00)
William K. Tabb is Professor of economics and Professor of political science at Queens college and Professor of political science at the Graduate Center of the City of New York. He is the author of The Postwar Japanese System: Cultural Economy and Economic Transformation (1995) and Restructuring Political Economy: The Great Divide in Economic Thought (1999). In what may well have been the largest popular protest in this country of the last twenty years, more than forty thousand demonstrators in Seattle effectively shut down a World Trade Organization (WTO) conference late last year. Against the backdrop of this historic event, William K. Tabb issues a comprehensive examination of the world capitalist system at the start of the twenty-first century disputing those who see globalization as the steamroller against which the most powerful nations are helpless. It is in fact the most powerful states that have created globalization. The Amoral Elephant examines the implications of globalization, draws parallels to earlier stages of capitalist development to demonstrate the social burdens arising from the exploding financial markets. Tabb describes how international institutions, most importantly the International Monetary Fund and the WTO have focused on neoliberal goals to erode the welfare state and shift wealth from the poor to the rich.
The Best Money Democracy Can Buy: An Investigative Reporter Exposes the Truth About Globalization, Corporate Cons & High Finance Fraudsters
by Gregory Palast ($10.50)
Award-winning investigative journalist Greg Palast digs deep to unearth the ugly facts that few reporters working anywhere in the world today have the courage or ability to cover. From East Timor to Waco, he has exposed some of the most egregious cases of political corruption, corporate fraud, and financial manipulation in the US and abroad. His uncanny investigative skills as well as his no-holds-barred style have made him an anathema among magnates on four continents and a living legend among his colleagues and his devoted readership. This exciting new collection brings together some of Palast’s most powerful writing of the past decade. Included here are his celebrated “Washington Post” exposé on Jeb Bush and Katherine Harris’s stealing of the 2000 presidential election in Florida, and recent stories on George W. Bush’s payoffs to corporate cronies, the payola behind Hillary Clinton, and the faux energy crisis.
The Divine Right Of Capital: Dethroning The Corporate Aristocracy
by Majorie Kelly ($12.21)
Wealth inequity, corporate welfare, and industrial pollution are the symptoms of our sickened economy, Marjorie Kelly suggests. The underlying illness is shareholder primacy. In The Divine Right of Capital, she shows that the corporate drive to maximize shareholder profits at any cost is not only out of step with democratic and free-market principles, but is detrimental to the long-term health of individual companies and the economy as a whole. Kelly, the cofounder and editor of the national journal Business Ethics, offers a far-reaching solution to rebuild corporations in a way that serves all. The Divine Right of Capital is a radical critique of the corporate economy, newly updated with information on Enron and other business scandals.
The Lexus and The Olive Tree
by Thomas Friedman ($11.16)
From one of our most perceptive commentators and winner of the National Book Award, a comprehensive look at the new world of globalization, the international system that, more than anything else, is shaping world affairs today. As the Foreign Affairs columnist for The New York Times, Thomas L. Friedman has traveled the globe, interviewing people from all walks of contemporary life: Brazilian peasants in the Amazon rain forest, new entrepreneurs in Indonesia, Islamic students in Teheran, and the financial wizards on Wall Street and in Silicon Valley. Now Friedman has drawn on his years on the road to produce an engrossing and original look at globalization. Globalization, he argues, is not just a phenomenon and not just a passing trend. It is the international system that replaced the Cold War system; the new, well-greased, interconnected system: Globalization is the integration of capital, technology, and information across national borders, in a way that is creating a single global market and, to some degreee, a global village. Simply put, one can’t possibly understand the morning news or one’s own investments without some grasp of the system. Just one example: During the Cold War, we reached for the hot line between the White House and the Kremlin–a symbol that we were all divided but at least the two superpowers were in charge. In the era of globalization, we reach for the Internet–a symbol that we are all connected but nobody is totally in charge. With vivid stories and a set of original terms and concepts, Friedman offers readers remarkable access to his unique understanding of this new world order, and shows us how to see this new system. He dramatizes the conflict of “the Lexus and the olive tree”–the tension between the globalization system and ancient forces of culture, geography, tradition, and community. He also details the powerful backlash that globalization produces among those who feel brutalized by it, and he spells out what we all need to do to keep the system in balance. Finding the proper balance between the Lexus and the olive tree is the great drama of he globalization era, and the ultimate theme of Friedman’s challenging, provocative book–essential reading for all who care about how the world really works.
The Post-Corporate World: Life After Capitalism,
David C. Korten (13.57)
A deep gap is growing between the promises of the new global capitalism and the reality of the social breakdown, inequality, insecurity, spiritual emptiness, and environmental destruction left in its wake. What went wrong, and why? In The Post-Corporate World, David C. Korten makes a well-documented case that the new global capitalism is delivering a fatal blow not only to life but to democracy and the market. But rather than simply presenting a doomsday scenario, Korten shows that it isn’t too late for change. Drawing on the new biology and a growing understanding of living systems, the book argues that the most promising alternative is a world of healthy market economies that function as extensions of healthy local ecosystems to meet the needs of people and communities.
The Silent Takeover: Global Capitalism & The Death Of Democracy
by Noreena Hertz ($10.17)
Of the world’s 100 largest economies, 51 are now corporations, only 49 are nation-states. The sales of General Motors and Ford are greater than the gross domestic product of the whole of sub-Saharan Africa, and Wal-Mart now has a turnover higher than the revenues of most of the states of Eastern Europe. Yet few of us understand fully the growing dominance of big business. Widely acclaimed economist Noreena Hertz brilliantly reveals how corporations across the world manipulate and pressure governments by means both legal and illegal; how protest is becoming a more effective political weapon than the ballot-box; and how corporations are taking over from the state responsibility for everything from providing technology for schools to healthcare for the community. The Silent Takeover asks us to recognize the growing contradictions of a world divided between haves and have-nots, of gated communities next to ghettos, of extreme poverty and unbelievable wealth. In the face of these unacceptable extremes, Noreena Hertz outlines a new agenda to revitalize politics and renew democracy.
When Corporations Rule The World
by David Korten ($11.53)
When Corporations Rule the World explains how economic globalization has concentrated the power to govern in global corporations and financial markets and detached them from accountability to the human interest. It documents the devastating human and environmental consequences of the successful efforts of these corporations to reconstruct values and institutions everywhere on the planet to serve their own narrow ends. It also reveals why and how millions of people are acting to reclaim their political and economic power from these elitist forces and presents a policy agenda for restoring democracy and rooting economic power in people and communities.
HEALTH & HEALING
A Practical Guide To Vibrational Medicine
by Richard Gerber, MD. ($10.85)
Richard Gerber, M.D., practices internal medicine near his home in Livonia, Michigan, and has become the definitive authority of energetic medicine. This book is a culmination of twenty years of nationally recognized research into alternative medical diagnosis and treatment. At the dawn of the twenty-first century, the old paradigms of medicine have begun to fall apart. We no longer believe that our bodies are machines with parts that wear down, only to be braced tip by drugs or replaced through surgery. Instead, a growing number of pioneering researchers embrace a new view of healing-one expounded by Dr. Richard Gerber in his groundbreaking bestseller, Vibrational Medicine. Now Dr. Gerber shows how to put this new way of thinking into practical use, describing the role of consciousness and “thought forms,” and also explains the benefits of homeopathy, acupuncture, color and light healing, magnetobiology, and other therapies. A traditionally trained physician, Dr. Gerber combines scientific evidence with traditional methods of the East and West to unlock our potential for healing ourselves.
Ageless Body, Timeless Mind
Deepak Chopra ($10.17)
The message of his new book? “We are not victims of aging, sickness, and death. These are part of the scenery, not of the seer, who is immune to any form of change. This seer is the spirit, the expression of eternal being.” The basis for his belief, Chopra argues, is quantum physics and the work of such scientists as Heisenberg, Bohr and Einstein, with whose help Chopra tells us how to stave off the inevitable changes brought on by mortality and the passing of years. He advises us on how to defeat entropy, to believe enough to offer palpable resistance to processes of physical alteration, and to reinterpret your body such that renewal will come of it. He himself believes in a land where no one is old, and where we create our bodies as we create the experience of our world. He is also a proponent of the science of longevity, and cites research by doctors to back himself up when expounding upon it.
Black Death: Aids In Africa
Susan Hunter ($18.87)
Noted specialist Susan Hunter tells the untold story of AIDS in Africa, home to 80 percent of the 40 million people in the world currently infected with HIV. She weaves together the history of colonialism in Africa, an insider’s take on the reluctance of drug companies to provide cheap medication and vaccines in poor countries, and personal anecdotes from the 20 years she spent in Africa working on the AIDS crisis. Taken together, these strands make it unmistakably clear that a history of the exploitation of developing nations by the West is directly responsible for the spread of disease in developing nations and the AIDS pandemic in Africa. Hunter looks at what Africans are already doing on the ground level to combat AIDS, and what the world can and must do to help. Accessibly written and hard-hitting, Black Death brings the staggering statistics to life and paints for the first time a stunning picture of the most important political issue today.
Decoding The Human Body-Field
by Peter Fraser & Harry Massey ( $12.89 / 416 p)
A revolutionary system that reestablishes the proper flow of information to the body’s energetic fields to promote health
• Presents a new integrative model of the energetic physiology of the human body (the human body-field) and its influence on health
• Shows that a root cause of disease is due to information blockages in the body-field
• Introduces Infoceuticals, liquid remedies that help the human body-field process vital information to engage the physical body’s self-healing abilities
After decades of research, Peter Fraser has formulated a system that unites the meridian system of traditional Chinese medicine with quantum wave theory to provide the first comprehensive link between the human body’s biochemistry and bioenergetics. He explains that we each have a body-field based on twelve meridian-like channels that process and coordinate information throughout the body and that our health depends on the proper flow and communication of information through these channels. In Decoding the Human Body-Field, Fraser and Massey describe in detail their revolutionary Nutri-Energetics System, which uses Infoceuticals–liquids infused with organic colloidal minerals that are imprinted with corrective quantum electrodynamic information–to remedy distortions and blockages in the information flow of the body-field. The imprinted information acts as a magnetic signpost to engage the body’s self-healing ability.
Energy Medicine
Donna Eden, et al. ($11.86)
The first practical guide to using energy medicine to improve physical vitality, emotional health, and mental acuity. World-renowned healer Donna Eden is able to literally see the body’s energy keypoints and meridians. In Energy Medicine, she tells readers how they, too, can visualize these energy systems, determine the causes of physical and psychological problems based on the state of these energies, and devise highly effective treatments to remedy specific ailments and injuries. This is the only interactive guide that shows how you can work with energy to strengthen the immune, circulatory, lymphatic, and respiratory systems; alleviate pain, emotional stress, and depression; and improve memory and learning skills. In health conferences throughout the world, Eden consistently exhilarates and amazes her audiences. Blending intuitive genius with a profound grasp of how the body functions as an energy system, Donna Eden’s unique approach to energy medicine integrates Eastern, Celtic, and Western healing arts.
Gesundheit!
By Patch Adams ($10.47)
On Christmas Day Universal Studios released Patch Adams, the Robin Williams film based on the life of Patch Adams, M.D. Now, in this expanded edition of Gesundheit!, you can get Patch’s real story. A social revolutionary who has devoted his career to giving away health care, Patch is the founder of the Gesundheit Institute, a home-based medical practice in West Virginia that has treated more than 15,000 people for free. Whether it means putting on a red clown nose for sick children or taking a disturbed patient outside to roll down a hill with him, Adams does whatever is necessary to help heal. This is the story of Adams’s lifetime quest to transform the health care system. Gaining supporters across the country, the Gesundheit Institute is now building a free, full-scale hospital that will be open to anyone in the world. Ambitious? Yes. Impossible? Not for those who know and work with Patch.
Global Aids: Myths & Facts, Tools For Fighting The AIDS Pandemic
Alexander Irwin & Jyce Millen ($10.50)
AIDS is the most devastating communicable disease in history, and structures of poverty and injustice are magnifying the crisis in underresourced countries.
More than 36 million people are infected with HIV/AIDS_the vast majority of them in the poor world, or in poor and marginalized communities within wealthy countries. And since AIDS was first recognized in the early 1980s, 13 million children have been orphaned and 22 million people have died from the disease. Irwin and Millen, co-authors of the critically praised Dying for Growth: Global Inequality and the Health of the Poor, demonstrate that it is morally imperative and practically feasible to control the spread of AIDS by overturning common myths about treatment and prevention. For example, it is often argued that ordinary citizens in rich countries can do little to fight AIDS in poor counties. But Irwin and Millen show how individual activists, students, health providers, and members of international health organizations have helped to play pivotal roles in lowering drug prices and securing increased funding for vaccine development. Activism and education by groups like ACT UP, Student Global AIDS Campaign, and various religious organizations is forcing national and international leaders to take greater responsibility for the global AIDS crisis. Features a comprehensive resource guide. Illustrated with photographs.Alexander Irwin is an assistant professor of religious studies at Amherst College. Joyce Millen is Director of Research for the Institute for Health and Social Justice. Irwin and Millen are co-authors of Dying for Growth: Global Inequality and the Health of the Poor. James Orbinski, president of Doctors Without Borders, called Dying for Growth “deeply intelligent, thoroughly researched_a must-read for all citizens and activists committed to meaningful change.”
Health & Healing
by Andrew Weil, MD ($9.75)
Why do we get sick? How do we get well? How do we avoid getting sick again? Dr. Andrew Weil attempts to answer these fundamental questions in Health and Healing, but the real joy of the book isn’t in learning the answers, but in following his mind down the path to an answer. He starts with homeopathy, a treatment that, to an outsider, seems more like a leap of faith than an actual system of healing. Weil recounts how homeopathy cured–completely cured–an annoying intestinal problem he suffered. Then he discusses the principles and history of this type of treatment, including the surprising ways in which homeopathy has affected the course of modern medicine. One of the strongest points made in this book is that “perfect health” is simply unattainable. We’re all going to feel bad sometimes. Another is that the body eventually heals most of its injuries, illnesses, and infections–up to 90 percent of them, by some estimates. But it’s the other 10 percent that raise havoc. Weil, trained as a medical doctor, believes that conventional medicine is great at handling trauma and sudden, life-threatening conditions like heart attacks, but it’s less good at dealing with chronic conditions like arthritis. Health and Healing examines the strengths and weaknesses of both conventional and alternative medicine, and offers a roadmap to determine which is best for what ails you.
Inventing the AIDS Virus
Peter Duesberg ($13.57)
At last! This is the book every AIDS-watcher has been awaiting, in which the most prominent and persistent critic of HIV as the cause of AIDS presents his case most exhaustively and popularly. Duesberg, himself a virologist, stoutly maintains that HIV cannot cause AIDS because it fails to meet the rules by which a virus is implicated as disease-causing. He says that the causes of AIDS in First World countries most probably are overuse of toxic drugs–by legal prescription (e.g., AZT) as well as illicit use (e.g., the nitrite inhalants known as poppers that are used to enhance sexual capability)–and multiple and repeated infections with venereal diseases; in the Third World, they are malnutrition and maladies (e.g., tuberculosis) rare in wealthy nations but still prevalent in poor ones as well as, again, substance abuse. Duesberg massively documents and cogently argues these positions but not before laying out the historic and political reasons why most members of his profession and related medical specialists seized on a viral causation for AIDS. Basically, virologists wanted another success like that with polio and, frustrated by complete failure to find viral causes for cancer, took up AIDS as the perfect challenge as well as, once HIV was discovered, a ticket for prolonging their first-class ride on the medical research gravy train. Strong stuff, but Duesberg has never been alone in this analysis or in his scientific arguments. He has never before gathered his case together and presented it to the general public, though, so regard this book as a milestone essential to any collection concerned with AIDS.
Matrix Energetics: The Science & Art Of Transformation
Dr. Richard Bartlett ($15.61 / 208 pages)
www.matrixenergetics.com
In 1997, Dr. Richard Bartlett experienced an event that would redirect the entire course of his life. He suddenly discovered that by lightly touching his clients while at the same time applying focused intent, he could restore them to a physically, mentally, and spiritually balanced state, instantly shifting misalignments that had plagued them for years. Most astonishing of all, he could teach anyone how to do this. Now, for millions of people looking for empowerment in an age of declining and impersonal healthcare, Dr. Bartlett shares this phenomenon in a book full of explosive potential.
In Matrix Energetics, Dr. Bartlett builds upon his popular seminars to teach us how to access the discovery he has made — a process that merges the science of subtle energy with our innate imaginations to produce measurable results. By applying forces known to modern physics, each of us can tap into states of healthy awareness from different moments — in essence, travel in time — and bring them into the present for immediate, profound results. As Dr. Bartlett clearly shows, this practice requires no special training, produces transformation in the blink of an eye, and is available to everyone who has a willingness to learn.
Matrix Energetics, The Science and Art of Transformation, provides an easily-reproducible, results-oriented process of change that draws on the fundamental principles embraced by the field of quantum physics. This paradigm-busting book can teach anyone how to access their creative power to heal and transform their lives. Dr. Richard Bartlett discovered that what he once thought about the human body was just the tip of the iceberg — after seeing change beneath his hands, and hearing about the invisible transformations that were often revealed later — he knew that he had to pass along what he had discovered.
Meditation as Medicine
By Dharma Singh Khalsa, MD & Cameron Stauth ($10.50)
Long-term meditators experience 80 percent less heart disease and 50 percent less cancer than nonmediators, according to a large body of studies. Meditation has been shown to improve sleep and reduce chronic pain. Not all meditation is equally effective, however. Dharma Singh Khalsa, M.D., has developed a form of advanced meditation he calls “Medical Meditation,” which “more fully addresses every element of our physical and ethereal makeup… a full-service approach.” Medical Meditation is an adaptation of kundalini yoga combined with meditation, using specific breathing patterns, posture and movements, mantras, and mental focus. Different Medical Meditation focus on different physiological benefits for specific conditions, so once you’ve learned the basics, you can choose a specific Medical Meditation for high blood pressure, to improve digestion, or to strengthen the immune system or the heart, for example. Line drawings illustrate the postures, and Khalsa’s stories about his patients are inspiring and involving.Meditation as Medicine is not a brisk read or a “read-today-do-tomorrow” guide, however. Be prepared to immerse your mind in a study of chakras, mantras, breathing exercises, movement exercises, poses, and meditations–and discipline yourself to practice Khalsa’s techniques patiently. Are the benefits worth all the work involved? Khalsa thinks so: “For the ill and injured, Medical Meditation is not a problem. It’s a solution.” Khalsa is both a physician and a yogi. He is board certified in anesthesiology, pain management, and antiaging medicine, and president and medical director of the Alzheimer’s Prevention Foundation. Cowriter Cameron Stauth, author of 12 books, was named Journalist of the Year by the National Health Foundation.
Perfect Health: The Complete Mind/Body Guide
by Deepak Chopra ($10.17)
This account of alternative healing comes from a seasoned, well-educated Western medical doctor. Chopra inspires us to discover the inner voices within ourselves to heal, transform and create a balanced state of all physical and psychological levels. The book describes how breakthroughs in physics and medicine were underscoring the validity of a 5,000-year-old medical system from ancient India known as Ayurveda (“the knowledge of life span” in Sanskrit). Perfect Health goes on to describe how to apply the ancient wisdom of Ayurveda to everyday life. Although we experience our bodies as solid, they are in fact more like fires that are constantly being consumed and renewed. We grow new stomach linings every five days, for instance. Our skin is new every five weeks. Each year, fully 98 percent of the total number of atoms in our bodies is replaced. Ayurveda gives us the tools to intervene at this quantum level, where we are being created anew each day. Ayurveda tells us that freedom from sickness depends on contacting our own awareness, bringing it into balance, and then extending that balance to the body.
Quantum Healing: Exploring The Frontiers Of Mind Body Medicine
Deepak Chopra ($10.88)
Early on in Quantum Healing, Deepak Chopra asks an interesting question: Why, when your body mends a broken arm, is it not considered a miracle, but when your body rids itself of cancer, it is? Chopra believes the two phenomena spring from the same well, that the body is capable of doing much more than we assume it can. He calls this ability to cure disease from within “quantum healing,” and shows how we’re all capable of it. He believes intelligence exists everywhere in our bodies, in each of our 50 trillion cells, and that therefore each cell knows how to heal itself. Here is an extraordinary new approach to healing by an extraordinary physician-writer — a book filled with the mystery, wonder, and hope of people who have experienced seemingly miraculous recoveries from cancer and other serious illnesses.Dr. Deepak Chopra, a respected New England endocrinologist, began his search for answers when he saw patients in his own practice who completely recovered after being given only a few months to live. In the mid-1980’s he returned to his native India to explore Aruyveda, humanities most ancient healing tradition. Now he has brought together the current research of Wetern medicine, neuoscience, and physics with the insights of Ayurvedic theory to show that the human body is controlled by a “network of intelligence” grounded in quantum reality. Not a superficial psychological state, this intelligence lies deep enough to change the basic pattenrs that design our physiology — with the potential to defeat cancer, heart disease, and even aging itself. in this inspiring and pioneering work, Dr. Chopra offers us both a fascinating intellectual journey and a deeply moving chronicle of hope and healing.
Spontaneous Healing
How To Discover & Embrace Your Body’s Natural Ability To Maintain & Heal Itself
by Andrew Weil, MD ($7.99)
The body can heal itself. Spontaneous healing is not a miracle but a fact of biology–the result of the natural healing system that each one of us is born with. Drawing on fascinating case histories as well as medical techniques from around the world, Dr. Andrew Weil shows how spontaneous healing has worked to resolve life-threatening diseases, severe trauma, and chronic pain. Weil then outlines an eight-week program in which you’ll discover:
* The truth about spontaneous healing and how it interacts with the mind
* The foods, vitamins, supplements, and tonic herbs that will help you enhance your innate healing powers
* Advice on how to avoid environmental toxins and reduce stress
* The strengths and weaknesses of conventional and alternative treatments
* Natural methods to ameliorate common kinds of illnesses
And much more!
The AIDS Indictment
Marvin Kitzerow ($14.95)
I was diagnosed as HIV+ in 1997. Since then I have been searching for the truth about this dis-ease, just the facts the scientific facts – what is this virus and what is it doing to my body? Mr. Kitzerow presents the facts, all of the facts, regarding HIV/AIDS in chronological order, I know he is not the first, but his simple time-line with well cited resources explains the complete epidemic starting in the 1960’s to the present day. I congratulate Mr. Kitzerow for his effort & courage to try and alert the public about this deadly issue. After reading this book, I’m sad and scared that because of the greed and arrogance of scientists and public officials, as Kitzerow details, thousands are dying for the monetary profits of the pharmaceutical companies. Mr. Kitzerow uses this one issue to show how science as it exists today is no longer the quest for truth, not even when millions of lives are on the line, it’s a lust for greed. Anyone interested in what is really going on out there should read this book. — A Readers Review
The Anatomy of the Spirit: The Seven Stages of Power and Healing
By Caroline Myss ($10.20)
Carolyn Myss outlines the body’s seven centers of spiritual and physical power, in which she synthesizes the ancient widom of three spiritual traditions-the Hindu chakras, the Christian sacraments, and the Kabbalah’s Tree of Life–to demonstrate the seven stages through which everyone must pass in the search for higher consciousness and spiritual maturity. She provides a model and the how-to’s each reader can develop involving intuition and cultivation of personal power and spiritual growth.
The Healing Wisdom Of Africa:
by Malidoma Patrice Some ($10.17)
Through The Healing Wisdom of Africa, readers can come to understand that the life of indigenous and traditional people is a paradigm for an intimate relationship with the natural world that both surrounds us and is within us. The book is the most complete study of the role ritual plays in the lives of African people–and the role it can play for seekers in the West. Malidoma Patrice Some is a gifted traditional healer and teach from the Dagara tribe. He divides his time between his home in Oakland, California, Europe, and the nations of Africa.
The Power Of The Mind To Heal
by Joan Borysenko ($10.17)
Joan Borysnko is a former cancer cell biologist with a degree from harvard Medical School. She and her husband have written an informative and insightful book detailing the psychological and spiritual causes behind the diseases and ailments that aflict us. In easy-to-understand laymen’s terms, the Borysenkos show the reader how our thoughts and actions affect our physical bodies and how we can thwart these fear-based afflictions. The Power of the Mind to Heal will provide the readers with vital information to help themselves achieve long-lasting mental and physical health throughout all the years of their lives! The authors have integrated their considerable knowledge of medicine, metaphysics, spirituality, and alternative forms of healing into a beautiful book that reveals how we can use the amazing power of the mind to heal the physical and emotional ailments that afflict us.
Vibrational Medicine: The #1 Handbook of Subtle-Energy Therapies
by Richard Gerber, MD. ($12.24)
The original comprehensive guide to energetic healing with a new preface by the author and updated resources. Explores the actual science of etheric energies, replacing the Newtonian worldview with a new model based on Einstein’s physics of energy. This combination of ancient wisdom and new science is the definitive introduction to health care for modern times. The standard reference book on energetic healing, Vibrational Medicine has gained widespread acceptance by individuals, schools, and health-care institutions nationwide as the textbook of choice for the study of alternative medicine. Trained in a variety of alternative therapies as well as conventional Western medicine, Dr. Gerber provides an encyclopedic treatment of energetic healing, covering subtle-energy fields, acupuncture, Bach flower remedies, homeopathy, radionics, crystal healing, electrotherapy, radiology, chakras, meditation, and psychic healing. He explains current theories about how various energy therapies work and offers readers new insights into the physical and spiritual perspectives of health and disease.
What If Everything You Thought You Knew About AIDS Was Wrong
Christine Maggiore ($8.21)
A concise and convincing case that AIDS is nothing like what we have been told. Using simple, straightforward language, this book deconstructs popular myths about AIDS and fortifies its scientific data with powerful accounts from HIV positives who, like author Christine Maggiore, defy the HIV=AIDS=Death paradigm by living in wellness without pharmaceutical treatments and without fear of AIDS. This is vital information for anyone who has tested HIV positive and important reading for erveryone who has ever lived or loved in fear.
Why People Don’t Heal & How They Can
By Caroline Myss ($10.50)
For more than fifteen years, Caroline Myss has studied why some people heal, while others do not. In her previous book, Anatomy of the Spirit, Dr. Myss illuminated the hidden interactions of belief and body, soul and cell to show how, as she inimitably puts it, “your biography becomes your biology.” In this new book, she builds on her earlier teachings of the seven different energy centers of the body to provide a vital self-healing program for physical and spiritual disorders. With her characteristic no-nonsense style and high-voltage storytelling, she exposes and explodes the five myths about healing, explains the cultural and individual contexts in which people become physically and spiritually ill and invested in “woundology,” and teaches new methods of working with the challenges that the seven energy centers embody.
When Healing Becomes A Crime
by Kenny Ausubel ($13.57)
A powerful and substantiated expose of the medical politics that prevents promising alternative cancer therapies from being implemented in the United States.
* Focuses on Harry Hoxsey, the subject of the author’s award-winning documentary, who claimed to cure cancer using herbal remedies.
* Presents scientific evidence supporting Hoxsey’s cancer-fighting claims.
* Published to coincide with the anticipated 2000 public release of the government-sponsored report finding “noteworthy cases of survival” among Hoxsey patients.
Harry Hoxsey claimed to cure cancer using herbal remedies, and thousands of patients swore that he healed them. His Texas clinic became the world’s largest privately owned cancer center with branches in seventeen states, and the value of its therapeutic treatments was upheld by two federal courts. Even his arch-nemesis, the AMA, admitted his treatment was effective against some forms of cancer. But the medical establishment refused an investigation, branding Hoxsey the worst cancer quack of the century and forcing his clinic to Tijuana, Mexico, where it continues to claim very high success rates. Modern laboratory tests have confirmed the anticancer properties of Hoxsey’s herbs, and a federal govenment-sponsored report is now calling for a major reconsideration of the Hoxsey therapy. When Healing Becomes a Crime exposes the overall failure of the War on Cancer, while revealing how yesterday’s “unorthodox” treatments are emerging as tomorrow’s medicine. It probes other promising unconventional cancer treatments that have also been condemned without investigation, delving deeply into the corrosive medical politics and powerful economic forces behind this suppression. As alternative medicine finally regains its rightful place in mainstream practice, this compelling book will not only forever change the way you see medicine, but could also save your life.
You can Heal Your Life
By: Louise Hay ($12.56)
Louise assists the reader in discovering and using their own creative power for healing. She explains how problems (dis-ease) that exist in the body can be healed by knowing the mental/emotional cause and then applying a new pattern of thinking. The exercises and personal examples are very powerful.
You the Healer: The World-Famous Silva Method on How to Heal Yourself and Others by José Silva ($14.95 / 276 p)
Our health as a nation is declining. In addition, it is becoming increasingly clear that allopathic medicine has come to a plateau in its efforts to stem the tide of degenerative disease. As a result, mind-body medicine is a very big topic for the 90s. You the Healer offers a guide that can help you and your loved ones to live a healthy, disease-free life.
Based on the most successful mind development program in the world today, You the Healer offers a complete course in Silva Method healing techniques in a do-it-yourself, forty-day format. By reading one chapter a day and doing the indicated exercises, you can be firmly on the path to wellness in just six weeks. In You the Healer Jose Silva and Robert B. Stone offer a proven method of attuning to the special mind frequency called alpha. In this alpha frequency, a healing state is activated. These lower-frequency alpha brain waves can be used to achieve maximum well-being; they can be applied to healing yourself as you work with your health-care professional; and they can be used to help you heal others. Included are inspirational stories of people who have successfully used this method to regain their health after illness or injury.
JOURNALISM & MEDIA
Associated Press Guide To News Writing
Rene J. Cappon ($9.71)
This practical handbook is the ideal writing style guide for all reporters, writers, editors, and English and journalism students. It covers all the essentials of good news writing, according to the styles and guidelines set forth by the Associated Press — with lively examples from today’s newspapers. This authoritative guide includes: Professional advice about crafting a good feature story, In-depth reviews of important principles in news writing, Expert guidance on writing concise, informative copy, source citations, and more. Clear and instructive discussions of specialized styles.
Associated Press Writing Handbook
Jerry Schwartz ($15.37)
From dailies, to specialized monthlies and quarterlies, to online journals, there are now more venues for disseminating information than ever before — all of them in need of qualified reporters. Written for a new generation of journalists, this handbook schools readers in the art and science of reporting as practiced at the world’s largest and oldest news service. Written by an ace reporter with over 20 years on the job, it provides expert guidance and all the tools needed to successfully investigate and report on newsworthy events, locally, nationally, and internationally, including traditional pencil-and-paper technique as well as cutting-edge computer-assisted reporting technologies. Throughout, the book is enriched by insightful tips and anecdotes from veteran AP reporters.
How To Write Articles For Newspapers & Magazines
Dawn Sova ($10.36)
I picked this little (113 page book) up at the library and thought it might be of passing interest. I never thought such a little book could be packed with so much great information! I started out reading this book with a little post-it note pad next to me, figuring I would put a couple little notes on a few interesting pages, make some notes, then be done with the book. Well, now the book has a million little post-it notes in it and I think it’s time to buy my own copy! Here are few chapter headings: Getting started (generating ideas & focusing on the subject), gathering information (fact vs. opinion, observation, interview, etc.), writing the effective article lead …there are 10 useful chapters in all. They are written clearly and to the point — no fluff here to fill in pages. One truly useful item in the book is a sample query letter (for an article). This is a great little book! Now I think I’ll buy my own copy — maybe you should too! — A Readers Review
Into the Buzzsaw; The Myth of a Free Press
by Kristina Borjesson ($16.38)
In this illuminating anthology, editor Borjesson succinctly explains the journalist’s predicament: “The buzzsaw is what can rip through you when you try to investigate or expose anything this country’s large institutions – be they corporate or government – want kept under wraps.” Indeed, if members of the general public read this book, or even portions of it, they will be appalled. To the uninitiated reader, the accounts of what goes on behind the scenes at major news organizations are shocking. Executives regularly squelch legitimate stories that will lower their ratings, upset their advertisers or miff their investors. Unfortunately, this dirt is unlikely to reach unknowing news audiences, as this volume’s likely readership is already familiar with the current state of journalism. Here, Murrow Award-winning reporter Borjesson edits essays by journalists from the Associated Press to CBS News to the New York Times. Each tells of their difficulties with news higher-ups as they tried to publish or air controversial stories relating to everything from toxic dump sites and civilian casualties to police brutality and dangerous hospitals.
Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy Of The Mass Media
Edward Herman & Noma Chomsky ($13.26)
In this pathbreaking work, now with a new introduction, Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky show that, contrary to the usual image of the news media as cantankerous, obstinate, and ubiquitous in their search for truth and defense of justice, in their actual practice they defend the economic, social, and political agendas of the privileged groups that dominate domestic society, the state, and the global order. Based on a series of case studies—including the media’s dichotomous treatment of “worthy” versus “unworthy” victims, “legitimizing” and “meaningless” Third World elections, and devastating critiques of media coverage of the U.S. wars against Indochina—Herman and Chomsky draw on decades of criticism and research to propose a Propaganda Model to explain the media’s behavior and performance. Their new introduction updates the Propaganda Model and the earlier case studies, and it discusses several other applications. These include the manner in which the media covered the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement and subsequent Mexican financial meltdown of 1994-1995, the media’s handling of the protests against the World Trade Organization, World Bank, and International Monetary Fund in 1999 and 2000, and the media’s treatment of the chemical industry and its regulation. What emerges from this work is a powerful assessment of how propagandistic the U.S. mass media are, how they systematically fail to live up to their self-image as providers of the kind of information that people need to make sense of the world, and how we can understand their function in a radically new way.
Media Monopoly
by Ben Bagdikian ($12.92)
Updating and revising his classic text of media criticism, Bagdikian (dean emeritus, Graduate School of Journalism, U. of California at Berkeley) continue to expose how the concentration of U.S. media into fewer and fewer hands, now just a handful of powerful corporations, has narrowed the political discourse of the country and served as a crucial instrument in shifting the political culture towards what just a few decades ago would have been considered the extreme right. He describes how this concentration has happened with the aid of government and explores its pernicious effects on the marketplace of ideas.
Rich Media, Poor Democracy; Communication Politics in Dubious Times
Robert W. McChesney ($12.21)
The first paperback edition of a myth-breaking book on media, from one of today’s most reputable and insightful media historian/critics. Winner of Harvard’s Goldsmith Book Prize, Rich Media, Poor Democracy challenges the assumption that a society drenched in commercial information “choices” is a democratic one. Robert McChesney, whom Marc Crispin Miller calls “the greatest of our media historians,” argues that the major beneficiaries of the so-called Information Age are wealthy investors, advertisers, and a handful of enormous media, computer, and telecommunications corporations. This concentrated corporate control, McChesney maintains, is disastrous for any notion of participatory democracy. Combining unprecedented detail on current events with historical sweep, in a book Noam Chomsky calls a “rich and penetrating study,” McChesney chronicles the waves of media mergers and acquisitions in the late 1990s. He reviews the corrupt and secretive enactment of public policies surrounding the internet, digital television, and public broadcasting. He also addresses the gradual and ominous adaptation of the First Amendment as a means of shielding corporate media power and the wealthy, and he debunks the myth that the market compels media firms to “give the people what they want.” In an eye-opening call to action, McChesney warns that we must organize politically to restructure the media if we want democracy to endure.
The Art Of Feature Writing
William Blundell ($10.17)
Contains a lifetime’s worth of information and inspiration. I’ve read it twice, and dip into it periodically because it contains so much truth. I was a journalist for ten years, and have read a fair number of how-to-write books, but nothing I’ve seen is in the same league with Blundell’s work. He provides a comprehensive system for organizing material and for sharpening and vivifying a story to a professional level. While it may be true that beyond a certain point good writing cannot be taught, there are definitely techniques to master and mistakes to avoid. Apply Blundell’s principles and your writing will almost have to improve. — A readersreview
The Associated Press Guide To Internet Research & Reporting
Frank Bass ($10.20)
From the editors at the world-renowned Associated Press, a guide to research, writing style, and reporting using the Internet. How does a reporter go about researching a story on the Internet and how does one fact check and cite online sources? What are the copyright issues involved in quoting Internet sources? How does one go about selling a story to Internet sites? How does one physically file a story on-line? Answers to these and many more twenty-first-century journalism questions can be found in The Associated Press Guide to Internet Research and Reporting. The final word on the rules of Internet reporting, this comprehensive guide will be the on-line style guide of choice for AP staff, stringers, and journalism students alike.
The Elements Of Journalism: The Book That Every Citizen and Journalist Should Read
Bill Kovach & Tom Rosensteil ($10.36)
What this book does better than any single book on media history, ethics, or practice is weave together why media audiences have fled and why new technology and megacorporate ownership are putting good journalism at risk. The elements of journalism are:
* Journalism’s first obligation is to the truth.
* Its first loyalty is to citizens.
* Its essence is a discipline of verification.
* Its practitioners must maintain an independence from those they cover.
* It must serve as an independent monitor of power.
* It must provide a forum for public criticism and compromise.
* It must strive to make the significant interesting and relevant.
* It must keep the news comprehensive and proportional.
* Its practitioners must be allowed to exercise their personal conscience.
LEADERSHIP
21st century leadership: Dialogues With 100 Top Leaders
Lynne Joy McFarland ($13.56)
Read the life stories 100 of America’s greatest leaders, such as Billionaire Bill Gates, the outspoken Ross Perot, the legendary Lee Iacocca, many superb female leaders like Cathleen Black and Peggy Dulaney, top notch CEO’s like Jack Welch of GE, futurist John Naisbitt, motivators Tony Robbins and Stephen Covey and Cabinet Members, Robert Reich and Donna Shalala. As each leader shares their life stories and secrets for success, you will benefit with well-proven practical ideas you can use right away in your own life. You will learn how to really improve personally and professionally
A Higher Standard of Leadership: Lessons from the Life of Gandhi
by Keshavan Nair ($13.27)
In this book Nair describes our era as one of declining standards and of leadership with the intent of building power and realizing personal gain. He offers an antidote in the form of Gandhi’s timeless example-responsibility, integrity, truth, and commitment.
Becoming A Person Of Influence
by John C. Maxwell ($16.90)
Few of us are natural-born leaders, according to John C. Maxwell, author of Developing the Leader Within You. Fortunately though, “the traits that are the raw material of leadership can be acquired,” he promises. “Link them up with desire and nothing can keep you from becoming a leader. This book will supply the leadership principles. You must supply the desire.” True to his words, Maxwell offers a detailed and inspiring primer on becoming a leader. Even the Table of Contents reads like a motivational poster.
Building The Bridge As Your Walk Over It: A Guide For Leading Change
Robert Quinn ($18.45)
Building the Bridge As You Walk On It tells the personal stories of people who have embraced deep change and inspired author Robert Quinn to take his concept one step further and develop a new model of leadership—“the fundamental state of leadership.” The exploration of this transformative state is at the very heart of the book. Quinn shows how anyone can enter the fundamental state of leadership by engaging in the eight practices that center on the theme of ever-increasing integrity—reflective action, authentic engagement, appreciative inquiry, grounded vision, adaptive confidence, detached interdependence, responsible freedom, and tough love. After each chapter, Quinn challenges you to assess yourself with respect to each practice and to formulate a strategy for personal growth.
Change The World: How Ordinary People Can Achieve Extraordinary Results
Robert Quinn ($19.77)
Robert Quinn’s Change the World offers profound yet practical guidance for those who truly want to improve their surroundings. Quinn, a University of Michigan professor and author of five books on change and organizational performance, bases Change on eight “seed thoughts” drawn from the philosophies of Jesus, Gandhi, and Martin Luther King Jr. After relevant quotations from each, he cites contemporary real-life examples to show how these principles — Envision the Productive Community, First Look Within, Embrace the Hypocritical Self, Transcend Fear, Embody a Vision of the Common Good, Disturb the System, Surrender to the Emergent Process, and Entice Through Moral Power — can really be used. All our lives we have been explicitly and implicitly taught to see human influence as an exercise in domination,” Quinn writes. By learning instead to practice a new type of “transformational behavior,” he suggests, even “ordinary people” can have “extraordinary impact.” The section on asserting moral authority, for example, segues from his own fifth-grade coaching experiences to those of basketball superstar Larry Bird to details on building a bond between “change agents and change targets” that effects desirable modifications. Recommended for anyone open to new ideas on motivation and stimulating change. In this empowering book, Quinn gives readers the courage to use personal transformation to positively impact their home life, work life, and communities — to be what he refers to as “inner-directed and outer-focused.” We are all potential change agents, but most of us are trapped by belief that we as individuals cannot make a difference. Following his advice, each of us can access and apply the power that lies within us in ways that will change our world for the better.
Corporate Rise: The X Principles of Extreme Personal Leadership
By Curtis Crawford (29.99 / 279 pages)
Good leadership is based on a combination of talent, knowledge, and skills. At a higher level, extreme personal leadership requires passion, along with absolute confidence, a willingness to learn and grow, and a burning desire to excel.
Drawing from his own experiences and those of several of the most successful international corporate leaders in the U.S., Europe and Asia, Dr. Curtis J. Crawford has assembled a set of eleven principles for extreme personal leadership and outlines a clear-cut strategy for both aspiring and seasoned leaders to become what he calls X-Leaders. He shows how…
• X-Leaders have a passion for developing people and find imaginative ways to inspire people to excel.
• X-Leaders cultivate creativity, are customer-centric, and drive their companies with decisions grounded in facts.
• X-Leaders are visionaries who anticipate the future and have confidence in the abilities of their people. [br] • X-Leaders convert the energy generated by chaos into better decisions, believe that the company comes first, and insist on teamwork.
• X-Leaders are role models and expect greatness.
Don’t wait for your employer to discover your potential. Take charge and develop your own way to the top. Open this book, leap in and implement the X-Principles for Extreme Personal Leadership
Credibility: How Leaders Gain & Lose It, Why People Demand It.
by James M. Kouzes & Barry Z. Posner ($12.21)
Leadership is personal. It’s not about the corporation, the community, or the country. It’s about you. If people don’t believe in the messenger, they won’t believe the message. If people don’t believe in you, they won’t believe in what you say. And if it’s about you, then it’s about your beliefs, your values, your principles. The authors explain why leadership is above all a relationship, with credibility as the cornerstone. They provide rich examples of real managers in action and reveal the six key disciplines and related practices that strengthen a leader’s capacity for developing and sustaining credibility. Kouzes and Posner show how leaders can encourage greater initiative, risk-taking, and productivity by demonstrating trust in employees and resolving conflicts on the basis of principles, not positions.
Deep Change: Discovering The Leader Within
Robert Quinn ($17.82)
Open this book at your own risk. It contains ideas that may lead to a profound self-awakening. An introspective journey for those in the trenches of today’s modern organizations, Deep Change is a survival manual for finding our own internal leadership power. By helping us learn new ways of thinking and behaving, it shows how we can transform ourselves from victims to powerful agents of change. And for anyone who yearns to be an internally driven leader, to motivate the people around them, and return to a satisfying work life, Deep Change holds the key.
Developing the Leader Within You Workbook
by John C. Maxwell ($10.87)
In the Developing the Leader Within You Workbook, John Maxwell examines the differences between leadership styles, outlines specific ways each reader can apply principles for inspiring, motivating, and influencing others. These principles can be used in any organization to foster integrity and self-discipline and bring a positive change. In this companion to the bestseller, John Maxwell shows readers how to develop the vision, value, influence, and motivation required of successful leaders.
Developing The Leaders Around You: How to Help Others Reach Their Full Potential
by John C. Maxwell ($15.63)
Few of us are natural-born leaders, according to John C. Maxwell, author of Developing the Leader Within You. Fortunately though, “the traits that are the raw material of leadership can be acquired,” he promises. “Link them up with desire and nothing can keep you from becoming a leader. This book will supply the leadership principles. You must supply the desire.” True to his words, Maxwell offers a detailed and inspiring primer on becoming a leader. Maxwell debunks the myth that strong leaders must have big egos and spend all their time harnessing personal power. Instead, he elevates leadership to a spiritual act of service: “The growth and development of people is the highest calling of leadership.”
Encouraging The Heart: A Leader’s Guide To Rewarding & Recognizing Others
by James M. Kouzes & Barry Z. Posner ($12.21)
All too often, simple acts of human kindness are often overlooked and under utilized by people in leadership roles. Advising mutual respect and recognition of accomplishments, Encouraging the Heart shows us how true leaders encourage and motivate those they work with by helping them find their voice and making them feel like heroes. Recognized experts in the field of leadership, authors James Kouzes and Barry Posner show us that, through love, leaders can encourage, and indeed allow those around them to be their very best. Both practical and inspirational, Encouraging the Heart gives readers a thoughtful approach to motivating individuals within an organizational structure.
Failing Forward: How To Make The Most Of Your Mistakes
By John Maxwell (15.74 / 224 p)
The author of 24 books on maximizing personal and leadership potential, John C. Maxwell believes “the difference between average people and achieving people is their perception of and response to failure.” In Failing Forward, he offers inspirational advice for turning the difficulties that inevitably arise in life into stepping stones that help you reach the top. The major difference between achieving people and average people is their perception of and response to failure. John C. Maxwell takes a closer look at failure-and reveals that the secret of moving beyond failure is to use it as a lesson and a stepping-stone. He covers the top reasons people fail and shows how to master fear instead of being mastered by it. Readers will discover that positive benefits can accompany negative experiences-if you have the right attitude. Chock full of action suggestions and real-life stores, Failing Forward is a strategic guide that will help men and women move beyond mistakes to fulfill their potential and achieve success.
How To Win Friends & Influence People
by Dale Carnegie ($7.19)
This grandfather of all people-skills books was first published in 1937. It was an overnight hit, eventually selling 15 million copies. How to Win Friends and Influence People is just as useful today as it was when it was first published, because Dale Carnegie had an understanding of human nature that will never be outdated. Financial success, Carnegie believed, is due 15 percent to professional knowledge and 85 percent to “the ability to express ideas, to assume leadership, and to arouse enthusiasm among people.” He teaches these skills through underlying principles of dealing with people so that they feel important and appreciated. He also emphasizes fundamental techniques for handling people without making them feel manipulated. Carnegie says you can make someone want to do what you want them to by seeing the situation from the other person’s point of view and “arousing in the other person an eager want.” You learn how to make people like you, win people over to your way of thinking, and change people without causing offense or arousing resentment. For instance, “let the other person feel that the idea is his or hers,” and “talk about your own mistakes before criticizing the other person.” Carnegie illustrates his points with anecdotes of historical figures, leaders of the business world, and everyday folks. —
Leading With Soul
by Lee Bolman and Terrence Deal ($16.47)
Since its original publication in 1995, Leading with Soul has inspired thousands of readers. Far ahead of its time, the book bravely revealed the path to leadership to be a very personal journey requiring a knowledge of self and a servant-leader mentality. Now, in this new and revised edition, authors Bolman and Deal address such currrent issues as the changing nature of work, the new face of today’s workforce, and the greater need for an infusion of soul in the workplace. They also include real-life stories from readers of the first edition, and answer key questions that those readers raise. As vital as ever, this revisted narrative of an executive and his quest for deeper meaning continues to point the way to a more fulfilling work experience.
Leaders: How Top Innovators Can Help Your Business Succeed on a Global Basis
By Leanne Bucaro ($10.17 / 144 pages)
Lots of tips to help small business grow… all New Age enterprises need this book
The focus is on highly successful firms that help other businesses succeed. This focus is certain to appeal to the millions of small business owners and entrepreneurs who drive the economy and are always looking for helpful advice and low-cost ways to attain greater levels of success. Leaders delivers on all counts.
Leadership For Dummies
Marshal Loeb ($13.59)
It has been said that leading is easy, the hard part is getting people to follow. Never were truer words spoken. As anybody who’s ever been in a leadership position knows, eliciting cooperation from a group of people of any size—from a project team to an army—can be like trying to tap dance on quick sand. And while leadership definitely comes easier to some people, it isn’t something you have to be born with. In fact, as the authors of this step-by-step guide to becoming a leader demonstrate, leaders are made, not born, and just about anybody can become an effective leader. Whether you aspire to being a leader, have had leadership thrust upon you, or are already a leader and want to be better at it, Leadership For Dummies is for you. Short on theory and long on practical strategies and surefire techniques, it arms you with what you need to:
* Build and flex your leadership muscles
* See opportunity amid change and crisis
* Develop your own leadership style
* Lead with communication, encouragement, and promotion
* Recognize the ten telltale behaviors of true leaders
* Earn greater respect, success, and recognition
No matter what specific leadership role you wish to fill, Leadership For Dummies provides you with a solid foundation on which to build. You’ll discover:
* What it takes to be a leader and understanding your own leadership potential
* How to be flexible and adaptive without compromising your principles
* Understanding leadership as an ongoing process and preparing to assume the role of leader
* Leadership in everyday life—including tips on volunteering and taking a more active role in your family, community, and the world at large
* What vision is, why it is so necessary to great leadership, and how to develop it
* How to create winning teams and keep them following your lead
Yes, you have what it takes to be an effective leader. Now let Leadership For Dummies show you how to connect with it and be a mover and shaker in your own right.
Leadership On The Line
by Martin Linsky & Ronald Heifetz ($18.15)
Climbing Mount Everest: dangerous. Hitchhiking in Colombia: very dangerous. Leading through change: perilous. Perilous but possible, say Heifetz and Linsky in their encouragingly practical guide to putting yourself on the line and negotiating the hazards of leadership. As the authors acknowledge, many leadership books are “all about inspiration, but downplay the perspiration.” This one doesn’t. Leadership is always a risky business, but those risks can be understood and reduced. Effective leadership comes from doing more than the technical work of routine management; it involves adaptive work on the part of the leader, and a willingness to confront and disturb people, promote their resourcefulness, and engage their ability to adjust to new realities. But adaptive change always encounters resistance. Heifetz and Linsky examine four forms of resistance — marginalization, diversion, attack, and seduction — before presenting a number of practical resistance-response skills to nurture and employ. Some are fairly obvious,and others more complex, but shimmering nuggets of insight and practical wisdom can be found in each. The dangers of leadership also spring from within, however, and the book’s final section addresses ways to recognize and manage competing “hungers” and learn to distinguish one’s roles from one’s self. The authors’ points are illustrated by the experiences of leaders from all walks of life, making this a useful and inspiring manual for anyone hoping to put themselves on the line and make a difference in the lives of others.
Leadership and the New Science Revised: Discovering Order in a Chaotic World
by Margaret J. Wheatley ($13.57)
When Margaret J. Wheatley’s Leadership and the New Science was initially published in 1992, it outlined an unquestionably unique but extremely challenging view of change, leadership, and the structure of groups. Many readers immediately embraced its cutting-edge perspective, but others just could not understand how the complicated scientific tenets it described could be used to reshape institutions. Now Wheatley, an organizational specialist who has since coauthored A Simpler Way, updates the original by including additional material (such as an epilogue addressing her personal experiences during the past decade) and reconstructing some of her more challenging concepts. The result is a much clearer work that first explores the implications of quantum physics on organizational practice, then investigates ways that biology and chemistry affect living systems, and finally focuses on chaos theory, the creation of a new order, and the manner that scientific principles affect leadership. “Our old ways of relating to each other don’t support us any longer,” she writes. “It is up to us to journey forth in search of new practices and new ideas that will enable us to create lives and organizations worthy of human habitation.”
Manuel For Planetary Leadership
Joshua David Stone ($14.95)
This is an indispensible book that lays out, in an orderly and clear fashion, the guidelines for leadership in the world and in ones’ own life. All of the areas of our society and personal life that need discipline and leadership are pointed out. A firm foundation and guidance from a psychological and spiritual perspective are offered for change. The ascended masters are called upon for their wisdom and sometimes opinion on matters ranging from the political arcana to science and religion. This book serves as a refenence manual for moral and spiritual living and also offers a vision of a world where strong love and the highest aspirations of humanity triumph.
Principle Centered Leadership
by Stephen Covery ($10.50)
The great “angst” of life has seemingly gripped us all, and there seems to be no limit to the number of writers offering answers to the great perplexities of life. Covey, however, is the North Star in this field. Following his successful Seven Habits of Highly Effective People (S. & S., 1989), Covey now responds to the particular challenges of business leaders by applying his natural laws, or principles, of life to organizations. Covey explains these laws (security, guidance, wisdom, and power), and discusses how seven-habits practice and focus on these principles will result in personal and organizational transformation. He reminds us that personal and organizational success is hard work, requires unwavering commitment and long-term perspective, and is achievable only if we are prepared for a complete paradigm shift in our perspective. Without hesitation, strongly recommended for all management collections
Servant Leadership: A Journey into the Nature of Legitimate Power and Greatness
by Robert K. Greenleaf ($15.61)
Twenty-five years ago Robert Greenleaf published these prophetic essays on what he coined servant leadership, a practical philosophy that replaces traditional autocratic leadership with a holistic, ethical approach. This highly influential book has been embraced by cutting edge management everywhere. Yet in these days of Enron and what VISA CEO Dee Hock calls our “era of massive institutional failure,” Greenleaf’s seminal work must reach the mainstream now more than ever. Servant Leadership helps leaders find their true power and moral authority to lead. It helps those served become healthier, wiser, freer, and more autonomous. This book encourages collaboration, trust, listening, and empowerment. It offers long-lasting change, not a temporary fix and extends beyond business for leaders of all types of groups.
Synchronicity: The Inner Path of Leadership
by Joseph Jaworski ($13.57)
Jaworski, the son of Watergate special prosecutor Leon Jaworski, here presents his personal philosophy of life. As founder of the American Leadership Forum, Jaworski espouses the value of servant leadership, which calls for leadership that is relationship-oriented, creative, and constructive. Additionally, he comments on the world economic situation.
The 21 Indispensable Qualities of a Leader: Becoming the Person Others Will Want to Follow
by John C. Maxwell ($15.63)
Why do some people consistently inspire others to follow their lead? According to John C. Maxwell, author of 24 books and a regular speaker on the topic, it’s the “character qualities” they possess. In The 21 Indispensable Qualities of a Leader, Maxwell identifies these top traits as character, charisma, commitment, communication, competence, courage, discernment, focus, generosity, initiative, listening, passion, positive attitude, problem-solving, relationships, responsibility, security, self-discipline, servanthood, teachability, and vision — and then defines them in ways that readers can absorb and utilize. Each is covered in a separate chapter opening with a high-concept definition and continuing with relevant anecdotes, details on its meaning, suggestions for further reflection, and exercises for improvement.
The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership
by John C. Maxwell ($15.63)
What would happen if a top expert with more than thirty years of leadership experience were willing to distill everything he had learned about leadership into a handful of life-changing principles just for you? It would change your life. John C. Maxwell has done exactly that in The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership. He has combined insights learned from his thirty-plus years of leadership successes and mistakes with observations from the worlds of business, politics, sports, religion, and military conflict. The result is a revealing study of leadership delivered as only a communicator like Maxwell can.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Leadership
by Andrew DuBrin ($12.89)
This guide is for novices in the areas of leadership, business management, and working with people. Beginners can learn practical ways to apply leadership techniques in their daily work life. Topics covered in the book include team and group leadership, thinking and acting like a leader, conflict resolution, and developing employee potential. The author discusses some of today’s more popular leadership styles, highlighting the differences, and profiles managers who use the styles effectively.
The Courage To Lead
Brian Stanfield ($13.57)
The complexity of our world can paralyze even the most committed individuals in their efforts to bring about social change. But being an agent of change does not mean we have to start a revolution-it can be done in small ways, wherever and whenever. The Courage to Lead starts from the premise that, to transform society, we first need to transform ourselves. It provides a matrix for examining one’s relationship to life, self, the world, and society in order to become effective leaders. Each of these relationships is broken down further to present twelve leadership ‘stances’ with which to face the world. The stances enable the reader to look both inward – to understand with greater clarity one’s life experiences and habits – and outward – to actively decide to change one’s way of behaving in the world. Grounded in nearly fifty years of the Institute of Cultural Affairs’ in-depth research and practical experience in over thirty nations, The Courage to Lead draws from the lived experience of leadership in many different situations: personal, family, work, organization, community. Describing the internal landscape and external style needed for people to seriously engage in social change, and illustrated by a multitude of engaging activist anecdotes from around the world, the book is readily accessible to a wide range of readers and will appeal especially to students of social change.
The Leadership Challenge
by James M. Kouzes & Barry Z. Posner ($13.96)
When it was initially written in 1987, few could have predicted that The Leadership Challenge would become one of the best-selling leadership books of all time. Now, faced with the new challenges of our unpredictable global business environment, Jim Kouzes and Barry Posner — two of the country’s premier leadership experts — have completely revised and updated their classic book. Building on the knowledge base of their previous books, the third edition of The Leadership Challenge is grounded in extensive research and based on interviews with all kinds of leaders at all levels in public and private organizations from around the world. In this edition, the authors emphasize that the fundamentals of leadership are the same today as they were in the 1980s, and as they’ve probably been for centuries. In that sense, nothing’s new. Leadership is not a fad. While the content of leadership has not changed, the context has, and in some cases, changed dramatically.
The Leader In You
Stuart R. Levine and Michael A. Crom ($7.19)
This book demonstrates how anyone, regardless of his or her job, can harness creativity and enthusiasm to work more productively — 1990s style. With insights from leading figures in the corporate, entertainment, sports, academic, and political arenas — and encompassing interviews and advice from such eminent authorities as Lee Iacocca and Margaret Thatcher — this comprehensive, step-by-step guide includes strategies to help you:
* Identify your leadership strengths
* Achieve your goals and increase your self-confidence
* Eliminate an “us vs. them” mentality
* Become a team player and strengthen cooperation among associates
* Balance work and leisure
* Control your worries and energize your life
The Secret: What Great Leaders Know & Do
by Ken Blanchard, Mark Miller, John C. Maxwell ($13.96)
The Secret answers the question, “What do I need to do to be a great leader?” Books on leadership abound, and most of them emphasize one or another of the ideas explored here. But only The Secret pulls all of the five essential concepts together into a coherent plan for achieving leadership success. The core idea, based on the authors’ years of experience and drawn from examples of the best leaders, is that leadership comes from service. The five ways in which leaders can succeed through service are seeing and shaping the future; engaging and developing others; reinventing continuously; valuing results and relationships; and embodying the values. Each strategy is explained in detail, with exercises and tips for integrating them into the leadership matrix. The Secret is not dry dogma; the authors show their ideas at work by following the example of a struggling leader who enrolls in a mentoring program at her company. It traces her progress in understanding and applying these concepts, and her subsequent transformation into a respected and effective leader.
The Tao Of Leadership
By John Heider ($17.05 / 178 p)
In this book, Heider guides the reader down the long path to enlightened leadership. Leadership is not about manipulation or command and control, says Heider; the leader should at most be a catalyst for what the group should come up with themselves. Interesting stuff. The gold nuggets of wisdom that Heider gives in this book are reason enough to buy it, even if you are not a leader. It goes without saying that Taoism encompasses much more than mere leadership and I finished the book wanting to know more about Taoism. My one criticism of this book is that it is not for everybody. What Heider purports, essentially, is a very specific, idealised form of leadership (in real life, you have to learn to have a forceful presence, not just be wise and harmonious). But if this sounds like your type of book, then buy it, along with Max Depree’s Leadership Is An Art.
Thinking for a Change: 11 Ways Highly Successful People Approach Life and Work
by John C. Maxwell ($16.06)
Basing his latest book on the theory that “successful people think differently than unsuccessful people,” Maxwell guides readers on the journey of mastering “good thinking” to achieve their personal and professional potential. Maintaining an encouraging tone and a down-to-earth writing style, Maxwell details the impact and practical value of 11 kinds of thinking, including reflective, shared, creative, unselfish and big-picture. Useful tips, like how to discover your gifts through focused thinking, ways to break down complex issues with strategic thinking, and how to understand the value of examining the worst-case scenario through realistic thinking, characterize the author’s surprisingly concrete lessons. The step-by-step format is bolstered by inspirational quotes, personal insights and high-profile anecdotal evidence. Ending each chapter, emphasizing the discipline needed to think your way to the top, are exercises designed to evaluate and increase your personal progress in each area.
NGO DEVELOPMENT & FUNDING
Demystifying Grant Seeking: What You REALLY Need to Do to Get Grants
by Larissa Golden Brown, Martin John Brown ($17.79 / 224 p)
Proposal writing is a science and art. The art part is writing; the science part is research, strategy, observation, and painstaking work. Demystifying Grant Seeking is about the painstaking part, but the authors skillfully render the components in manageable, sustainable portions, palatable for the busiest of non-profit professionals. The authors walk you through a grant-seeking system that works.
The authors describe the grant-seeking cycle in five parts:
1) learn – about your organization, your community and your potential funders;
2) match – your needs with the funder’s interests and performance;
3) invite – the funder, through the proposal, to invest in the organization and the community;
4) follow up – on the program and the partnership; and
5) evaluate – the grant-seeking process to fine tune it before renewing the cycle.
They take the time to dispel many grant world myths, including “All you need is one well-written grant proposal” and “You need to ‘know someone’ to get a grant.” They even point out the basic necessities for operating a grant-seeking office — mercifully low-tech and manageable.
Getting Funded: The Complete Guide to Writing Grant Proposals
by Mary S. Hall, Susan Howlett (34.95 / 180 p)
Get the answers to your most troublesome questions. Drawing on over 60 years of experience in the field, the authors take you step by step, through this complex and sometimes frustrating process. Everything is covered, from current trends in funding to all the nuts and bolts necessary for writing a successful proposal.
You will learn how to:
* Test the appeal of your idea
* Measure your organization’s capability to carry out what it proposes
* Research and develop your idea
* Select the most promising funding sources
* Construct your proposal from abstract to budget, using proven management planning procedures.
* Present and negotiate your proposal
* Prepare for a subsequent round of funding
Nonprofit Kit for Dummies (With CD-ROM)
by Stan Hutton ($19.79)
The Nonprofit Kit For Dummies is a nuts-and-bolts guide for real people — nonprofessional managers and volunteers who hope to start a nonprofit but don’t know where to begin or who already run one but are struggling with a multitude of decisions and tasks — real-life issues like staffing, budgeting, fundraising, tax reports, and facilities. From savvy advice on incorporating and managing your nonprofit to nifty tips on raising money and getting great P.R., this essential guide will soon become your best friend.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Grant Writing
by Waddy Thompson ($(15.47)
With this comprehensive guide, individuals as well as grant seekers for companies & organizations will learn each step of the grant writing process, including how to: determine who can receive a grant and for what; find government, corporate, and foundation donors; attract the donor’s attention; create a budget; write a compelling proposal and solicit feedback; overcome obstacles, and more. Also includes a CD loaded with sample applications, proposals, and follow-up letters.
The Everything Grant Writing Book
Creating The Perfect Proposal To Raise The Funds You Need
By Judy Tremore ($10.17)
The Everything® Grant Writing Book provides you with detailed, insider information on grant writing. Written by experienced grant writer Nancy Burke Smith and freelance writer Judy Tremore,it shows you exactly how to create the perfect grant proposal—no matter how daunting the specifications are for the project. Contents include:
* Applying for government and foundation grants
* Find the money needed
* Build community collaborations and partnerships
* Write a statement of need
* Developing a budget and budget narrative
* Filling out appropriate paperwork
From writing a letter of inquiry or intent to developing action plans and timelines to outlining and drafting the proposal, The
Everything® Grant Writing Book helps you get the funds you need!.
The First-Time Grantwriters Guide to Success
by Cynthia R. Knowles ( 152 pages / $24.95)
Direct, clear, and concise, this comprehensive book is full of good suggestions for everyone from a novice to an experienced grantwriter. The author’s use of simple language makes it easy to read and understand.” From finding appropriate sources for grants, to submitting an effective proposal, this invaluable guide is the definitive roadmap for easy navigation through the entire grantwriting process. Every facet of grantwriting is thoroughly yet succinctly covered, including an in-depth review of the application package, expert writing tips, specific techniques for an efficient plan of operation, and practical advice on budget development.
Among the valuable features are:
* Detailed checklists at the end of each chapter
* Relevant sample forms and easy-to-use worksheets
* An informative glossary of terms
* Straightforward examples and figures that enhance clarity and readability
The Only Grant Writing Book You’ll Ever Need:
Top Grant Writers and Grant Givers Share Their Secrets!
by Ellen Karsh ($11.20)
Veteran grant writers Karsh and Fox not only rely on years of experience but also on interviews with dozens of foundations, associations, and government organizations to provide readers the best current thinking around a very tedious subject. What’s more, the book’s organization is attractive; 16 lessons, each prefaced with a truth-is-stranger anecdote and then expanded via a series of questions and answers and discussion and tested with pop quizzes, from fill in the blanks to independent study. The quotes from funders alone are worth the price of admission: “Less than 10 percent of proposals fit our guidelines.” “I hate it when budgets make no sense.” “Make it easier to use, with headings, bullets . . .” Yet, hands down, the appendixes win: 50 tips to improve your chances to win a grant and a proposal checklist, glossary, sample grant forms, representative list of community foundations, Web sites, regional associations of grant makers, and answers to pop quizzes.
Webster’s New World Grant Writing Handbook (Webster’s New World)
by Sara D. Wason (11.04 / 336 p)
Webster’s New World Grant Writing Handbook walks readers through every step of the grant writing process-from defining the project and getting and interpreting a foundation’s guidelines to submitting and following up on the grant application. With clear, concise explanations, thorough coverage, illustrative examples, and expert advice, this helpful, complete resource gives grant writers all the information and guidance they need to succeed.
Winning Grants: Step by Step, 2nd Edition
by Mim Carlson, The Alliance for Nonprofit Management ($29.00 / 128 p)
Written for both novice and experienced grantwriters, the workbook is filled with practical advice and illustrative examples, including
* Important information such as determining whether your program or idea is fundable
* Clear examples that make it easier to create a well-written letter of intent
* How to do the necessary research to find the right funder to approach
* Targeting your proposal to meet the priorities of the funder
* What happens to your proposal once it reaches the funder
* How to adapt this program- and project-specific funding approach to assist in general funding
Writing for a Good Cause: The Complete Guide to Crafting Proposals and Other Persuasive Pieces for Nonprofits. by Joseph Barbato, Danielle Furlich ($10.88 / 332 p)
Barbato and Furlich, both veteran fundraisers, interviewed both grants administrators and development writers for this guide. The result is an inside view of the arcane workings of the world of fundraising that would make any novice feel more proficient immediately.
They carry the reader through proposal writing, case statements, newsletters, and all of their myriad parts, from executive summaries and cover letters to budgets and appendixes, enlivening an already lively text with model sidebars. Pages are liberally peppered with boxes called “Hot Tip” and “Writer Beware!” The advice on organizing material, interviewing people, and sitting down to write would serve any writer.
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT
A New Earth: Awakening To Your Life’s Purpose
By Eckard Tolle ($7.98 / 336 p)
According to Tolle, who assumes the role of narrator as well, humans are on the verge of creating a new world by a personal transformation that shifts our attention away from our ever-expanding egos. This idea is well realized through Tolle’s remarkably well-paced narration. Naturally, the author understands his material so thoroughly that he is able to convey it in an enjoyable manner, but Tolle’s gentle tone and dialect begs his audience’s attention simply through its straightforward approach. Something about this reading just seems profoundly important, whether one agrees with the material or not, and listeners’ attention is sure to be captured within seconds of listening to Tolle’s take on the universe in which we live. Originally released in 2005, both book and audiobook were reissued when Oprah Winfrey chose the title for her book club this year.
Ask & It Is Given: Learning To Manifest Your Desires
Jerry Hicks ($10.17)
Ask and It Is Given, by Esther and Jerry Hicks, which presents the teachings of the nonphysical entity Abraham, will help you learn how to manifest your desires so that you’re living the joyous and fulfilling life you deserve. As you read, you’ll come to understand how your relationships, health issues, finances, career concerns, and more are influenced by the Universal laws that govern your time/space reality—and you’ll discover powerful processes that will help you go with the positive flow of life. It’s your birthright to live a life filled with everything that is good—and this book will show you how to make it so in every way!
Authentic Happiness:
Using the New Positive Psychology to Realize Your Potential for Lasting Fulfillment
By Martin Seligman ($9.46 / 336p)
In his latest user-friendly road map for human emotion, the author of the bestselling Learned Optimism proposes ratcheting the field of psychology to a new level. “Relieving the states that make life miserable… has made building the states that make life worth living less of a priority. The time has finally arrived for a science that seeks to understand positive emotion, build strength and virtue, and provide guideposts for finding what Aristotle called the `good life,’ ” writes Seligman. Thankfully, his lengthy homage to happiness may actually live up to the ambitious promise of its subtitle. Seligman doesn’t just preach the merits of happiness e.g., happy people are healthier, more productive and contentedly married than their unhappy counterparts but he also presents brief tests and even an interactive Web site (the launch date is set for mid-August) to help readers increase the happiness quotient in their own lives. Trying to fix weaknesses won’t help, he says; rather, incorporating strengths such as humor, originality and generosity into everyday interactions with people is a better way to achieve happiness. Skeptics will wonder whether it’s possible to learn happiness from a book. Their point may be valid, but Seligman certainly provides the attitude adjustment and practical tools (including self-tests and exercises) for charting the course.
Change or Die
by Alan Deutschman ($18.60 / 256 pages)
“CHANGE OR DIE. What if you were given that choice? We’re talking actual life and death now. Your own life and death. What if a well-informed, trusted authority figure said you had to make difficult and enduring changes in the way you think, feel, and act? If you didn’t, your time would end soon—a lot sooner than it had to. Could you change when change mattered most?”
This is the question Alan Deutschman poses in Change or Die, which began as a sensational cover story by the same title for Fast Company. Deutschman concludes that although we all have the ability to change our behavior, we rarely ever do. In fact, the odds are nine to one that, when faced with the dire need to change, we won’t. From patients suffering from heart disease to repeat offenders in the criminal justice system to companies trapped in the mold of unsuccessful business practices, many of us could prevent ominous outcomes by simply changing our mindset.
A powerful book with universal appeal, Change or Die deconstructs and debunks age-old myths about change and empowers us with three critical keys—relate, repeat, and reframe—to help us make important positive changes in our lives. Explaining breakthrough research and progressive ideas from a wide selection of leaders in medicine, science, and business (including Dr. Dean Ornish, Mimi Silbert of the Delancey Street Foundation, Bill Gates, Daniel Boulud, and many others), Deutschman demonstrates how anyone can achieve lasting, revolutionary change.
Change or Die is not about merely reorganizing or restructuring priorities; it’s about challenging, inspiring, and helping all of us to make the dramatic transformations necessary in any aspect of life—changes that are positive, attainable, and absolutely vital.
Change the Way You See Everything: Through Asset-Based Thinking
by Kathryn D. Cramer and Hank Wasiak ($15.61) 152 pages
They say a picture is worth a thousand words, that perception is reality, and that a single strength can overcome a world of obstacles. These three powerful ideas converge in the breakthrough work, Change the Way You See Everything This brilliantly simple book on the philosophy known as Asset-Based Thinking, instill success-oriented habits in even the most die-hard cynic. Its transformational lessons–conveyed through unique photographic metaphors and inspiring stories from real people–reveal how the slightest shift in perception can lead to monumental results in both business and in life. ABT is not just positive thinking, but rather a systematic observation of “what works.” Kathryn Cramer, an acclaimed corporate consultant, and Hank Wasiak, a creative icon of the advertising industry, have produced a work that looks and works like no other business or self-help book-because it IS like no other book. Change the Way You See Everything is a revolutionary approach to every aspect of life that bears not just reading, but re-reading, and sharing with people in your circle. You’ll never look at the world the same way again.
Dale Carnegie’s Lifetime Plan for Success
Dale Carnegie ($12.98)
Dale Carnegie’s motivational and practical teachings are as sound today as when they were first written. Bestsellers for more than 60 years, How to Win Friends & Influence People and How to Stop Worrying & Start Living, have taught millions how to achieve the pinnacle of personal and professional success. They’re now together in one must-have volume. How to Win Friends reveals fundamental techniques for handling people, six ways to make others like you, tricks for becoming a better speaker, and how to be a leader. In How to Stop Worrying, Carnegie offers proven formulas for eliminating 50 percent of your business concerns immediately, suggestions for lessening financial fears, ideas for avoiding emotional upset, and much more. It’s the key to exchanging self-consciousness for self-confidence.
Dare To Be Yourself:
How To Quite Being An Extra In Other’s Peoples Movies & Become The Star Of Your Own
by Alan Cohen ($10.46)
In this powerful map to self-discovery, Alan Cohen draws on sources from Buddhism to the Bible, from Gandhi and Einstein to A Course In Miracles, sharing many of his own radiant moments of revelation on the spiritual path. He shows how we can let go of the past, overcome fear, and discover the power of love in our lives. Once we are engaged in the work of truly being ourselves, each challenge becomes an opportunity for growth, each choice a lesson in commitment, each relationship a renewal of God’s work. Dare To Be Yourself will dramatically enlighten, empower, and enliven you as you awaken to life and love and the unique gifts that are yours to give the world.
Dragon Doesn’t Live Here Anymore: Loving Fully, Living Freely
Alan Cohen ($10.17)
Alan Cohen’s story is an inspiration. From his roots as an Orthodox Jew, he took a mind-expanding tour of the teachings of Jesus, Ram Dass, Zen, Jung, the Esalen Institute, and Einstein, to name a few. In this extraordinary collection of lyrical, challenging essays, Cohen synthesizes what he has learned from these masters, and shares his journey with all of us. He discusses overcoming limitations, creating fulfilling relationships, tuning into the flow of life, transformation, finding a personal path, and the greatest gift of all, love. Read it straight through, or essay by essay, for daily meditations on the mysteries of God, love, and the spiritual path.
Emotional Discipline: The Power to Choose How You Feel
By Charles C. Manz ($10.85)
Emotions sometimes get the better of us all, but you can learn how to analyze and manage your emotional reactions in any situation. Emotional Discipline details five easy-to-learn steps and twenty five specific strategies for responding to your feelings in the present and preparing for emotional challenges in the future. This remarkable approach combines mind, body, and spirit to help you deal with arguably the most challenging part of the human condition: the constant fluctuations in how you feel that color your experience of life and limit your personal effectiveness. With Emotional Discipline you can gain the power to choose how you feel.
Emotional Intelligence
Daniel Goleman (18.48 / 384 p)
Everyone knows that high IQ is no guarantee of success, happiness, or virtue, but until Emotional Intelligence, we could only guess why. Daniel Goleman’s brilliant report from the frontiers of psychology and neuroscience offers startling new insight into our “two minds”—the rational and the emotional—and how they together shape our destiny. Through vivid examples, Goleman delineates the five crucial skills of emotional intelligence, and shows how they determine our success in relationships, work, and even our physical well-being. What emerges is an entirely new way to talk about being smart.
Ethics for the New Millennium.
by the Dalai Lama ($11.20 / 256 pages)
“This is not a religious book,” asserts the Dalai Lama about a volume that’s his most outspoken to date on moral and social issues. “My aim has been to appeal for an approach to ethics based on universal rather than religious principles.” The Dalai Lama adopts this approach because, he notes, the majority of humanity ignores religion, the traditional vehicle for ethics, yet observation shows him that happiness, which he discerns as the prime human goal, depends upon “positive ethical conduct.” The entire book, written in simple, direct prose, reflects this sort of step-by-step reasoning, taking on color and drama with numerous anecdotes drawn from the Tibetan leader’s personal experience. Methodically, the Dalai Lama explores the foundation of ethics, how ethics affects the individual and the role of ethics in society. He resorts often to Buddhist principles (as in employing the idea of dependent originationAthat nothing arises or exists of itselfAto demonstrate the interrelatedness of all life), but also to native Tibetan ideas and, occasionally, to secular thought or that of other religions. The book represents no radical departure from his previous work, but it does present a number of forceful views on issues ranging from cloning to vivisection to excess wealth (“the life of luxury… is unworthy”), as well as personal flavor not seen in his books since his autobiography, Freedom in Exile. The Dalai Lama refers, for instance, to his unwillingness to sell his watch collection for money to feed the poor as an example of ethical limitation. With its disarmingly frank, kindly manner and authoritative air, the book is what one would expect from a Nobel Peace Prize winner, and could appeal as widely as the Dalai Lama’s current bestseller, The Art of Happiness.
Falling Out of Grace
Sobonfu E. Some ($11.48 / 144 p)
Her message is the true message of living a purpose-driven life. Her message is deeply spiritual that does not dabble into the dogma that plague traditional western religions. Her message is about empowerment by knowing and accepting one’s purpose, even if that purpose is one that you flat out deny. It is about embracing failure and using it as a stepping stone to move forward in one’s life. It is about how we as a community can help one another when we fall, instead of running from and turning away those that have fallen. It’s about not being stuck. It’s about practicing humility and going home even when home is the last place you want to be. It is about accepting responsibility with choices we’ve made and even the choice we made to either stay stuck or move forward.
Failing Forward
by John C. Maxwell ($13.99)
The author of 24 books on maximizing personal and leadership potential, John C. Maxwell believes “the difference between average people and achieving people is their perception of and response to failure.” In Failing Forward, he offers inspirational advice for turning the difficulties that inevitably arise in life into stepping stones that help you reach the top. Noting that star performers are often those who aggressively push forward after encountering adversity, Maxwell shows how a variety of well-known and not-so-well-known people have forged ahead despite obstacles that could have derailed them.
Feelings Buried Alive Never Die
by Karol Truman ($12.21 / 299 p)
This book packs in an amazing amount of information in under 300 pages (some of these are lists of feelings and physical symptoms.) It is written very simply – no rocket science here. It addresses the origin of emotions and approaches emotions on the scientific, medical, and spiritual levels. This book appealed to both my wanting to know how my feelings came about and how to properly label them and my need for a simple tool or meditation to release the negative unresolved feelings which have keep me in my destructive patterns. I wish I had read this book when I was a teenager after an abusive upbringing, or while I was in college unmotivated to reach my full potential, or before I made the decision to marry the wrong person. I am glad that I found it in time to work through some of the issues of my divorce and to continue on my quest for personal growth.
As the book explains the root to finding all of those answers is here – and shows you how to look inside yourself in a loving and compassionate way. It reiterates something we all know and easily forget – you are the truth you seek! (A readers review)
Fire In The Soul: A New Psychology Of Spiritual Optimism
by Joan Borysenko ($10.49)
Difficult and tragic events, stresses Borysenko, need not ruin our lives. They often bear the seeds of transformational healing and spiritual awakening–if we are willing to receive them and shed old beliefs. In a collection that draws on anecdotes, therapeutic practice, ancient parables, myths and Bible stories, Borysenko guides the reader through “dark nights when our souls are on fire” and toward optimism, affirming the conviction that pain can be a catalyst for growth.
Finding Earth, Finding Soul
Tim Macartney (14.94 / 192p)
Tim Macartney intertwines several themes that in our society are rarely perceived as being in close relationship – the quest for meaning and purpose, organisational leadership, nature, conformity, and the role of ordinary women and men in seeking and securing a future that will serve our children well. Finding Earth, Finding Soul is a call to people who find themselves standing on the sidelines. It is a celebration of our wild and beautiful planet. It vividly asserts the power of imagination, the joy of walking our own way, and the profound intimacy of finding relationship with others, and with life. It demonstrates how pain, loneliness, and some measure of suffering can become doorways to courageous acts that have the potential to illuminate our lives.
Focus On The Good Stuff: The Power Of Appreciation
By Mike Robbins ($13.57 / 240 p)
Motivational speaker and professional coach Robbins sets out for well-worn territory, turning out a useful but unsurprising exploration of the power of positive thinking and the art of appreciation. Like self-help titles such as The Secret, Robbins insists that like attracts like, and to get what we want in life we must focus on what we want (rather than what we don’t). In this never preachy three-part primer, Robbins explains how the simple act of appreciation can change our lives, making up in empathy, anecdote and readability what he lacks in fresh ideas. In part one, Robbins analyzes the effects of living in a culture of negativity and fear, which keeps individuals from connecting with others, and from seeing the good in both people and life. Part two elucidates his Five Principles of Appreciation (“be grateful,” “use positive words,” etc.) and part three is about putting the principles into action (“it’s not what we know, but what we do that matters”); exercises and “positive practices” throughout give readers further steps to put appreciation’s power to work in daily life.
Fearproof Your Life: How To Thrive In A World Addicted To Fear
By Joseph Bailey ($12.26 / 176 p)
Throughout time, we have sought peace and safety by trying to out-guess the unknown. We have tried to prepare for the unexpected and the apparitions of our minds. In an age of 24-hour cable news, when we can stay glued to the latest terrorist attack or natural disaster, the next epidemic, and what the pundits tell us we should be afraid of, our efforts to control the unknown and keep ourselves safe have led to a collective as well as a personal sensation of fear. We have become addicted to fear. “Fear locks us in an illusionary sand castle of protection with a false sense of security from demons, dangers, and all that we dread. Each day the tide of truth sweeps in and destroys our tentative hold on security. No matter how often the castle of illusory control is destroyed, the ego rebuilds it with fearful, vigilant thoughts. This cycle has all the trappings and symptoms of any addiction: denial, rationalization, projection, increased tolerance to the substance (in this case, fear), imbalance that seems normal, and increased harmful and fatal consequences that we minimize and blame on others.” But we don’t need to be adrenaline junkies. Fearproof Your Life guides us through a process of how discovering who we truly are immunizes us from our own fears, as well as those of others. Bailey takes us through a process of knowing, listening to, and honoring our own unique True Self, of being willing to listen to our truth and act from it, without seeking approval, of being willing to forgive ourselves and others and take responsibility for what we create.
Frameshifting
David Banner ($20.48 / 188p)
Through the power of Frameshifting, I’ll show you how you can have access to this experience at any time, without adopting, changing, or fixing your beliefs! Along the way, I share with you personal experiences I’ve had that triggered this shift in me. With the tools provided in this book, you can have these shifts too.
* Discover unspoken limiting beliefs
* Achieve higher stages of consciousness
* Break free from the boundaries of ego
* Understand people in your life empathically
* Experience the pure joy of spiritual growth
Goals: How To Get Everything You Want, Faster Than You Ever Thought Possible
Brian Tracy ($16.47)
Though goal-setting is often overintellectualized, achievement expert Brian Tracy makes the process come to life as an essential ingredient for any type of personal development. He’s been refining these ideas for 20 years, and no important insight is overlooked. Tracy’s extraordinary thinking is always expressed in practical action steps. Listeners don’t get bogged down with anything not immediately useful to the quest. The focus is on clarity, definition, and doing whatever it takes to move toward your important desires. In every word listeners will hear Tracy’s urgency and his heartfelt wish that none of us give up on the path to worthwhile goals, whatever they may be. Readers will learn a series of powerful, practical strategies to set and achieve goals in every area of life—faster than most people would imagine possible. The book explains not only how to set goals, but the detailed process of organizing your entire life around the achievement of everything you want, both financially and personally.
Going Deeper: How To Make Sense Of Your Life When It Makes No Sense
by John-Claude Koven ($16.50)
The book that’s sending shockwaves through the metaphysical community. Written for Lightworkers, Wanderers and planetary servers to reconnect forgotten memories. Explores who you are, why you’re here and what needs to be done to accomplish your mission. If you’ve ever felt Earth was not your real home … alienated from friends and family … that you’ve come here to do something important … this is a book about you.
Great Insights on Human Creativity:
Transforming the Way We Live, Work, Educate, Lead and Relate
by Efiong Etuk (432 p / $19.94)
How could “the most brilliant civilization in human history” bring about so much misery, anxiety, stress, and insecurity? How could “the highest standards of living the world has ever known” leave practically everybody dissatisfied with life? Only recently has it been
In Great Insights on Human Creativity, the world’s greatest thinkers observe that, in the single-minded pursuit of material well-being, humanity has inadvertently reduced its existence to one partial (material) aspect and, in the process, neglected what is most important in people’s lives: their creativity and personal sense of worth. Further, they remind us that if we sincerely want to deal with the increasingly complex global crisis and to build a more durable human civilization, what is needed is a system that allows people to experience themselves as intelligent and creative, and that also enables them to engage their creative talents in socially and environmentally beneficial ways and, thus, to find meaning and purpose in their lives.
Happiness Is A Choice
by Barry Neil Kaufman (9.31 /304 p)
Kaufman, director of the Option Institute and author of A Land Beyond Tears, contends that if you change a belief or attitude you can change your life. A decision to pursue happiness, he claims, can improve relations with others: “We can engineer our own responses, choosing love over hate, peace over conflict and happiness over depression.” The first five sections relate Kaufman’s philosophy and offer stories of clients’ successful changes while in therapy. Section six has short chapters detailing shortcuts to happiness. The book has a four-page bibliography and two pages of additional readings. A cut above most self-help books; recommended.
Heart’s Desire: Instructions For Creating The Life You Really Want
Sonia Choquette ($12.24)
There are lots of books out there on creative visualization, but Choquette, author of The Psychic Pathway (1995), offers something more. She helps readers figure out exactly what they want before they try to get what they think they want. She then goes on to show how creative manifestation is available to everyone who learns the process. The engaging, chatty writing style might make this manual seem less serious than some books on the topic of spiritual development, but readers who undertake the step-by-step program Choquette sets out will find material that is insightful, even inspiring. Choquette shares the nine universal principles for creating the reality of your dreams. Step by step, with practical advice, specific exercises, and modern-day parables, she teaches readers to make the changes in thought and behavior that will lead them to the attainment of their most heartfelt desires.
Joy Is My Compass: Taking The Risk To Follow Your Bliss
by Alan Cohen ($11.95)
Joy Is My Compass is a delightful slice of literary heaven. It’s a collection of stories whose overall theme is that we can navigate life’s journey with joy rather than pain if we so choose. The book is filled with Alan Cohen’s usual warmth, wisdom and humor. Find yourself joyfully immersed in this treasure chest of masterful prose as he gently urges you to find the light within yourself and express it as freely and boldly as you desire. It takes courage to step out on your chosen path, and what better way to bolster your confidence than through Alan’s wonderfully perceptive observations of life. Whether sharing heartfelt insights about his own journey or recounting stories about others, Alan is at his usual inspirational, eloquent best. — A Readers Review
Law Of Attraction: The Science of Attracting More of What You Want and Less of What You Don’t!
Michael Loiser ($12.71)
You’re already experiencing the Law of Attraction. You may not be aware of it, but a very powerful force is at work in your life. It’s called the Law of Attraction and right now it’s attracting people, jobs and relationships to your life — not all of them good! If your life has taken on the characteristics of a bad soap opera, it’s time to pick up this book. This complete how-to reference book will teach you how to make the Law of Attraction work for you by helping you eliminate the unwanted from your life and filling it up with the things that give you energy, prosperity and joy. You can use the Law of Attraction to make a few changes in your life or do a complete overhaul. You’ll find all the tools in this book. Discover how easy it is to use the Law of Attraction to:
* Stop attracting things you don’t want
* Increase wealth
* Find your perfect mate
* Increase your customer base
* Clarify your goals and strategies
* Locate your ideal job
Learned Optimism
by Martin Seligman ($11.20 / 336 p)
Known as the father of the new science of positive psychology, Martin E.P. Seligman draws on more than twenty years of clinical research to demonstrate how optimism enchances the quality of life, and how anyone can learn to practice it. Offering many simple techniques, Dr. Seligman explains how to break an “I—give-up” habit, develop a more constructive explanatory style for interpreting your behavior, and experience the benefits of a more positive interior dialogue. These skills can help break up depression, boost your immune system, better develop your potential, and make you happier.. With generous additional advice on how to encourage optimistic behavior at school, at work and in children, Learned Optimism is both profound and practical–and valuable for every phase of life.
Maxwell 3-in-1 Special Edition (The Winning Attitude / Developing the Leaders Around You / Becoming a Person of Influence) by John C. Maxwell ($11.36 / 672p)
In The Winning Attitude John Maxwell shares insights from real life experiences showing how to recognize and attain the winning attitude to overcome life’s difficulties, win people over, and turn problems into opportunities.
Developing the Leaders Around You takes personal leadership one step further by showing you how to identify and train potential leaders and foster a productive team spirit. Whatever your vocation or aspiration, you can increase your impact on others by Becoming a Person of Influence. Learn simple insightful ways to interact more positively with others, and watch you personal and organizational success go off the charts. With influence, you can achieve success at home, work, and in every other area of life
Motivation & Goal Setting: How To Set & Achieve Goals & Inspire Others
by Jim Cairo ($10.99)
Motivation and Goal Setting delivers concise, how to information in a friendly, interactive format ideal for team or individual use. This book will help one clearly define their values, maintain flexibility by setting realistic goals, and stay motivated in the face of setbacks. With tools that can be immediately incorporated, goals will soon become realities.
My Own Worst Enemy
Overcoming The 19 Ways We Defeat Ourselves
By Alan E. Nelson, John C. Maxwell ($10.65 / 256 p)
Some people can’t seem to get ahead in life even when they try to improve relationships or situations. Alan Nelson suggests that their setbacks result from attitudes that affect their behaviors, whether they are aware of it or not. My Own Worst Enemy describes nineteen ways people sabotage their lives. Each chapter provides readers with a definition and the dangers of a “behavitude”-behaviors that stem from attitudes-such as guilt, living in the past, and self-sufficiency. Nelson addresses the “why” behind such behavior and offers solutions readers can use to begin changing their lives. Nelson also provides self-assessment sections for readers to estimate their own involvement in self-defeating behavior and discussion questions for group or individual study. This book is for all readers who want to take an honest look at themselves, make changes, and begin living up to their potential. It also appeals to pastors, counselors, and others who help people on their paths to healing.
Practical Intuition
by Laura Day ($10.47)
Gut feeling. Sixth sense. Hunch. No matter what it’s called, intuition plays a part in the decisions we make every day. In seminars around the world, Laura Day has taught business people, financial analysts, celebrities, homemakers, doctors, lawyers, and other professionals how to consciously tap this hidden ability. Now, through a step-by-step program, first-person accounts, and real-life examples, Day shows you how to unlock the remarkable power of your mind. While you may not win the lottery on your next try, this book may very well help you think more deeply and more clearly, helping you to function at a higher level than before. The book is filled with plenty of brain-stretching exercises, and who can’t use some of those?
Radical Acceptance: Embracing Your Life With The Heart Of A Buddha
by Tara Brach ($1050)
A psychotherapist and Buddhist meditation teacher, Brach offers readers a rich compendium of stories and techniques designed to help people awaken from what she calls “the trance of unworthiness.” The sense of self-hatred and fearful isolation that afflicts so many people can be transformed with the steady application of a loving attention and insight. Interweaving stories from her own life as a hardworking single mother with many wonderful anecdotes culled from her therapy practice and her work as a leader of meditation retreats, Brach offers myriad examples of how our pain can become a doorway to love and liberation. Brach is open-minded about where she gathers inspiration. Garnishing her gentle advice and guided meditation with beautiful bits of poetry and well-loved if familiar dharma stories, Brach describes what it can mean to open to the reality of other people, to live in love, to belong to the world. Obviously the fruit of the author’s own long and honest search, this is a consoling and practical guide that can help people find a light within themselves.
Seeds Of Greatness
Dennis Waitley ($6.75)
Dr. Waitley encourages us to script our own success and tells how to do it in this book. Scripting is visualization. It is seeing yourself as you would like to be and becoming that person. The right hemisphere of the brain works in conjunction with the left hemisphere in a holistic way to produce the desired results. Work is play when approached in the way described by Dr. Waitley. He writes about the value of reading, saying it improves one’s vocabulary and enhances one’s knowledge base. Reading also exposes you to personalities and ideas you wouldn’t otherwise experience. Readers are told to seek out positive role models. Use these people as examples, but don’t duplicate, be an original. How we see life determines to a large extend what we get out of life. This book helps you to see from a healthy perspective.
Seven Habits of Highly Effective People
by Stephen Covey (9.00 / 384 p)
Before you can adopt the seven habits, you’ll need to accomplish what Covey calls a “paradigm shift”–a change in perception and interpretation of how the world works. Covey takes you through this change, which affects how you perceive and act regarding productivity, time management, positive thinking, developing your “proactive muscles” (acting with initiative rather than reacting), and much more.
Ten Days to More Confident Public Speaking
Lenny Laskowski ($8.21)
Written by an expert in the field, this book has the tools you need to become a relaxed, effective, and commanding public speaker. A clear, concise, step-by-step approach with dozens of inside tips, 10 Days to More Confident Public Speaking will help you:
* Overcome nervousness and discover your own natural style
* Establish an immediate rapport with your audience
* Practice your new techniques daily in conversations with friends
* Write a speech that builds to an unforgettable conclusion
* Expertly blend humor and anecdotes into your talks
* Use special techniques to memorize your speech
The Alchemist
by Paulo Coelho ($7.20 / 208 p)
Like the one-time bestseller Jonathan Livingston Seagull, The Alchemist presents a simple fable, based on simple truths and places it in a highly unique situation. And though we may sniff a bestselling formula, it is certainly not a new one: even the ancient tribal storytellers knew that this is the most successful method of entertaining an audience while slipping in a lesson or two. Brazilian storyteller Paulo Coehlo introduces Santiago, an Andalusian shepherd boy who one night dreams of a distant treasure in the Egyptian pyramids. And so he’s off: leaving Spain to literally follow his dream. Along the way he meets many spiritual messengers, who come in unassuming forms such as a camel driver and a well-read Englishman. In one of the Englishman’s books, Santiago first learns about the alchemists–men who believed that if a metal were heated for many years, it would free itself of all its individual properties, and what was left would be the “Soul of the World.” Of course he does eventually meet an alchemist, and the ensuing student-teacher relationship clarifies much of the boy’s misguided agenda, while also emboldening him to stay true to his dreams. “My heart is afraid that it will have to suffer,” the boy confides to the alchemist one night as they look up at a moonless night.
“Tell your heart that the fear of suffering is worse than the suffering itself,” the alchemist replies. “And that no heart has ever suffered when it goes in search of its dreams, because every second of the search is a second’s encounter with God and with eternity.”
The Art of Possibility: Transforming Personal & Professional Life
by Rosamund Stone Zander and Benjamin Zander ($10.20/ 224 p)
This book is a collection of illustrations and advice that suggests a way to change your entire outlook on life and, in the process, open up a new realm of possibility. Packed with examples of personal and professional interactions, the book presents complex ideas on perception and recognition in a readable, useable style.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Creative Visualization
by Shari Just ($11.53)
If you can envision it, you can make it happen … Creative visualization is the technique of using the imagination to identify goals and then making them a reality. It’s more powerful than sheer drive because it works in harmony with the positive energy of the universe. The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Creative Visualization helps readers visualize—and then actualize—their best and brightest lives. Filled with techniques and exercises that reveal the power of visualization while offering suggestions, guidance, and tips to inspire the imagination.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Managing Your Time
by Jeff Davidson ($11.53)
The quest to win back your time is a noble pursuit, but it’s a fast-paced and frenzied existence you’re enduring. With all that competes for your time and attention, how do you alter the pace of your career and life so you are in control of your time? How can you enjoy what your career and life have to offer, and once again have time to reflect, to ponder, to muse? This book is about winning back and managing your time. The chances are astronomical-to-nearly-100% that you lost it the last decade. In this book, we’ll stay with the tried and true. Some of the tips may seem quite innovative but they work and work well.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide To Reaching Your Goals
by Jeff Davidson ($16.95)
Do you set goals annually, such as at the start of the year, only to see them fizzle weeks or days later? As a larger issue, have you ever felt like you weren’t making any real progress in your career or personal life? Or, as if your simply repeating patterns that you can’t seem to break? Do you feel as if you have the potential to do what you set out to do but somehow keep missing the bus when it comes to the realization of your aspirations? If these and related issues have been tugging on your mind perhaps you need to learn or relearn the fundamentals of setting and achieving goals. This book focuses on effective techniques for setting and reaching goals, helping readers to program–or reprogram–themselves for success. The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Goal Setting is geared for people who have not systematically and conclusively incorporated goal settings procedures into their lives, or have but don’t seem to get the results they’re seeking. As such, readers learn effective methods for developing positive, worthwhile goals, including where and when to set them, how stay on top of them, and how to follow through to completion.
The Four Agreements: A Practical Guide to Personal Freedom,
by Don Miquel Ruiz ($9.71)
In The Four Agreements, don Miguel Ruiz reveals the source of self-limiting agreements that rob people of joy and create needless suffering. Based on ancient Toltec wisdom, the Four Agreements offer a powerful code of conduct that can rapidly transform anyone’s life to a new experience of freedom, true happiness, and love. These agreements are deceptively simple: Be impeccable with your word (speak with integrity; say only what you mean); Don’t take anything personally (nothing others do is because of you); Don’t make assumptions (find the courage to ask questions and express what you really want); Always do your best (and you will avoid self-judgment, self-abuse, and regret).
The HeartMath Solution: Engaging the Power of the Heart’s Intelligence
by Doc Lew Childre & Howard Martin ($10.17)
The HeartMath Solution may easily be written off as a book too eccentric for widespread public consumption, and that’s unfortunate. The title’s a bit misleading–it’s not about cardiac care and it’s not about calculus, but rather how 30 years of research have shown that the heart’s “intelligence” affects emotions and physical health–especially when it comes to handling stress–and specifically what you can do to balance heart rhythms, reduce stress hormones, and boost your immune system. Yes, it sounds complicated, especially when you read that cardiologists worked with physicists and psychiatrists to develop the HeartMath program. But it’s worth brushing off your skepticism and exploring the concepts in the Solution, as many employees of Fortune 500 companies have already done. The “intelligence” that the authors focus on refers to both the heart’s “brain,” or the 40,000 neurons found in the heart (the same number in the brain itself), and the intuitive signals the heart sends, including feelings of love, happiness, care, and appreciation. When such positive emotions are felt, they “not only change patterns of activity in the nervous system; they also reduce the production of the stress hormone cortisol.” When there’s less cortisol, there’s more DHEA, the so-called fountain of youth hormone known to have anti-aging effects on many of the body’s systems. The HeartMath Solution outlines 10 steps for harnessing the power of the heart’s intelligence, including ways to manage your emotions and keep energy levels high. One of the most important is the “Freeze-Frame” technique for calming the nervous system, improving clarity of thought and perception, and boosting productivity (which is one of the many appealing features for those Fortune 500 companies). Each step includes references to data proving its effectiveness, with handy summaries of the key points to remember at the end of each chapter. This is a book that takes a bit of scientific understanding and a lot of time to wade through, but one that could help you prevent stress from ruling your existence.
The Invisible Path To Success
Understanding & Managing The Unseen Forces Shaping Your Life
by Robert Scheinfeld ($10.47)
Every day things happen to you. How much is caused by you and how much by fate, destiny or the result of invisible forces you know nothing about? Finding the answers to these questions can be compared to putting together a gigantic jigsaw puzzle. This work offers pieces that have been missing from your puzzle. Once you add them to the pieces you’ve already collected, a new picture of who you are, why you’re here, what your purpose is, and how to better manage the unseen forces shaping your life will spring into view.
The Millionaire Course: A Visionary Plan For Creating The Life Of Your Dreams
Marc Allen ($10.17)
This book is an entire course, an easy in-depth guide to accomplishing one’s dreams in life. Structured in results-minded lessons and interwoven with keys that offer sudden moments of understanding, the book helps the reader grasp new ways of thinking of, and attaining, wealth and fulfillment by doing what we love and adhering to compassionate values. Lesson topics include: “Imagine your ideal scene,” “Discover your core beliefs, and learn how to change them,” and “Grow at your own pace.” Author Marc Allen offers both a life-changing philosophy and the specific tools – the business plan, the vocabulary, even resources for financing – needed to live the dream.
The Monk Who Sold His Ferrari;
A Fable About Fulfilling Your Dreams And Reaching Your Destiny
bv Robin Sharma ($11.16)
Everyone loves a good fable, and this is certainly one. The protagonist is Julian Mantle, a high-profile attorney with a whacked-out schedule and a shameful set of spiritual priorities. Of course it takes a crisis (heart attack) to give Mantle pause. And pause he does–suddenly selling all his beloved possessions to trek India in pursuit of a meaningful existence. The Himalayan gurus along the way give simple advice, such as, “What lies behind you and what lies before you is nothing compared to what lies within you.” Yet it is easy to forgive the story’s simplicity because each kernel of wisdom is framed to address the persistent angst of Western white-collar professionals.
The Hearts Code
by Paul Pearsall, PH.D ($13.63 / 304 p)
Psychologist Pearsall had a personal experience with “energy cardiology” when he had hip cancer. His logical, directing brain struggled over his disease and what it meant to him with his sensitive, more accepting heart. He began to study the heart and learned about its “L energy” and how to recognize its warnings. He went on to study heart transplants and how the background of a new heart could affect its recipient; for example, one man began to yearn for spicy foods and to study Spanish before he knew that his donor had been Hispanic. Documenting the stories he tells with medical and psychological literature, Pearsall states that we have been too brain-focused and have not listened to all the heart has to offer. We should learn to be patient, connected with others, pleasant, humble, and gentle, Pearsall says, and for those who want to find out whether they are cardiosensitive, he presents a personal inventory. Although hardly a work of completely hard science, Pearsall’s effort has much to offer thoughtful readers.
The Optimistic Child:
A Proven Program to Safeguard Children Against Depression and Build Lifelong Resilience
By Martin Seligman ($5.98 / 352 p)
In The Optimistic Child, Dr. Martin E. P. Seligman offers parents, teachers, and coaches a well-validated program to prevent depression in children. In a thirty-year study, Seligman and his colleagues discovered the link between pessimism — dwelling on the most catastrophic cause of any setback — and depression. Seligman shows adults how to teach children the skills of optimism that can help them combat depression, achieve more on the playing field and at school, and improve their physical health. As Seligman states in his new afterword for this edition, “Teaching children optimism is more, I realized, than just correcting pessimism . . . It is the creation of a positive strength, a sunny but solid future-mindedness that can be deployed throughout life — not only to fight depression and to come back from failure, but also to be the foundation of success and vitality.”
The Power of Awareness
by Neville ($6.95 /116 p)
With the words, “Do not try to change people; they are only messengers telling you who you are. Revalue yourself and they will confirm the change,” Goddard invites us to resist the temptation toward judgment and to look at ourselves for the change we want to see in the world an in others. “God’s promise is unconditional; God’s law is conditional, and comes in its own good time. If you do not experience it in this life,” he said, “You pass through a door, that’s all that death is, and you are restored to life instantly in a world like this, and you go on there with the same problems you had here with no loss of identity.”
The Power of Infinite Love and Gratitude
By Dr. Darren R. Weissman ($10.26 / 240 p)
Would you like to discover your infinite potential for healing and moving through life’s challenges? If so, The Power of Infinite Love & Gratitude by Dr. Darren R. Weissman will help you view your life from a new and heightened perspective. You’ll learn to unleash your mind and body’s extraordinary capacity for healing; and you’ll begin to understand the complex language of physical symptoms, dis-ease, and stress. This work reveals the journey of your spirit and sheds a new light on one of the greatest mysteries humankind has attempted to unravel—the subconscious mind. As you read, you’ll find that you’re learning how to transform and master your life based on these key lessons: The universe is infinite; you have free will—a choice with every experience; everything is interconnected; judgment is prohibited; the greatest power is self-love; you need to embrace life with the attitude of gratitude; you must take responsibility for your life; life has meaning; and much more.
The Presence Process: A Journey Into Present Moment Awareness
Michael Brown ($14.08 / 325 p)
Today we all face an increasing flow of events about which we may feel we can do nothing. This is not true. It is crucial we now experientially realize we are each responsible for navigating the quality of our personal experience. This book teaches us how to embrace authentic personal responsibility. It reveals the mechanics shaping the way we feel about our life and how we manifest our experience in a manner empowering us to respond consciously to every facet of our lives. It offers a simple, practical approach to accomplishing and maintaining personal peace in the midst of accelerating change, discomfort, conflict, and chaos.
The Quick And Easy Way To Effective Speaking
by Dale Carnegie ($7.90)
This book has 14 chapters of examples and insight into public speeching. The author, who taught public speaking at seminars for 40 years, has learned alot and communicates his ideals well in written form. This book does a great job at describing the speaking process. It starts by reviewing “the basics” and then divides his book into the special potential needs of its readers. At its core, this book tries to address the fears of its readers.
What You Can Change and What You Can’t:
The Complete Guide to Successful Self-Improvement
By Martin Seligman ($10.20 / 336 p)
Psychologist Seligman ( Learned Optimism ) here examines common psychological disorders according to their biological and societal, or learned, components. Most enlightening are his analyses of the effectiveness of relaxation, meditation, psychoanalysis and cognitive therapies in the treatment of anxiety, which, along with depression and anger, he claims, can largely be controlled by disciplined effort. Tables demonstrating the success rates of various approaches to given problems, evaluative questionnaires and mostly jargon-free prose complement Seligman’s comprehensive, unformulaic discussion. Maintaining that dieting will not help people who are overweight (“Weight is in large part genetic”), the author urges a focus on fitness and health; asserting that a child’s psyche heals faster than an adult’s, he observes that childhood trauma does not necessarily shape one’s adult life: “the rest of the tapestry is not determined by what has been woven before.” Direct, instructive and nonreductive, Seligman’s observations and theories are positive, realistic and sound. 75,000 first printing; BOMC alternate.
Wisdom Of The Heart: Inspiration For A Life Worth Living
by Alan Cohen ($9.71)
Life is most fully lived from inside out. For many years, Alan Cohen has been guiding
people to go out of their minds and return to their senses; to escape the circular tyranny of overthinking and find joy and wisdom in the depths of their heart. This reader-friendly companion to the soul culls the finest pearls of insights on this path and forms a compelling roadmap home. Wisdom of the Heart contains many inspiring aphorisms and condensed lessons that make this a perfect daily companion of gift to a loved one.
Zero Limits
by Joe Vitale ($16.95 / 256 pages)
Are you overworked and overstressed? Are you doing your best but finding professional success and personal fulfillment frustratingly difficult to attain? If it seems like you work hard but never get anywhere, maybe the problem is something within you. Maybe the limitations holding you back come from inside you, not from the outside world. Zero Limits presents a proven way to break through those self-imposed limitations to achieve more in life than you ever dreamed.Take it from Joe Vitale. He was once homeless. Now, he’s the millionaire author of numerous bestselling books, an Internet celebrity, and an in-demand online marketing guru. What happened to create all of that success? How did he make it happen? Was it hard work, divine providence, or both? The answer may surprise you. It wasn’t until he discovered the ancient Hawaiian Ho’oponopono system that he finally found truly unlimited success. Updated for modern times, Ho’oponopono is a self-help methodology that removes themental obstacles that block your path, freeing your mind to find new and unexpected ways to get what you want out of life. It not only works, but it works wonders——both professionally and personally. It works so well in fact, that Vitale had to share it with the world, so that others could experience the fulfillment and happiness he feels every day.
Teaming up with Dr. Ihaleakala Hew Len, master teacher of modern Ho’oponopono, Vitale shows you how to attain wealth, health, peace, and happiness. Vitale and Len walk you through the system, helping you clear your mind of subconscious blocks so that destiny and desire can take over and help you get what you truly want from life. It clears out unconsciously accepted beliefs, thoughts, and memories that you don’t even know are holding you back.
PERSONAL FINANCES
30 Lies about Money: Liberating Your Life, Liberating Your Money
by Peter Koenig ($13.95)
Much has been written about money—how to invest, save, become a millionaire, get out of debt, find financial freedom, change the monetary system, manage a business, hedge or save taxes. So what makes this book stand out from those already in the bookshops? Written for lay reader and expert alike, 30 Lies is a response to a newly emerging trend, where peoples’ interest in money is not just to try and make more of it, but to understand better the causes of the increasingly contradictory money world they find themselves in. Some of the issues: income inequity, increasing stress in making ends meet, decay of social systems, evaporation of pensions, polarisation of wealth, third-world indebtedness, Enrons and more. This book promises a simple understanding of these issues. But it goes further. This book not only exposes misleading flaws and “lies” in many universally accepted and unquestioned assumptions about money—it dissolves them!
Become a Magnet to Money Through the Sea of Unlimited Consciousness
by Bob Proctor ($9.66 / 247 p)
The 2nd edition of this amazing book, by the best selling authors Bob Proctor (teacher of The Secret & Beyond The Secret) and Michele Blood, is destined to become a classic for millions of seekers of Truth and Success Principles. This book covers the basics through to the highest levels of consciousness. 247 pages of mesmerizing information that anyone can understand. People who enjoy this book have created great success in their lives and relationships. Anyone desiring to become free and stop the groundhog day s of unfulfilled, daily repetitions can do so through the tools, ideas, and magic of this book. This book is for the individual who truly wishes to learn how to manifest success and prosperity into their life, beyond the Law of Attraction and who also wish to delve deeper into their Divine Nature and Soul’s journey and purpose. This book will become a classic. It breaks down the often confusing language of eastern philosophies so that anyone wishing to know where they are in consciousness will understand intellectually and will be stunned with how much further they can go. The possibilities are truly unlimited.
Creating Money: Keys To Abundance
Sanaya Roman ($9.71)
This book is a course in manifesting and creating abundance in your life, Section I, Creating Money, is a step-by-step guide to the art of manifesting. You will learn how to discover what you want, drawing things to you that will fulfill and satisfy you, that are even better than what you ask for. You will learn advanced techniques of manifesting and how to work with your own energy and the power of magnetism to draw things into your life in the fastest, easiest way possible. The second section of this book, Developing Mastery, will help you learn to work with and move through any blocks you may have about allowing abundance into your life. The third section, Creating Your Lifes Work, will help you learn to make money and create abundance through doing the things you love. You will learn many simple energy techniques to draw your ideal job to you, discover your life’s work, and do what you love for a living. The fourth section, Having Money, is about having and increasing money and abundance in your life. You will learn how to create joy, peace, harmony, clarity, and self-love with your money, letting it flow and increase.
Getting Rich Your Own Way
by Brian Tracy ($15.38 / 304)
In this positive, prescriptive guide, Tracy shares proven principles and strategies that lead to success–the same principles and strategies that thousands of Americans learn in his seminars every year. Concise and comprehensive, this book won’t teach you how to make a fast buck in real estate or beat the stock market for a million dollars. Instead, it will teach you real-world principles for achieving the financial independence you dream of–no matter what you do for a living or how little you have in the bank. Inside you’ll find real stories of successful people who started out with nothing and ended up living their financial dreams. You’ll find a wealth of creative ideas for making money, as well as priceless principles that will help you succeed at any endeavor. You’ll learn how to accumulate and protect your wealth over the long-term, how to market and sell anything under the sun, and even how to start your own business if you’re an entrepreneur at heart. But most important, you’ll learn how to develop the winning attitude and work habits that unite all successful people in every field or profession. What most people don’t know is that making money is a skill you can learn. That’s right. By paying attention to what successful people do–or don’t do–and carefully following their example, you’ll get the same results they do. After all, wealth is really all about cause and effect. If you put the right moneymaking causes in place, the wealth effect will follow. It may take patience and it will certainly take effort, but with the right attitude and the simple, helpful guidance you’ll find here, you’ll know that nothing is beyond your abilities–and nothing feels better than Getting Rich Your Own Way.
How To Be A Billionaire: Proven Strategies From the Titans of Wealth
by Martin Fridson ($15.64 / 256 p)
“How to Be a Billionaire offers fascinating insight into the subject of building wealth. As a result of his exhaustive research, Martin Fridson is able to explain the wealth-creation process from a unique perspective. As the reader will discover, there is no single formula for success, but there are certain categories into which these concepts can be placed. My personal advice is to remember the words of Winston Churchill who said, ‘Success is the ability to go from one failure to another with no loss of enthusiasm.'” -Ross Perot “Martin Fridson has created the ultimate roadmap to the American Dream. He comes as close to extracting a formula for the acquisition of wealth as any book I have ever read.” -Jeff Sagansky CEO, Paxson Communications “Martin Fridson’s book has a number of very insightful and thoughtful analyses, something you don’t pick up in many business schools.” -Philip F. Anschutz Chairman and CEO, The Anschutz Corporation “How to Be a Billionaire is a powerful arsenal of dead-on strategies for increasing your personal wealth and business acumen. Marty Fridson details the tactics of self-made billionaires with great intelligence and insight.
Investing for Dummies
by Eric Tyson ($14.95)
Investing for Dummies is a good, all-around investment guide for the rest of us. Author Eric Tyson covers all aspects of investing, from stocks and bonds to real estate and collectibles. Tyson points readers towards investments that actually work and raises warning flags about strategies you should avoid. The book also considers whether starting and running your business can be a good investment option. If you’re looking for a good place to start building a secure financial future, this is it.
Money Is Love: Reconnecting to the Sacred Origins Of Money
Barbara Wilder ($9.95)
War, Poverty, hunger and crime are caused by the fear that surrounds money and its scarcity. Money is energy, and energy is limitless. Only our fear and our limited way of thinking make money seem scarce. Using the tools and the exercises in this book, you can reconnect with the sacred origins of money, and direct the flow of money through your life and the world on a current of love, joy, goodwill and abundance. Money is energy, and according to quantum physics the universe is made up of energy, which becomes matter only when information is focused on it. Wood is wood and not iron because of the information that forms the two different kinds of matter. Too many of us labor under the belief that money is “a necessary evil,” which is, more often than not, difficult to obtain. By changing our feelings about money from fear, anger, greed and scarcity, to love, joy, abundance and goodwill, we can change the way money moves through our lives and the lives of others all over the world. “MONEY IS LOVE” teaches that as we begin to remove the negative thoughts and feelings that surround money and redefine money as love, we bring the power of love into all of our monetary transactions. This in turn opens our hearts to allow money to flow abundantly into our lives, creating a place of peace and joy. From this place of harmony we can then send money back out into the world on a flow of love and gratitude. Money healed can begin to heal all that it touches. And because money flows like blood through the planet, diseased it causes disease, but infused with love, money can become rejuvenating. This work stands out from other transformational money theories, because it deals with not only healing our personal relationship with money, but with healing the money itself, returning it to its sacred roots and then using this money infused with love as an agent for healing “Money is the blood of the planet. Heal the money and we can heal the world.
Money is My Friend
by Phil Laut ($6.29)
Making money can be a fun, fascinating, creative enterprise. Phil Laut, whose financial seminars have helped thousands of men and women from all walks of life dramatically increase their incomes, demonstrates how you can overcome the principle obstacles to making money: guilt, fear, and feelings of helplessness or pressure. Once you have made money your friend, you’ll discover that increasing your income is a simple matter of using your imagination. Inside this unique book, you’ll find exercises and self-tests to help you understand and utilize
* The four Laws of Wealth
* The helpful six-step method for developing a purpose in life
* The simple seven-stage plan for finding the perfect career
* Twelve ideal techniques for creating a new self-image
* Fifteen priceless affirmations to change the way you think about money
And much more!
Money Magic: Unleasing Your True Potential For Prosperity & Fulvillment
Deborah L. Price ($9.71)
Making, keeping, and enjoying money isn’t just about investments, salaries, inheritances, or dividends, according to Deborah Price. It’s also about the games people play around money and their character type in relation to it. In Money Magic, Price shows readers how to stop making fear-based money choices and how to transform their relationship with money to obtain the wealth they desire. The book is structured around eight “types”: the Innocent (the ostrich approach); the Victim (blaming circumstances); the Warrior (conquering money); the Martyr (always rescuing someone); the Fool (gambler looking for a windfall); the Creator/Artist (regarding money as evil); the Tyrant (controlling through money); and the Magician (benefiting spiritually and financially from money). The Magician is the book’s ideal, and Price offers exercises to help readers attain it.
Money Management For Those Who Don’t Have Any
By James L Paris ($10.19 / 256 pages)
Who says you need a big bank account and a pocketful of cash to enjoy the American Dream? Certainly not financial counselor Jim Paris. Jim shares how readers can handle their money in a God–honoring way and enjoy the benefits of sound financial planning. Based on biblical principles, Money Management for Those Who Don’t Have Any contains more than 200 practical strategies, tips, and resources on how to—
• save money on credit cards
• buy a dream house—with nothing down
• build an investment account with little money
This handbook is the consummate guide to achieving financial success. Whether readers are broke or money is just tight, this book will help them attain their lifelong goals and dreams.
Nine Steps To Financial Freedom: Practical & Spiritual Steps So You Can Stop Worrying
Suze Orman ($10.17)
Suze Orman has transformed the concept of personal finance for millions by teaching us how to gain control of our money — so that money does not control us. She goes beyond the nuts and bolts of managing money to explore the psychological, even spiritual power money has in our lives. The 9 Steps to Financial Freedom is the first personal finance book that gives you not only the knowledge of how to handle money, but also the will to break through all the barriers that hold you back. Combining real-life recommendations with the motivation to overcome financial anxieties, Orman offers the keys to providing for yourself and your family, including:
* seeing how your past holds the key to your financial future
* facing your fears and creating new truths
* trusting yourself more than you trust others
* being open to receiving all that you are meant to have
* understanding the lessons of the money cycle
As Orman shows, managing money is far more than a matter of balancing your checkbook or picking the right investments. It’s about redefining financial freedom — and realizing that you are worth far more than your money.
Personal Finance for Dummies
by Eric Tyson ($13.19 / 448 pages)
Too many personal finance consultants offer financial advice that ignores the big picture and instead focuses on investing. You need much more than that to plan your future. You need a broader understanding of personal finance that includes all areas of your financial life in order to become financially sound. Personal Finance for Dummies, 5th Edition is full of detailed, action-oriented financial advice that will show you how to lower expenses and tame debts as well as invest wisely to achieve your financial goals! Now in its 5th edition, this up-to-date guide covers all the latest trends to ensure your financial stability. Just some of the updates and revisions include:
• Reviews of the new and revised tax laws and how to take advantage of them
• The latest scoop on Medicare and Social Security and what it means for you
• Updated investment advice on mutual funds and other managed investments
• Enhanced smart spending tips
• Coverage of new bankruptcy laws and how to eliminate consumer debt
• Smart ways to use credit and improve credit scores
• Expanded coverage on educational savings options
This hands-on, straightforward guide features ways to survive life changes such as starting your first job, getting married, having children, and retiring, as well as helpful tactics for preventing identity theft and fraud. With Personal Finance for Dummies, 5th Edition, you’ll
Rich Dad, Poor Dad
What the Rich Teach Their Kids About Money–That the Poor and Middle Class Do Not!
by Robert Kiyosaki. ($11.53 / 207 p)
Personal-finance author and lecturer Robert Kiyosaki developed his unique economic perspective through exposure to a pair of disparate influences: his own highly educated but fiscally unstable father, and the multimillionaire eighth-grade dropout father of his closest friend. Rich Dad, Poor Dad lays out his the philosophy behind his relationship with money. His book compellingly advocates for the type of “financial literacy” that’s never taught in schools.
Secrets of the Millionaire Mind
Mastering The Inner Game Of Wealth
T Harv Ecker ($15.01 / 224 p)
Eker’s claim to fame is that he took a $2,000 credit card loan, opened “one of the first fitness stores in North America,” turned it into a chain of 10 within two and a half years and sold it in 1987 for a cool (but somewhat modest-seeming) $1.6 million. Now the Vancouver-based entrepreneur traverses the continent with his “Millionaire Mind Intensive Seminar,” on which this debut motivational business manual is based. What sets it apart is Eker’s focus on the way people think and feel about money and his canny, class-based analyses of broad differences among groups. In rat-a-tat, “Let me explain” seminar-speak, Eker asks readers to think back to their childhoods and pick apart the lessons they passively absorbed from parents and others about money. With such psychological nuggets as “Rich people focus on opportunities/ Poor people focus on obstacles,” Eker puts a positive spin on stereotypes, arguing that poverty begins, or rather, is allowed to continue, in one’s imagination first, with actual material life becoming a self-fulfilling prophecy. To that end, Eker counsels for admiration and against resentment, for positivity, self-promotion and thinking big and against wallowing, self-abnegation and small-mindedness. While much of the advice is self-evident, Eker’s contribution is permission to think of one’s financial foibles as a kind of mental illness—one, he says, that has a ready set of cures.
Seven Stages Of Money Maturity: Understanding The Spirit & Value Of Money In Your Life
by George Kinder ($10.46)
Where do our attitudes about money come from–and how do they influence our lives? How can we approach financial issues with honesty and without fear? In this groundbreaking book, George Kinder, a Harvard-trained certified financial planner, demonstrates how we can literally transform our lives emotionally and financially by achieving “money maturity”–a full understanding of the spiritual and psychological issues surrounding our money lives. Kinder has created a revolutionary program that guides us through the Seven Stages of a revolutionary journey–one designed to help us uncover the roots of our attitudes about money, and attain true peace, freedom, and security in our financial lives. Learn how to:
* Understand feelings that impact taking financial action
* Develop understanding and knowledge about money
* Eliminate stress and anxiety around money
* Let go of old patterns and painful habits
* Approach money tasks with energy and optimism
* Design a money life that is fulfilling both financially and spiritually
The 40 Day Prosperity Plan
John Randolph Price ($8.21)
The 40-day Prosperity Plan has completely changed my life. I am now on my 4th round and I am constantly experiencing miraculous abundant changes and events in my life. When I started this program in February of 2004, I was skeptical. However, I persevered, and just before the first round 40-day period ended, I got a new job that is extremely creative and pays well. During the second round, I contracted to build a house, which, before I began this program, I’m sure would never have been possible. It was as if the pieces of the puzzle all fell into place….as if the universe was orchestrating everything to perfectly arrange for this to occur. During my third round, I got a refund for a used car that was a lemon– one that I purchased from a dishonest car dealer 8 months ago. This was truly miraculous because, at first, the owner of the dealership lied and told me he would refund my money, only to deny that he had said that. I meditated on the Source within for several days and eventually I was effortlessly led to people who advocated on my behalf. Finally he relented, refunded me all of the money I put down on the car and all of the payments I had made over the past 8 months. Then I turned around and purchased a new car for less money down and a lower monthly payment. So, once again, the universe orchestrated all of the “details” effortlessly. The most important lesson that I have learned doing this plan, is perhaps that not only can I acquire material things, but that by constantly acknowledging the Power within to solve my problems, I can have true peace of mind. I highly recommend this plan for anyone who is disciplined and committed to changing his or her life and realizing a powerful relationship with God. It REALLY works. — A readers review
The Abundance Book
by John Randolph Price ($6.30)
John Randolph Price writes about his own personal experiences to demonstrate that consciousness is the key to life, and that truly, nothing is impossible, including the manifestation of unlimited wealth and financial independence. This book is short, direct and to the point.
The Architecture Of All Abundance: Seven Foundations to Prosperity
Lenedra J. Carroll ($10.17)
Lenedra Carroll, offers a memoir that speaks to her spiritual theories on creating abundance. The Architecture of All Abundance, her “rag to riches” life story, starts out when the author is a young girl growing up poor in a small Alaskan village and winds up with Carroll becoming a successful CEO of a global entertainment enterprise. More than a memoir, this is more accurately an inspirational book on how you too can build a fulfilling life that includes plenty of spirit and prosperity. Carroll emphasizes the timeless truths of spiritual abundance–ones that readers have probably heard before: listen to your soul’s voice, ask the right questions, make time for stillness, own the fear instead of avoiding it, remember that generosity generates prosperity. Yet, like any effective teacher, Carroll has the ability to package these nuggets of wisdom with just the right anecdote or just the right phrasing so that it finally sinks in. It’s not uncommon to find provocative passages such as, “We can all realize that while the fear is real, it is also true that what we fear is like a mirage rising off the heat of a projected or past pain.” Although her structure of alternating poetry, personal stories, and spiritual advice makes the book slightly disjointed, Carroll’s eloquence as a narrator ties it together.
The Attractor Factor: 5 Easy Steps for Creating Wealth (or Anything Else) from the Inside Out
By Joe Vitale (11.53 / 240 p)
For the first time ever, one of the rarely discussed formulas for building wealth and achieving success in all areas is revealed in The Attractor Factor. Popular marketing and spirituality guru Joe Vitale argues that those who try hard and fail need to remake their inner beings in order to easily attract success, wealth, and happiness. Many people do the right things but get the wrong results; it’s not so much what they do, as what they are inside. The problem for most people is self-sabotage. In five easy steps, Vitale shows anyone how to become happier and more successful by doing a few simple things differently every day. The Attractor Factor offers inspiring, effective answers for anyone who wants to feel better, be happier, get wealthier, and get ahead in life.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Being a Successful Entrepreneur
by John Sortino ($18.95)
Demonstrates how to begin your own business starting from fundamental decisions to details; drafting a winning plan, looking for financing, and creating a quality product with low overhead. What really sets this book apart from other popular books on entrepreneurism is that Sortino gives a very balanced presentation of its ups and downs. He doesn’t pretend that it’s all golden. Sortino explains what it takes to be an entrepreneur and what you have to do to set your business in motion. He gets into the psychological aspects of being an entrepreneur and explains that you have to want it for more than just money. This book is a great read for a novice and I recommend it to anyone interested in entrepreneurship. – A readers review
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Making Millions on the Internet
by Rod Underhill ($18.95)
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Making Millions on the Internet shows what Internet business and e-commerce are and shows how dozens of on-line businesses achieved their success. Learn how to come up with an e-business idea, or how to join in on someone else’s new e-business. Explore the steps involved in turning an on-line business into an on-line success, and what success actually means in a field where companies are often valued by their popularity rather than their profits. Authors Rod Underhill and Nat Gertler explain how to turn success into big piles of cash through selling out, issuing stock, or exercising stock options. They offer pointers and tips for turning an existing standard business into a thriving on-line one. .
The Complete Idiot’s Guide To Personal Finance In your 20’s & 30′
by Sarah Young Fiosher ($12.89 / 400 pages)
The Complete Idiot’s Guide‚ to Personal Finance in Your 20s and 30s, Third Edition, clearly explains everything members of this age group need to know to get a handle on their pocketbook and their portfolio, from planning their personal finances to enhancing their current financial plan to getting better returns on their investments. This revised and updated third edition includes completely new material on:
• Internet banking
• Debit and prepaid credit cards
• Online car shopping
• The latest in effective job hunting
• Online college degrees and what they can get you
• Investment strategies for the next decade
• Home-based employment opportunities
• New financial impact of marriage and children
• Home ownership options from building your own to townhouses and condos
• Online mortgage brokers
• All-new websites and resources
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Starting Your Own Business
by Edward Paulson ($16.47)
This is the perfect get-started guide to opening a business. In a lighthearted, friendly format, this book helps you act on your dreams of starting a business, and provides expert advice on business plans, financing, legal concerns, and marketing issues. It explains all you need to know and do to be your own boss. It is an extensive handbook of small-business basics for those who already have the desire and drive mandatory for launching an individual commercial enterprise–but it does not include all of the specific day-to-day skills that significantly increase its chances for survival. The book begins with plainspoken advice on matters such as choosing a business, setting goals, and initiating the plan that makes it all happen. This is followed by material on sales and marketing and developing business structures, which is bolstered at appropriate intervals with useful definitions, additional resources, and warnings about potential pitfalls. The next two sections on finances and growth, however, may ultimately prove most valuable. The best information here includes sections about evaluating competition and defending against potential incursions; why business bankers reject loan applications and how to make them your allies; and why production plans are critical. This book also looks at the “secrets of success,” suggesting ways to cope with the ups and downs that any entrepreneur will inevitably encounter.
The Dynamic Laws of Prosperity
by Catherine Ponder ($14.79 / 430 p)
Imagine sitting in the lap of your favorite grandparent and learning the secrets to a magnificent, abundant life. Catherine Ponder writes in such a loving gentle way. The secrets she reveals are not secrets at all but universal truths for health, love, success and peace. As she explores these dynamic laws of prosperity she shares actual success stories to help those of us who are uncertain. There is no flowery prose here. Just plenty of practical advice for using Divine power to overcome difficulties and achieve happiness. Everyone can benefit from this book.
The Energy Of Money, A spiritual guide to financial and personal fulfillment
Maria Nemeth ($10.47)
The Energy of Money: A Spiritual Guide to Financial and Personal Fulfillment, outlines a distinctly unique approach to one of the most dominant yet forbidden topics in modern society: money, and how we deal with it. A clinical psychologist who once lost $35,000 in a fraudulent investment scheme, Nemeth learned from that ordeal how most of us develop relationships with money and the ways in which we subsequently can bring these in line with our actual dreams and realities. She initially used this knowledge to start a workshop called You and Money, which eventually attracted more than 4,500 participants and led to the development of concepts now delineated in this book. Nemeth sets out “12 principles for personal fulfillment” designed to help readers “uncover the hidden landscape of beliefs, behavior patterns, and habits that underlie and sometimes subvert how you use money and other forms of energy.” The result is a refreshing, useful, and surprisingly accessible mixture of universal financial advice and the much rarer–but no less important–ethereal side of fiscal self-management. This powerhouse guide to prosperity presents twelve principles that will help you to:
* Uncover the hidden landscape of beliefs, patterns, and habits that underlie and sometimes subvert your everyday use of money and personal resources
* Tame the dragons of driven behavior and busyholism
* Defuse fears of deprivation and scarcity
* Embrace and work through paradox and confusion
* Consciously focus your money energy
* Clear yourself to receive the energy and support of others and the universe
* Develop and stay on your personal path to abundance
Through easy-to-follow exercises and meditations, effective worksheets, and other interactive processes, Dr. Nemeth will guide you to financial success and help you manifest your special contribution to the world.
The Soul Of Money: Transforming Your Relationship With Money & Life
Lynne Twist ($17.31)
A wise and inspiring exploration of the connection between money and leading a fulfilling life. This compelling and fundamentally liberating book shows us that examining our attitudes toward money — earning it, spending it, and giving it away — can offer surprising insight into our lives, our values, and the essence of prosperity. Lynne Twist is a global activist and fund-raiser who has raised more than $150 million in individual contributions for charitable causes. Through personal stories and practical advice, she demonstrates how we can replace feelings of scarcity, guilt, and burden with experiences of sufficiency, freedom, and purpose. She shares from her own life, a journey illuminated by remarkable encounters with the richest and poorest people on earth, from the famous (Mother Teresa and the Dalai Lama) to the anonymous but unforgettable heroes of everyday life.
Your Money Or Your Life
by Joe Domingues & Vicki Robin (($10.50)
More than three-quarters of a million people everywhere, from all walks of life, have found the keys to gaining control of their money–and their lives–in this comprehensive and revolutionary book on money management. This simple, nine-step program shows you how to:
* get out of debt and develop savings
* slow down the work-and-spend treadmill
* make values-based decisions about your spending
* save the planet while saving money
Wealth Without A Job
The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Freedom and Security Beyond the 9 to 5 Lifestyle
by Phil Laut ($16.47)
“People who earn lots of money from work they do not enjoy experience dissatisfaction because the money is never enough. Yet people who enjoy their work but earn so little that they are continually beset by financial problems sooner or later find that the problems overwhelm the enjoyment. Unless you are blessed with a trust fund to pay your bills, it’s essential to devise a way for the work you love to provide an abundant income. This book provides you with that preparation.”
This book tells you what to do to construct a self-directed and financially successful career path, including how to:
* Determine your true purpose so that you choose a business that expresses your own values and calls forth your dormant passion
* Understand the fundamental changes in today’s economic structure that virtually require self-actualizers to work for themselves
* Discover and adopt the characteristics that separate the wealthy from the others
* Earn the income you want from the work you love.
PLANETARY CITIZENSHIP & CULTURE
(Tomorrows leaders will be planetary citizens and must be able to function in a muli-cultural global village. The purpose of this curriculum is promode multicultural understanding & communication)
101 American Customs: Understanding Language & Culture Through Common Practices
by Harry Collins ($7.95)
What is sold at garage sales? Why does no one get wet at a bridal shower? For non-native speakers, here’s a humorous approach to understanding common American customs and the expressions related to them. Customs are explained, one to a page, with conversational examples and whimsical cartoons. Topics range from age-old traditions, such as shaking hands and bachelor parties, to more modern American practices–coupon clipping, TV dinners, and tailgate parties.
A Travel Guide To European Customs & Manners
by Elizabeth Devine
This book is well organized, by country, and provides a lot of useful (if somewhat outdated) information. A very fascinating look at Europeans and their customs and manners.
A Travel Guide To African Customs & Manners
by Elizabeth Devine
Most guidebooks focus on what to see in foreign countries. This one provides advice on how to behave while there. Included are forms of greetings, acceptable topics for conversation, mealtimes and likely dishes, table manners, gift giving, and business customs.
A Travel Guide To Asian Customs & Manners
by Elizabeth Devine
The clash of new and old has created a constantly shifting terrain of customs and cultures in Asia, making it difficult to determine what to expect or what is expected of you. For instance:
* The hitchhiker’s gesture of raising one thumb means “Get lost” in Australia, and the V sign with the V sign with the palm held toward you is obscene.
* Even if you’re not in India for business, bring business cards. People often exchange them even at social functions, since it helps the Indians pronounce Western names, and vice versa.
* There is almost no concept of privacy in China. Someone may grab a book or letter from you to get a better look at it. Floor attendants in hotels often come into rooms without knocking.
* At a formal even in Nepal, people may adorn the guest of honor with a garland of flowers called a mala.
* Be careful about complimenting people on a lovely piece of jewelry or an attractive object in the home in Pakistan. The host will feel obliged to give it to you.
* In the Philippines, don’t’ be surprised if people give you food to take home after a dinner party.
* In Vietnam, slurp as much as possible when eating noodles or soup, as it is polite to do so.
A Travel Guide To Latin American Customs & Manners
by Elizabeth Devine
In Latin America, travelers may encounter such diverse settings as laid-back coastal resorts and traditional mountain villages, while elsewhere, the cultural expectations of these countries can be worlds away. For instance: -In Mexico, crooking the index finger to say “come here” and the American “okay” sign are considered obscene. -Photographing military installations in Mexico, Cuba, or Paraguay could land you in jail—or at least lead to your forfeiting your film to the police. -If you wear the clothing of the indigenous people in Peru, they will think you’re making fun of them. -State-run “official” restaurants aren’t your best bet in Cuba—seek out paladares, small restaurants set up in private homes. -You shouldn’t be surprised if you don’t get silverware in the Belize countryside. Tortillas are often used in place of spoons. -Bikinis are not acceptable on Ecuadorean beaches. -Giving a Chilean yellow roses signifies scorn or contempt. Fully updated and expanded, The Travelers’ Guide to Latin American Customs and Manners includes advice and information on daily life in Argentina, Belize, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Ecuador, Guatemala, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, and Venezuela.
A Travel Guide To Middle Eastern & North African Customs & Manners
by Elizabeth Devine
This engaging cultural guide book is aptly subtitled “How to converse, dine, tip, drive, bargain, dress, make friends, and conduct business while in the Middle East and North Africa.” Each chapter treats an individual country. Insightful tips on behavior distinguish the work: how to mount a camel; what to take the host when invited home; the often complex etiquette of a business meeting. Particularly valuable are the cautions and considerations for women and business travelers. There is a key to Arabic and Hebrew phrases.
Cross Cultural Dialogues: 74 Brief Encounters with Cultural Differences
by Craig Storti (($4.25)
This book is a fun and fascinating read. Craig Storti is truly in tune with the subtleties, pitfalls and opportunities of cross-cultural dialogue. The book does not have an academic or burdensome tone; rather, it is simple to read and understand. I found it quite enjoyable, attempting to figure out (like a riddle), from each small example of a cross-cultural interaction, WHAT the “snags” or miscommunications of each scenario were. I also liked that Mr. Storti divided the book into different settings: social, workplace and business. As a student of conflict analysis and resolution, I have found (and will continue to find) this book extremely useful in my present and future work and interactions; however, anyone, from any walk of life, study, or profession should really read this book, as it would be very useful in our increasingly multi-cultural society, and our world, which is getting smaller and smaller all the time. – A Readers Review
Cultural Intelligence: A Guide To Working With People From Other Cultures
by Brooks Peterson ($14.93)
Cultural issues are not a new topic, but this book is so well written that it quickly becomes an interesting read and valuable learning tool for almost all of us, because of the world we live in, now and in the future. The author begins by explaining the importance of cultural intelligence for many of our business and personal interactions (with people from other ethnic groups at home and around the world), then listing what to expect, and finally presenting a wealth of information about the topic (with vivid examples of how to apply it to our daily lives). Those examples are a clear indication that the author has accumulated his knowledge through wide reading, a variety of teaching contexts, and comprehensive practical experience in the field. The book identifies common cross-cultural dilemmas and offers practical solutions by outlining primary principles as a foundation for decision-making and describing how individual differences must be considered.
Do’s & Taboos Around The World
by Roger Axtell ($11.53)
Information on protocol, customs, and etiquette; hand gestures and body language; tipping; American jargon; and the international communications crisis. Up-to-date advice on dealing with the monumental changes in Russia, Germany, Eastern Europe, the People’s Republic of China, and other locales. A new chapter on business gift-giving and gift-receiving customs, with country-by-country gift suggestions and precautions. A special quick reference guide to customs and mores in 96 countries, including revisions and updates from foreign embassies and consulates
Figuring Foreigners Out: A Practical Guide
by Craig Storti ($15.72)
The book focus heavily on the most tangibles cultural patterns, such as the communication issues, using a non- cultural or social expert vocabulary. In consequence some readers will feel perhaps a tendency to over simplify the more complex social reality. But surely this approach was assumed by Storti who aimed to create a expatriation preparation toll to be use mostly by managers. Having in mind this goal this book is quite a good concretization. Its also a good starter in the challenging cross culture file. – A Readers Review
Gestures: The Do’s & Taboos of Body Language Around The World
by Roger Axtell ($11.53)
Exploring the ins and outs of body language from head to toe, this newly revised and expanded edition of Roger Axtell’s indispensable guide takes you all around the world of gestures-what they mean, how to use them, and when to avoid them. This latest edition includes:
* Updates about the 200 most popular gestures and signals and dozens of new examples
* New sections covering special gestures, from American Sign Language and tai chi to flirting and kissing
* Information to guide you through gestures country by country
* Amusing anecdotes and helpful hypothetical scenarios
Islam For Dummies
by Malcom Clark ($14.95)
Many non-Muslims have no idea that Muslims worship the same God as Christians and Jews, and that Islam preaches compassion, charity, humility, and the brotherhood of man. And the similarities don’t end there. According to Islamic teaching, Muhammad founded Islam in 610 CE after the angel Gabriel appeared to him at Mecca and told him that God had entered him among the ranks of such great biblical prophets as Abraham, Moses, and Christ. Whether you live or work alongside Muslims and want to relate to them better, or you simply want to gain a better understanding of the world’s second largest religion, Islam For Dummies can help you make sense of this religion and its appeal. From the Qur’an to Ramadan, this friendly guide introduces you to the origins, practices and beliefs of Islam. Professor Malcolm Clark explores the roots of Islam, how it has developed over the centuries, and it’s long and complex relationship with Christianity. He helps puts Islam in perspective as a major cultural and geopolitical force. In these troubled times, it is important that we try to understand the belief systems of others, for through understanding comes peace. Islam For Dummies helps you build bridges of understanding between you and your neighbors in the global village.
Kiss, Bow, or Shake Hands: How to Do Business in Sixty Countries
by Terri Morrison ($13.57)
This is a to-the-point and easily understood book by those who as yet have no stamps on their passports. The introduction discusses cognitive styles, value systems, and negotiation strategies in different cultures, explaining how delicate they make the process of intercultural relations. Sixty countries are examined in terms of background, cultural orientation, business practices (e.g., negotiating, entertaining), and protocol (e.g., gestures, dress). Recommended for all business and international studies collections..
Multicultural Manners: New Rules of Etiquette For A Changing Society
by Norine Dresser ($11.53)
“English Only” and anti-immigration folks won’t like it, but readers who hope with Rodney King that we can “all just get along” will want to learn what Dresser–the Los Angeles Times’ “Multicultural Manners” columnist–has to teach. We don’t all speak the same language or have the same cultural assumptions; even caring, thoughtful people offend others unintentionally. Dresser’s longest section–on communication–addresses a broad range of issues: body language, child-rearing practices, classroom behavior, clothing, colors, gifts, luck and supernatural forces, foodways, male-female relations, prejudice, time, and verbal expressions. Shorter chapters discuss holidays and worship and health issues in terms of specific ethnic groups and religious denominations. A longtime college ESL teacher, Dresser views her subject as a folklorist or anthropologist, seeking to inform rather than to make judgments; her style is lively and anecdotal. Given Los Angeles’ demographics, Dresser focuses on more recent immigrants, particularly those from Asia and Latin America, rather than on groups that have been in the U.S. for generations. Her advice will help businesspeople, teachers, neighbors–anyone who recognizes the value of knowing about and respecting others’ cultures.
Speak American: A Survival Guide To The Language & Culture Of The USA
by Delero Borunda Johnston ($7.95)
From Tinseltown’s glitter to the charm of the South, decode the jargon and discover the culture of the USA. Compare Big Apple speed-speech with the laidback Texan drawl. Identify the multitude of regional and social dialects and influences on the language along the way.
* learn to order a splash of red noise in a diner or request your coffee unleaded
* understand dialects from SoFlo to Yooper, and hear the echoes of Shakespeare
* expand your musical horizons with a comprehensive guide – from rock’n’roll to techno
* immerse yourself in the language melting pot – from US Spanish & Asian languages to African-American English & Yiddish
* includes Native American languages & Hawaiian
The Arab Mind
by Raphael Patai ($11.53)
The classic study of Arab culture and society is now more relevant than ever. Since its original publication in 1983, the revised edition of Raphael Patai’s The Arab Mind has been recognized as one of the seminal works in the field of Middle Eastern studies. This penetrating analysis unlocks the mysteries of Arab society to help us better understand a complex, proud and ancient culture. The Arab Mind discusses the upbringing of a typical Arab boy or girl, the intense concern with honor and courage, the Arabs’ tendency toward extremes of behavior, and their ambivalent attitudes toward the West. Chapters are devoted to the influence of Islam, sexual mores, Arab language and Arab art, Bedouin values, Arab nationalism, and the pervasive influence of Westernization. This book unravels the complexities of Arab traditions and provides authentic revelations of Arab mind and character.
The Art of Crossing Cultures
by Craig Storti ($12.21)
Text offering business professionals tools to bridge cultures and countries, with examples of cross-cultural misunderstandings. Offers a model of cultural adjustment and tips on how to master the process and develop adaptive strategies for cross-cultural business activities.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to African American History
by Melba Duncan ($12.89)
Although the first black slaves arrived in Jamestown, Virginia in 1619, our knowledge of African American history is often limited to “lessons” in films. The Complete Idiot’s Guide to African American History reveals a full portrait of black life, including familiar figures such as Harriet Tubman, W.E.B. DuBois, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Geography
by Josephy Gonzales ($12.89)
It really is a small world, after all. In this new edition, readers will find the basis for recent environmental and political events that have shaped geography; the latest statistics related to country size, population, and geopolitical makeup; larger, all-new detailed maps; and new content on the environment and energy in the 21st Century. Unfolding of geopolitical events around the world has consumers looking for authoritative, up-to-date geographical sources.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Latino History & Culture
by D. H. Figueredo ($12.89)
I’ve read several books recently on latino/hispanic history and culture while studying Spanish and this one is by far the best. It’s way, WAY better than the more legit/serious sounding Everything You Need to Know About Latino History. – A Reeaders Review
The Do’s and Taboos of Hosting International Visitors
by Roger E. Axtell ($13.27)
With the race for globalization in the international business community progressing at a heated pace, America hosts some 41 million international visitors who spend over $50 billion dollars here each year. Long-term success in international business means forming a solid, lasting business relationship. But developing that rapport with clients and colleagues from abroad isn’t as simple as sealing a big deal. In Do’s and Taboos of Hosting International Visitors, bestselling author Roger E. Axtell shows you the ins and outs of hosting international business visitors. From general business protocol to the tiny details that make the difference between a good and a great host, Do’s and Taboos of Hosting International Visitors shows you why hosting is an increasingly important business skill. The book gives you solid business information designed to make you a world-wise executive and business negotiator.
b
For All Students Students will find The Hispanic Way an indispensable reference as it familiarizes them with the common as well as the divergent cultural traits of the Hispanic world. Includes 73 major points, covering everything from acronyms and abbreviations to bullfighting, dating, holidays, and work. Increases students’ cultural awareness and ability to understand Spanish-speakers everywhere.
The Middle East For Dummies
by Craig S. Davis ($13.59)
Demystifies the area’s culture, politics, and religions . Explore Middle Eastern history from ancient to modern times . Looking to better understand the Middle East? This plain-English guide explains the importance of the region, especially in light of recent events. You’ll meet its people and their leaders, discover the differences and similarities between Arab and Western mindsets, and examine the wars and conflicts – including the Israeli-Palestinian turmoil – that led up to the current political situation. Craig S. Davis received a dual PhD in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures and Religious Studies from Indiana University. His teaching competencies include Islamic Studies and Middle Eastern Studies.
Understanding Arabs: A Guide For Westerners
by Margaret Nydell ($13.57)
Understanding Arabs provides an objective examination of Arab values, beliefs, and perceptions and compares and contrasts them with those of Westerners. Margaret Nydell highlights the dynamic patterns of change that have influenced the Arab World in recent times and offers illuminating insights into the minds and hearts of Arabs, while avoiding the political quicksands that lay in the path of Arab-Western relationships. Understanding Arabs constitutes a kind of cross-cultural handbook. Succinct and written in simple, straightforward prose, it sheds light on those aspects of culture and thought which most critically affect cross-cultural interaction and suggest ways Westerners can be more effective in dealing with the Arabs they encounter. Understanding Arabs is a rich resource for those who wish to better comprehend what they read and hear in the media and an invaluable guide for people who interact directly with Arabs and wish to do so with greater skill and understanding. Understanding Arabs is a perfect introduction into contemporary Arab-Western relations for both students of American middle-east policies, and the non-specialist general reader with an interest in the understanding the background to today’s national headlines and issues. –
What Every American Should Know About The Rest Of World
by Melissa Rossi ($10.20)
* What is the difference between Kurdistan and Kazakhstan?
* Why did North Korea’s leader kidnap his favorite actress?
* Why is Osama bin Laden so mad?
* Which countries still have slaves?
* Why is Kashmir “the most dangerous place in the world?”
* What country has the most Muslims?
* Why are they fighting in Chechnya?
* What little box prompted Hutus to kill Tutsis?
* Who is Prince Turki and how did his hunting trip change history?
* How are cows fueling the fighting between India’s Muslims and Hindus?
* Which country drew maps that have resulted in the most intractable wars?
* What is controversial UN Resolution 242?
* What makes Qatar stand out?
* What country does Sumatran coffee come from?*
* What country’s fakes forced the US to redesign the $100 bill?
* Who is the FARC and why have they been fighting for decades?
Confused about the news? Slip out of the room when friends talk current events? Now you can keep up with ease. An entertaining guide to political science, current events, foreign affairs, and history, What Every American Should Know about the Rest of the World gives you the vocabulary and background you need to decipher the modern world in a simple-to-understand format. About the Author: Melissa Rossi is an award-winning veteran journalist who has penned articles for Newsweek, Newsday, Esquire, George, MSNBC, The New York Observer, and, until recently, wrote a regular column for National Geographic Traveler. She has written extensively about Europe, Asia, and the Middle East, and has lived abroad for many years.
What Everyone Needs To Know About Islam
by John Esposito ( $14.93)
Georgetown professor Esposito has written an excellent primer on all aspects of Islam. The question-and-answer format allows readers to skip ahead to areas that interest them, including hot-button issues such as “Why are Muslims so violent?” or “Why do Muslim women wear veils and long garments?” In his answers, which are anywhere from a paragraph to several pages long, Esposito elegantly educates the reader through what the Qur’an says, how Muslims are influenced by their local cultures, and how the unique politics of Islamic countries affects Muslims’ views. All three elements contribute to a fuller understanding of Islam. For instance, in answering the question on veiling, Esposito accurately clarifies that though the Qur’an instructs believers to be modest, it does not require head coverings. He continues by describing how the custom of veiling gained popularity in and after Muhammad’s time as a status symbol. He ends by pointing out how some women who veil today feel they are making a social protest against judgment based on appearance as much as they are fulfilling the modesty requirement. Occasionally Esposito excludes some key information. He says that jihad is sometimes called the “Sixth Pillar” of Islam without pointing out that Western critics propagate the centrality of jihad, not Muslims. In his discussion of Qur’an 4:34, which appears to permit domestic violence in a disciplinary capacity, he omits new translations by feminist scholars that change the meaning and mitigate the controversy. However, overall, this book honestly and clearly answers the questions most non-Muslims have about Islam.
PLANETARY TRANSFORMATION
Beyond Civilization: Humanity’s Next Great Adventure
by Daniel Quinn ($9.71)
Futurist Daniel Quinn dares to imagine a new approach to saving the world that involves deconstructing civilization. Quinn asks the radical yet fundamental questions about humanity such as, Why does civilization grow food, lock it up, and then make people earn money to buy it back? Why not progress “beyond civilization” and abandon the hierarchical lifestyles that cause many of our social problems? He challenges the “old mind” thinking that believes problems should be fixed with social programs. “Old minds think: How do we stop these bad things from happening?” Quinn writes. “New minds think: How do we make things the way we want them to be?” Whether he is discussing Amish farming, homelessness, “tribal business,” or holy work, Quinn’s manifesto is highly digestible. Instead of writing dense, weighty chapters filled with self-important prose, he’s assembled a series of brief one-page essays. His language is down to earth, his metaphors easy to grasp. As a result, readers can read about and ponder Beyond Civilization at a blissfully civilized pace.
Creating a World That Works for All
by Sharif M. Abdullah ($10.20)
The world is grossly unfair. The privileged few prosper. The masses suffer. And everyone feels spiritually empty. Most people would blame capitalism, racism, or some other “ism.” But according to Sharif Abdullah, the problem is not ideology. It’s exclusivity — the desire to stay separate from other people. In Creating a World That Works for All, Abdullah looks at the chaos in which we live and presents a way out. To restore balance to the earth and build community, he says, people must stop blaming others, embrace inclusivity, and become “menders.” He outlines three simple tests — for “enoughness,” exchangeability, and common benefit — to guide people as they transform themselves and the world.
Conscious Evolution: Awakening The Power Of Our Social Potential
by Barbara Marx Hubbard ($10.17)
Historically speaking, new worldviews have been responsible for causing major social transformations, says futurist Barbara Marx Hubbard. It occurred in the Renaissance when the idea of progress through knowledge was born. It happened in the United States when the principles of democracy and freedom became institutions. “Now once again a new world view is arising,” writes Hubbard. “This idea is the culmination of all human history. It holds the promise of fulfilling the great aspirations of the past and heralds the advent of the next phase of our evolution. It is the idea of conscious evolution.” Human beings have now gained the ability to shape their own evolution, explains Hubbard, and therefore the next world task is to become conscious of this power and guide the earth and all its inhabitants into survival and fulfillment of our potential. Born out of the new spirituality, which began as a path toward self- awareness, but has quickly spread into a “social potential movement,” Hubbard predicts that the ideology of “conscious evolution” will be seen as a pivotal turning point in human history, leading us into an era of heightened creativity, environmental accountability, and spiritual development.Her message is steeped in intelligent writing and persuasive research. But most enticing, she writes as an optimist as well as a visionary. Rather than buy into the “old story” of imminent self-destruction, Hubbard sees the potential for humanity to create a “new story” that melds all our advances–spiritual, scientific, and social–into a glorious vision for the future.
Global Brain: The Evolution of the Mass Mind from the Big Bang to the 21st Century
by Howard K. Bloom ($11.53)
While not blind to potential problems and glitches, Global Brain: The Evolution of Mass Mind From the Big Bang to the 21st Century confidently asserts that our networked culture is not only inevitable but essential for our species’ survival and eventual migration into space. Author Howard Bloom, believed by many to be R. Buckminster Fuller’s intellectual heir, takes the reader on a dizzying tour of the universe, from its original subatomic particle network to the unimaginable data-processing power of intergalactic communication. His writing is smart and snappy, moving with equal poise through depictions of frenzied bacteria passing along information packets in the form of DNA and nomadic African tribespeople putting their heads together to find water for the next year. The reader is swept up in Bloom’s vision of the power of mass minds and, before long, can’t help seeing the similarities between ecosystems, street gangs, and the Internet. His enthusiasm, the grand scale of his thinking, and his transcendence of traditional academic disciplines can be daunting, but the new outlook yielded to the persistent is simultaneously exciting and humbling. Bloom takes the old-school, sci-fi dystopian vision of group thinking and turns it around–Global Brain predicts that our future’s going to be less like the Borg and more like a great party.
Global Trends 2005: An Owners Manuel For The Next Decade
Michael Mazaar ($18.45)
As social theorist Drucker pointed out, every few hundred years a sharp transformation occurs during which society rearranges itself in a variety of aspects–its worldview, its basic values, its social and political structure, its arts, its key institutions. At the beginning of the 21st century, we are living through precisely such a transformation. The tremendous shift from an industrial to a knowledge economy and society is generating profound new challenges even as it opens up unprecedented vistas of possibility. This “age of social transformation,” to the knowledge era, Drucker wrote, “will not come to an end with the year 2000–it will not even have peaked by then.” Global Trends 2005 is a look at this transition now shaking the foundations of human society. At once a vision of the future and a handbook for understanding daily events, this book will change the way you see the world–and your place in it.
Macroshift: Nagaviting The Transformation To A Sustainable World
Ervin Laszlo ($15.72)
We live in the midst of one of the greatest technological revolutions in history, an era of deep-seated transformation — a macroshift in civilization, says preeminent scholar and futurist Ervin Laszlo. Its signs and manifestations are all around us, from the deadly HIV/AIDS epidemic sweeping Africa and the dangerous fire-trap sweatshops routinely killing workers in Bangladesh, to the environmental havoc created by genetic engineering, power plant pollution and mechanized agriculture. The application of new technologies has turned into a double-edged sword. The world is growing together in some respects, but is coming apart in others. Worldwide economic globalization, another sign of the macroshift, all too often benefits the few rather than the many. Hundreds of millions live at a higher material standard of living, but thousands of millions are pressed into abject poverty. The richest 20% earn ninety times the income of the poorest 20%, consume eleven times as much energy, and eat eleven times as much meat. There have been other macroshifts in human history, but they spanned centuries, allowing cultural values, beliefs, and change to occur gradually. Today, technology has reduced our time to adapt; the entire critical period of change is compressed into the lifetime of a generation. Today’s macroshift, explains Laszlo, harbors great promise, as well as grave danger. He outlines two possible scenarios: “The Breakdown,” where we choose to drift without a change in our current direction toward chaos, anarchy, and destruction, or “The Breakthrough,” where we collectively transform our thinking and behavior to produce creative, sustainable solutions to dangerous global problems. And he shows what each of us can do—politically, professionally, and privately—to bring about the Breakthrough and shape a humane and sustainable global future. While technology is what drives the unprecedented speed of this macroshift, it is our vision, values, and actions now that will ultimately determine the outcome. The choice is up to us—the power is in our hands.
Planetary Citizenship: Your Values, Beliefs And Actions Can Shape A Sustainable World
by Hazel Henderson ($16.25)
This book explores the rise of grassroots globalists-citizens all over the world who are taking responsibility to build a more peaceful, harmonious, and sustainable future-in this wide-ranging dialogue. It provides concrete information for the millions of concerned citizens who want to make a difference in the world. A wide variety of issues that are now gaining greater recognition at all levels of society are explored, including sustainable development, economic justice, respect for indigenous peoples and their traditional lands and resources, democratizing politics and international institutions, making corporations accountable, and conserving the Earth’s bio-diversity, water, air quality, and climate.
Reinheriting The Earth: Awakening To Sustainable Solutions & Greater Truths
by Brian O’Leary ($17.00)
Author Brian O’Leary’s rich background spans a wide spectrum of academic and applied scientific fields. He thus provides his readers with a visionary and insightful perspective of Realistic Sustainability from many different viewpoints. O’Leary’s experience as a teacher, lecturer, author, and NASA Scientist allows him to bring forth new and enlightened visions for the future of the Human Race through a set of new approaches and solutions which lie at…or beyond…the leading edges of Science and Technology. O’Leary is perhaps one of the few individuals on Earth who has had the depth of experience to speak with both knowledge and grace on the many subjects he touches on in this book. Very few scholars or visionaries on the Planet have the background to provide this type of vision, and to push the envelope of human consciousness in such a unique way. Anywho seriously concerned about the presenly ominous course of Spaceship Earth and its inhabitants, should find this book a welcome addition to their library, for Brian O’Leary is provocative, dedicated, and vitally concerned about the state of the Global Biosphere, as well as the present consumer-driven, fossil-Fuel-addicted mentality of Global Society. For those who are genuinely concerned, and open to transformative thinking, O’Leary offers us both hope and encouragement. For anyone so interested and committed, I hightly recommend this fascinating and insightful book. — A Readers Review
The Cultural Creatives: How 50 Million People Are Changing the World
by Paul H. Ray and Sherry Ruth Anderson ($10.80)
Do you “give a lot of importance to helping other people and bringing out their unique gifts?” Do you “dislike all the emphasis in modern culture on success and ‘making it,’ on getting and spending, on wealth and luxury goods?” Do you “want to be involved in creating a new and better way of life for our country?” If you answered yes to all three of these questions–and at least seven more of the remaining 15 in Paul Ray and Sherry Anderson’s questionnaire–then you are probably a Cultural Creative. Cultural Creative is a term coined by Ray and Anderson to describe people whose values embrace a curiosity and concern for the world, its ecosystem, and its peoples; an awareness of and activism for peace and social justice; and an openness to self-actualization through spirituality, psychotherapy, and holistic practices. On the basis of Ray and Anderson’s research, about 50 million Americans are Cultural Creatives, a group that includes people of all races, ages, and classes. This subculture could have enormous social and political clout, the authors argue, if only it had any consciousness of itself as a cohesive unit, a society of fellow travelers. The husband and wife team wrote the book “to hold up a mirror” to the members of this vast but diffuse group, to show them they are not alone and that they can reshape society to make it more authentic, compassionate, and engaged. It is an idealistic call for a new agenda for a new millennium.
Translucent Revolution: How People Just Like You Are Waking Up And Changing The World
by Arjuna Ardagh & Ken Wilbur ($11.53 / 503 pages)
At a time when the fate of the world seems increasingly uncertain, The Translucent Revolution provides a compelling and convincing argument that radical positive change is taking place throughout our global society, resulting in increasing numbers of people from diverse and divergent backgrounds who are awakening to a state Ardagh defines as “translucent.” In the process, they are becoming part of a potentially critical mass of people capable of triggering a worldaround awakening of deeper purpose, joy, compassion, self-fulfillment, and service to others.
Ardagh studied this “translucent revolution” for more than a decade, after years of spiritual seeking that culminated in his own awakening of his true inner state of being after famed spiritual teacher H.W. L. Poonja asked him, “Who is the one trying to be free? Who are you really?” What he subsequently discovered was that experiencing his inner awakening was far easier than living and maintaining it, but in the years since, he discovered ways of doing so, finding in the process that many others around the globe are now doing so as well.
As part of his research for The Translucent Revolution, Ardagh interviewed others from all walks of life he are awakening to similar experiences, including Ram Dass, Eckhart Tolle, Jean Houston, and Neale Donald Walsch. In all, he interviewed over 170 people, compiling 250 tapes and 3,000 pages of transcripts, the essence of which he distilled into this book. After opening with an examination of what “translucence” is and how it can be lived after the radical awakening that leads to it, Ardagh then explores how translucence can positively transform individuals in terms of their self-identity, personal actions, feelings, relationships, sexual partnering, parenting, and art. From there he examines the affects of translucence in collective society in terms of education, business, health care, religion, and global sense of community. Throughout the book, he provides readers with many experiential exercises they can do, both in the form of “Try It Yourself” exhortations and gentler “Nudges” that can be performed individually and with a partner. The end result is a doorway to a transformational journey that literally leaps off the written page.
RELATIONSHIPS
12 Hours to a Great Marriage: A Step by Step Guide for Making Love Last
Howard Markman, Scott Stanley, Natalie Jenkins & Susan Blumberg ($10.17)
For the past twenty-five years, the internationally renowned marital researchers from the Center for Marital and Family Studies at the University of Denver have been helping couples around the globe replace loneliness with connection, frustration with understanding, fear with confidence, instability with commitment, revenge with forgiveness, and monotony with passion. Their program is called PREP®, short for the Prevention and Relationship Enhancement Program, and it’s been so successful that its creators have been featured on Oprah, The Today Show, and 20/20, and its benefits have been documented in The New York Times, USA Today, Womans Day, and Redbook. Until now the only way you could experience this winning twelve-hour program was to attend a weekend workshop. But now, with 12 Hours to a Great Marriage, you can discover the simple, effective strategies that have helped thousands of couples – happily married, having issues, or planning to marry – to develop and protect their love, easily and at your own pace. Each chapter covers one of the key ingredients of the program, like Being Best Friends, Having Fun Together, and Protecting and enhancing Your Love Life, and shows you how to take the steps that research shows are the basis for a long-term, healthy, loving marriage. By practicing the simple skills, taking the thought-provoking self-tests, doing the fun and innovative exercises, and reading real-life couples’ inspiring and informative stories, you’ll find that in twelve short hours you’ll be well on your way to having that great marriage you’ve always dreamed of.
Being One: Finding Our Self In Relationship
Steven Harrison ($8.96)
A long-time student of the nature of consciousness, Steven Harrison has traveled extensively and studied a wide variety of meditation and spiritual practices. He founded All Together Now International, a charitable organization that provides aid to street children and the destitute in Nepal. This book offers us a path through the pain of problematic relationships to the love that is already ours. Harrison reminds us that we are already in relationship with everyone and everything; our problem is that we think we are separate and, in fact, are addicted to our separation. He does not suggest one more “better way to relate,” but points out that the clutter of solutions to relationship problems simply adds to the burden. We spend our lives looking for something that is right in front of us–our inherent oneness, our sense of connection and love. Giving up the attempt to construct relationship through any traditional maneuver reveals the fact of unity–and allow us to find our Self in relationship. Harrison sheds light on the meaning of our quest for love and relationship in all aspects of human life: marriage, family, work, and more.
Communication Miracles For Couples
Doyle Barnett ($8.96)
A lot of books about couples’ communication give techniques that are too complicated, especially in the heat of the moment. Not so with the simple, powerfully effective methods in this little book. In just a few minutes, you’ll learn how to help you and your partner feel totally loved, no matter how hurt or angry you are; never argue again; get your partner to really hear you and change; negotiate your way past any problem and repair broken trust; and find the best way to create lasting harmony and keep love alive. Whether you are a couple looking to enhance a good relationship or are deeply mired in problems, these techniques can produce miracles!
Conscious Loving: The Journey Of Co-Commitment
Gay Hendricks & Kathlyn Hendricks ($10.88)
Here is a powerful new program that can clear away the unconscious agreements patterns that undermine even your best intentions. Through their own marriage and through twenty years’ experience counseling more than one thousand couples, therapists Gay and Kathlyn Hendricks have developed precise strategies to help you create a vital partnership and enhance the energy, creativity, and happiness of each individual. You will learn how to: Let go of power struggles and need for control; Balance needs for closeness and separateness; Increase intimacy by telling the “microscopic truth”; Communicate in a positive way that stops arguments; Make agreements you can keep; Allow more pleasure into your life. Addressed to individuals as well as to couples, Conscious Loving will heal old hurts and deepen your capacity for enjoyment, security, and enduing love.
FALLING IN LOVE : Why We Choose the Lovers We Choose
Ayala Malach Pines ($17.95)
Written by a renowned psychologist, this fascinating, engaging mix of research and clinical anecdotes discusses how we both consciously and unconsciously select those with whom we have intimate relationships and how we can, through successful relationships, help ourselves to grow as individuals. Each chapter concludes with suggestions for those seeking love. It addresses every conceivable aspect of the psychology of mate selection in late 20th-century America, giving equal emphasis to social and clinical approaches to understanding romance. The book’s first half is devoted to an ambitious and inclusive survey of the experimental literature on the general factors that influence attraction – for example, similarity, geographical proximity, physical beauty and social status. The second half underscores the relevance of early childhood experiences with and between one’s parents in understanding one’s attraction to specific persons. Recent clinical theories suggest that we are attracted to persons who are in some critical way similar to our parents and who have the potential to directly stimulate, and thus heal, old childhood wounds. Pines also offers advice to those seeking love.
Getting It Right the First Time: Creating a Healthy Marriage
Barry and Emily McCarthy ($10.17)
Barry McCarthy, Ph.D., is a certified sex therapist and Professor of Psychology at American University. He has published extensively on couples and sexuality and given more than a hundred workshops around the world. Emily McCarthy, having worked for years as a speech therapist, now collaborates with her husband on books that address issues faced by married couples. Getting It Right the First Time provides the information every couple needs to know to understand what really makes a marriage work. Husband and wife team, Barry and Emily McCarthy share clear, helpful guidelines for creating a healthy marriage and reveal the strategies, skills, and attitudes that can help prevent disappointment, resentment, and alienation from entering the relationship.
How Can I Get Through To You?: Closing the Intimacy Gap Between Men and Women
Terrence Real ($10.50)
“What happened to the passion we started with? Why aren’t we as close as we used to be?” Bestselling author and nationally renowned therapist Terrence Real unearths the causes of communication blocks between men and women in this groundbreaking work. Relationships are in trouble; the demand for intimacy today must be met with new skills, and Real — drawing on his pioneering work on male depression — gives both men and women those skills, empowering women and connecting men, radically reversing the attitudes and emotional stumbling blocks of the patriarchal culture in which we were raised “Conventional therapy has failed most couples,” Real writes, and with over 20 years of marriage and family counseling experience, he’s qualified to judge. Though traditional marital counseling has been prevalent for 30 years, divorce rates remain the same, and studies show that counseling has no lasting effect on either marital satisfaction or endurance. The author of I Don’t Want to Talk About It, the national bestseller on male depression, Real is attuned to the characteristics of contemporary marriages and demonstrates insight into both male and female perspectives. The fundamental problem, he argues, is American culture’s deeply entrenched “psychological patriarchy,” which devalues all things feminine (including healthy relationships) and wounds males at an early age by disconnecting them from themselves and others. Men can’t relate, and women can’t teach them how. Counseling, too, fails them both in a “collusion of silence” as to what’s really wrong. Real’s alternative is “relational recovery.” Identifying a healthy marriage as one following the repeated pattern of “harmony, disharmony, and restoration,” Real teaches five skills for accomplishing the crucial, ongoing task of repair: holding the relationship in high regard, preserving intimacy and relational (i.e., authentically connected) speaking, listening and negotiating. With numerous scenes from his therapy sessions including quarrels most married couples will recognize, Real deftly shows readers how to transcend “our culture’s anti-relational bias” and move “out of patriarchy into healthy relatedness.”
How to Expand Love: Widening the Circle of Loving Relationships
by His Holiness the Dalai Lama and Jeffrey Ph.D. Hopkins ($15.00 / 224 p)
Continuing the literary work he began with The Art of Happiness, in this book, Tibet’s revered spiritual teacher the Dalai Lama discusses the importance of giving and receiving love as the quintessential step to achieving a life of true happiness and fulfillment. In his characteristic direct and simple-to-understand fashion, the Dalai Lama offers guidelines and illustrative examples from his own life that instruct readers on how to move away from self-centered egotistic concerns and habitual tendencies to rigidly judge and categorize others, in order to become more compassionate and accepting of everyone we encounter throughout the day. To assist this process, he also shares exercises and techniques that have been part of Tibetan Buddhist teachings for many centuries. By committing ourselves to becoming more compassionate and nonjudgmental about others, the Dalai Lama maintains, we are primarily benefiting ourselves, for the end result is one of open-hearted relationships capable of transforming all aspects of our lives and leading us ever closer to a life guided by the principles of wisdom and unshakeable joy. As with all of his writings, How To Expand Love is written in a simple yet elegant style, while imparting profound and powerful teachings that, if committed to, can lead to a realization of our true state of oneness with all of life. This is a very valuable book for today’s fractious times.
How To Ruin A Perfectly Good Relationship
Pat Love, Sunny Shulkin & Colleen Beaumont ($9.31)
A laugh-inspiring book chockfull of the kind of “gotcha’s” that contain serious lessons just beneath the surface. Pat Love and Sunny Shulkin hold up a big fun-house mirror to the kind of relationship behavior most of us are guilty of. Yup, there we are — expecting but not giving … paying attention to everyone but our partner…waiting for things to get better by themselves – so many relationship–busting behaviors, so little time! Thing is, Pat and Sunny’s observations may make us giggle, but they also reveal something very important: they show us what “growing apart” really looks like, day to day. And with most couples who split up giving this as the reason for the split, becoming conscious of how growing apart manifests a long the way seems one good way to prevent the ruination of a perfectly good relationship.
Lasting Love: The 5 Secrets of Growing a Vital, Conscious Relationship
Gay and Kathlyn Hendricks (14.93)
In this long-awaited follow-up to their book Conscious Loving, Kathlyn and Gay Hendricks take on two of the most pressing problems that sap vitality and energy from our committed relationships: how to forge a closer relationship that still allows each partner full creative autonomy and how to generate the passion and preserve the harmony essential to keeping long-term partnerships alive and blooming. Lasting Love grew out of the Hendricks’ laboratory of their 23-year marriage as well as their 10-year study of more than 2,000 long-term, committed couples. They discovered that the most common couples conflicts could be traced to at least one of five root causes:
* An imbalance between the creative energy each partner contributes to the relationship
* A lack of emotional honesty
* An unwillingness to accept responsibility for everyday issues
* Deep-seated commitment problems
* A deficiency of daily appreciations
Using these insights as a starting point, the Hendricks devised a program based on five vital actions that simultaneously lead to a deeper flow of intimacy between partners and greater creative freedom for each individual:
* Spend time expressing your own creativity rather than focusing on “fixing” your partner
* Eliminate the barrier to speaking and hearing the truth about everything
* Break the cycle of blame and criticism
* Make commitments you can really stand by
* Become a master of verbal and nonverbal appreciation
Filled with helpful real-life scenarios and straightforward advice, Lasting Love is an essential guide for anyone involved in a long-term relationship who wants it not only to last but to flourish.
Parent Effectiveness Training: The Proven Program For Raising Responsible Children
by Thomas Gordon ($10.20)
P.E.T., or Parent Effectiveness Training, began almost forty years ago as the first national parent-training program to teach parents how to communicate more effectively with kids and offer step-by-step advice to resolving family conflicts so everybody wins. This beloved classic is the most studied, highly praised, and proven parenting program in the world — and it will work for you. Now revised for the first time since its initial publication, this groundbreaking guide will show you:
* How to avoid being a permissive parent
* How to listen so kids will talk to you and talk so kids will listen to you
* How to teach your children to “own” their problems and to solve them
* How to use the “No-Lose” method to resolve conflicts
Using the timeless methods of P.E.T. will have immediate results: less fighting, fewer tantrums and lies, no need for punishment. Whether you have a toddler striking out for independence or a teenager who has already started rebelling, you’ll find P.E.T. a compassionate, effective way to instill responsibility and create a nurturing family environment in which your child will thrive.
Straight From The Heart:
An Essential Guide For Developing, Deepening & Renewing Your Relationship
by Layne & Paul Cutright
With this powerful new guidebook you can create the magnificent relationships you truly desire. Featuring an insightful exploration of the dynamics of your interactions with others, Straight From the Heart also provides step-by-step guidance and practical process you can do with your romantic partner, business colleagues, family members or friends. No matter how gifted (or unpracticed) a communicator you are, each of these “Heart-to-Heart Talks” will bring you new levels of intimacy, trust and understanding. They create an atmosphere of discovery and a fuller experience of who and what you are – both as an individual and in the context of your most important relationships. Direct, concise and immediately beneficial, this book is based on the authors’ 23 years of personal and professional experience. All of the exercises were conceived in the Cutright’s own romantic partnership and perfected in their successful teaching practice.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to A Healthy Relationship
by Judy Kuriansky ($11.53)
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to a Healthy Relationship offers advice that is relevant and useful to anyone in any relationship. Dealing with more than one aspect of relationships, the book covers all the bases: what constitutes a healthy relationship, how to keep the passion alive, and how to overcome obstacles to a long-lasting relationship. New chapters on relationships in the new millennium, including content on managing long-distance relationships and relating in the Internet age are included in this second edition.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to The Perfect Marriage
Hilary Rich ($11.53)
The Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Perfect Marriage takes the anxiety out of working on your marriage. Feel confident discussing sex, money, even the in-laws! In this Complete Idiot’s Guide you get down-to-earth strategies for improving your communication skills; idiot-proof steps for dealing with times of transition, such as moving and career changes; expert advice in an easy-to-understand format; and plenty of quizzes and exercises to help you along the way.
The Conscious Heart: Seven Soul Choices That Create Your Relationship Destiny
Gay Hendricks & Kathlyn Hendricks ($10.88)
The authors call it “practical magic”–the enchantment that occurs when couples act upon their highest intentions and deepest love. Suddenly creativity and humor spill upon every page of life; intimacy is a given instead of a task; accountability and responsibility are freedoms rather than burdens. But getting to this magical state of being is the problem. This book has all the right spells. Practical issues such as sex, aging, money, fights, and infidelity are all examined through the lens of a conscious heart. Without once faltering into surface solutions or cosmetic improvements, these world-renowned couples’ therapists explore the seven choices that transform relationships from the inside out.
These seven simple–but powerful–choices enable couples to:
* Use conflict to create greater understanding
* Overcome the fears and defenses that block intimacy
* Resolve struggles for control
* Increase generosity and appreciation
* Deepen passion, commitment, and aliveness
* Release the creativity of each partner
Filled with numerous true-life stories–including how the authors survived and grew from their own midlife marital crisis–The Conscious Heart is an inspiring and instructive affirmation of the ultimate power of love.
The Five Love Languages
by Gary Chapman ($6.57 / 208 p)
Marriage should be based on love, right? But does it seem as though you and your spouse are speaking two different languages? New York Times bestselling author Dr. Gary Chapman guides couples in identifying, understanding, and speaking their spouse’s primary love language—quality time, words of affirmation, gifts, acts of service, or physical touch.By learning the five love languages, you and your spouse will discover your unique love languages and learn practical steps in truly loving each other. Chapters are categorized by love language for easy reference, and each one ends with specific, simple steps to express a specific language to your spouse and guide your marriage in the right direction. A newly designed love languages assessment will help you understand and strengthen your relationship. You can build a lasting, loving marriage together.
Gary Chapman hosts a nationally syndicated daily radio program called A Love Language Minute that can be heard on more than 150 radio stations as well as the weekly syndicated program Building Relationships with Gary Chapman, which can both be heard on fivelovelanguages.com.
The Intelligent Heart: Transform Your Life with the Laws of Love
by David McArthur, Bruce McArthur ($11.01)
Transform your life with the Laws of Love. Friends, lovers, parents, children, coworkers, and strangers will all be affected by your use of these simple yet powerful Laws of Love. A simple five-step process is all it takes to change your heart. Scientific evidence from the electrophysiology lab at the Institute of HeartMath reveals that your ECG (heart rhythm) physically changes as you apply these simple laws. Happiness and health are within your reach each day, in any situation. Free yourself of those heart matters that age you. Whether a parent, spouse, or friend, you can be young-at-heart and happy in life.
The Mastery Of Love: A Practical Guide To The Art Of Relationships
Miguel Ruiz ($10.50)
In a refreshingly honest investigation of the true nature of love, don Miguel Ruiz brings to light the commonly held fallacies and misplaced expectations about love that permeate most relationships. In the tradition of Carlos Castaneda, he uses inspirational stories to impart the wisdom of three fundamental Toltec masteries (Awareness, Transformation, and Love). The themes explored include the Toltec wisdom of the heart, the track of love, and the war of control.
The Relationship Cure: A 5-Step Guide to Strengthening Your Marriage, Family, and Friendships
John Gottman ($10.50)
John Gottman is a leading explorer of the inner world of relationships. In The Relationship Cure, he has found gold once again. This book shows how the simplest, nearly invisible gestures of care and attention hold the key to successful relationships with those we love and work with. Gottman has discovered the Rosetta Stone of relationships. He has decoded the subtle secrets contained in our moment-to-moment communications. By introducing the simple yet amazingly powerful concept of the “bid,” he provides a remarkable set of tools for relationship repair. By the middle of the second chapter you’re likely to say to yourself, “Oh, so that’s what’s happening in my relationship with my partner (or colleague, boss, or sister), and now I know what to do about it. What distinguishes Gottman’s writing from that of other self-help books is that it is based on research findings from his extensive studies. When he says his five steps will help you build better connections with the people you care about, you know that they have been demonstrated to work
The Spirit Of Intimacy: Ancient African Teachings In The Ways Of Relationships
Sobonfu Some (($8.21)
A renowned, respected teacher and mentor to thousands, Sobonfu Somi is one of the first and foremost voices of African spirituality to come to the West. Somi was born in Dano, Burkina Faso, a remote West African village with a population of about two hundred people. Dano has preserved the old ways of African village life, with family structures, spiritual practices, and methods of living that have been in place for more than ten thousand years. In The Spirit of Intimacy, Somi distills the ancient teachings and wisdom of her native village to give insight into the nature of intimate relationships. Simply and beautifully, she reveals the role of spirit in every marriage, friendship, relationship, and community. She shares ancient ways to make our intimate lives more fulfilling and secure and offers powerful insights into the “illusion of romance,” divorce, and loss. Her important and fascinating lessons from the heart include the sacred meaning of pleasure, preparing a ritual space for intimacy, and the connection between sex and spirituality. Her ideas are intuitively persuasive, provocative, and healing–and supported by sound practical advice, along with specific rituals and ceremonies based on those used for thousands of years. With this book, the spiritual insights of indigenous Africa take their place alongside those of native America, ancient Europe, and Asia as important influences on Western readers. A renowned, respected teacher and mentor to thousands, Sobonfu Somi is one of the first and foremost voices of African spirituality to come to the West. Dano has preserved the old ways of African village life, with family structures, spiritual practices, and methods of living that have been in place for more than ten thousand years.
The Truth About Love: The Highs, the Lows, and How You Can Make It Last Forever
Pat Love ($10.50)
Love, a family and marriage therapist and coauthor of Hot Monogamy, here offers hope to those who feel that the flame of amour has gone out. She explains that all relationships go through predictable patterns and outlines the four up-and-down stages of love: Infatuation, Post-Rapture, Discovery, and Connection. She explains how physiological changes account for some of the intense feelings brought on by initial attraction for example, how phenylethylamine, dopamine, and norpinephrine combine to create the natural high new lovers feel that helps them bond. Love goes on to explain that this heady infatuation stage, glorious as it may be, is not what love is really about. She explodes myths that can destroy relationships, such as “If my partner really loved me s/he’d know what I wanted all the time.” Other potential problems, as when a couple has different priorities for their relationship, are outlined and addressed. Including quizzes and lists of questions for discussion, this fluidly written book is recommended for all public libraries. Have you ever believed that you have fallen out of love, or said “I still love him but I’m not IN LOVE anymore?” In this groundbreaking guide to the physiology and psychology of lasting love, Dr. Pat Love reveals that love has normal, predictable stages that include highs and lows, and that many couples mistake the lows for the end of love. The Truth About Love is an inspiring, practical guide that will teach you how not to break up before the breakthrough realization: You can create the true love you long for with the partner you already have.
Why Marriages Succeed or Fail: And How too Make Yours Last
John Gottman ($9.75)
From psychology professor (Univ. of Washington) and marriage researcher Gottman: an upbeat, easy-to-follow manual based on research into the dynamics of married couples. Gottman describes his studies as being akin to a CAT scan of a living relationship and asserts that he’s been able to predict the future of marriages with an accuracy rate of over 90 percent. In 1983 and 1986, his research team monitored more than a hundred married couples in Indiana and Illinois with electrodes, video cameras, and microphones as they attempted to work out real conflicts. Using the information derived from these sessions, Gottman concludes here that a lasting relationship results from a couple’s ability to resolve conflicts through any of the three styles of problem-solving that are found in healthy marriages- -validating, conflict-avoiding, and volatile. Numerous self-quizzes help couples determine the style that best suits them. Gottman points out, however, that couples whose interactions are marked by four characteristics–criticism, contempt, defensiveness, and withdrawal–are in trouble, and he includes self-tests for diagnosing these destructive tactics, as well as steps for countering them. Interestingly, Gottman asserts that the basis of a stable marriage can be expressed mathematically: the ratio of positive to negative moments must be at least 5:1–and he offers a four-step program for breaking through negativity and allowing one’s natural communication and problem-solving abilities to flourish. You can use his tested methods to evaluate, strengthen, and maintain your own long-term relationship.
You’ll also learn:
* More sex doesn’t necessarily improve a marriage
* Frequent arguing will not lead to divorce
* Financial problems do not always spell trouble in a relationship
* Wives who make sour facial expressions when their husbands talk are likely to be
separated within four years
* There is a reason husbands withdraw from arguments — and there’s a way around it
If you love your mate but your relationship seem to be off track, then this book is for you.
You’re Never Upset for the Reason You Think! The CURE for the Common Upset
by Layne & Paul Cutright ($9.98)
If you are truly ready to enjoy relationships as “upset free zones” in which you experience deeper and more satisfying levels of love, connection, cooperation, creativity, synergy and more, then you will want to learn the secret revealed in this book. It will show you exactly how you can uncover the real cause of any problem or upset, stop the pain and halt the slide toward more upset and disappointment, every single time. The result: joyful, close and fulfilling relationships that are no longer poisoned by bad feelings, hurt, anger, and the inevitable “distance” that follows.
The book will introduce you to the newest and most powerful conflict resolution tool ever created – and the last you will ever need, called the Conscious Upset Resolution Exercise (CURE). The CURE is a simple, easy to learn, step-by-step method to neutralize, clarify, and resolve any upset you may encounter; with lovers, business partners, co-workers, family members, children and any other relationship that is important to you – even with unsettling news you see on the television or experiences you have in life. The CURE will show you how to:
* Cheatproof your romantic relationships. (Cheating often occurs when a partner feels
devalued and holds resentment for perceived wrongs. Eliminating the resentments and
hurts with The CURE and eliminate cheating forever.)
* Stop those fights that never seem to end.
* Resolve the most difficult, seemingly impossible upsets.
* Reduce the duration of upsets from days, weeks, months or longer down to minutes or hours.
* Reduce the intensity of upsets and make them much less likely to occur again in the future
* Uncover what your emotions are really telling you.
* Re-ignite a fizzled out romance by removing the 3 hidden blockers that dampen your
partner’s true passion.
* Eliminate hurt feelings and anger in yourself and others.
* Expose “upset trigger points” and so you can avoid setting them off.
* Halt repetitive negative patterns of behavior and thinking that have led to continual
heartache in the past.
* Dissolve invisible blocks to your true happiness and well-being.
* Create an endless supply of confidence and personal power.
(The kind that magnetically attracts others.)
* Nurture life long relationships that only get better with time.
* Transform challenges into opportunities.
* Restore harmony and good feelings.
* Stop blaming yourself and others.
* Forgive yourself and others.
* Feel more in control of your life.
* Let go of things that no longer serve you.
* Overcome fear and feel safer.
* Gain a higher, more empowering perspective.
* Relieve emotional pain.
And much more . . .
SCIENCE
Alternative Science: Challenging the Myths of the Scientific Establishment
by Richard Milton ($11.53)
A dangerous myth has grown up over the last hundred years or so that only scientists have *real* intelligence and knowledge – because the rest of us are just too thick to understand anything more complicated than a TV remote control. Dangerous, because *some* scientists have used this myth to support a second myth – that they should be allowed to do just about anything they like: Because they are scientists, and the rest of us are too ignorant and stupid to understand how essential this right is. Dangerous, also, because it is used to divert all criticism on the grounds that no-one else is smart enough or sufficiently unbiased to offer valid criticism of anything that “scientists” do. In this book, Milton brings us back to the simple recognition that science is a useful *part* of modern life – but not the be all and end all. To this end he presents us with numerous examples of situations where the scientific establishment, far from pushing the boundaries of science, has fought tooth and nail to repress anything that threatens the status quo. But what probably annoys the “scientists” most is Milton’s suggestion that it is seldom if ever the scientific establishment which produces new discoveries. On the contrary, Milton indicates, the mainstream scientists, professors, etc. are far too busy hanging on to their positions and power to ever risk rocking the boat.
Exploring Inner & Outer Space: A Scientist’s Perspective on Personal & Planetary Transformation
by Brian O’Leary ($12.71)
Brian O’Leary has an unusually rich background of personal and professional experience which has cast him into the role of “Changemaster” for the Global Social Architecture. His writing is clear, well-organized and direct. He blends the esoteric with leading-edge science, technology, and poignant examples from from his own personal experience, he writes in a narrative style that is both compelling and provocative. Retreating from former perspectives, gained as a NASA Scientist/Astronaut, Aerospace Consultant, and Ivy-League Academic, he has returned to earth in the role of genuine person, speaking in a language which is understandable and readable. For anyone interested in gaining a broad-brush understanding of Quantum Physics and how it relates to Human Counsiousness, the Eco-logic of the Human Condition in the Global Biosphere, and the future Survival of the Human Race, this book embodies a fascinating literary journey into the depths of Inner and Outer Space. — A Readers Review
Hyperspace:
A Scientific Odyssey Through Parallel Universes, Time Warps and the 10th Dimension
by Michio Kaku ($10.17)
Are there other dimensions beyond our own? Is time travel possible? Can we change the past? Are there gateways to parallel universes? All of us have pondered such questions, but there was a time when scientists dismissed these notions as outlandish speculations. Not any more. Today, they are the focus of the most intense scientific activity in recent memory. In Hyperspace, Michio Kaku, a leading theoretical physicist, offers the first book-length tour of the most exciting (and perhaps most bizarre) work in modern physics, work which includes research on the tenth dimension, time warps, black holes, and multiple universes. The theory of hyperspace (or higher dimensional space)–and its newest wrinkle, superstring theory–stand at the center of this revolution, with adherents in every major research laboratory in the world, including several Nobel laureates. Beginning where Hawking’s Brief History of Time left off, Kaku paints a vivid portrayal of the breakthroughs now rocking the physics establishment. Why all the excitement? As the author points out, for over half a century, scientists have puzzled over why the basic forces of the cosmos–gravity, electromagnetism, and the strong and weak nuclear forces–require markedly different mathematical descriptions. But if we see these forces as vibrations in a higher dimensional space, their field equations suddenly fit together like pieces in a jigsaw puzzle, perfectly snug, in an elegant, astonishingly simple form. This may thus be our leading candidate for the Theory of Everything. If so, it would be the crowning achievement of 2,000 years of scientific investigation into matter and its forces. Already, the theory has inspired several thousand research papers, and has been the focus of over 200 international conferences. Michio Kaku is one of the leading pioneers in superstring theory and has been at the forefront of this revolution in modern physics. With Hyperspace, he has produced a book for general readers which conveys the vitality of the field and the excitement as scientists grapple with the meaning of space and time. It is an exhilarating look at physics today and an eye-opening glimpse into the ultimate nature of the universe.
Parallel Worlds:
A Journey Through Creation, Higher Dimensions & The Future Of The Cosmos
Michio Kaku ($18.45)
Is our universe dying? Could there be other universes? In Parallel Worlds, world-renowned physicist and bestselling author Michio Kaku—an author who “has a knack for bringing the most ethereal ideas down to earth” takes readers on a fascinating tour of cosmology, M-theory, and its implications for the fate of the universe. In his first book of physics since Hyperspace, Michio Kaku begins by describing the extraordinary advances that have transformed cosmology over the last century, and particularly over the last decade, forcing scientists around the world to rethink our understanding of the birth of the universe, and its ultimate fate. In Dr. Kaku’s eyes, we are living in a golden age of physics, as new discoveries from the WMAP and COBE satellites and the Hubble space telescope have given us unprecedented pictures of our universe in its infancy. As astronomers wade through the avalanche of data from the WMAP satellite, a new cosmological picture is emerging. So far, the leading theory about the birth of the universe is the “inflationary universe theory,” a major refinement on the big bang theory. In this theory, our universe may be but one in a multiverse, floating like a bubble in an infinite sea of bubble universes, with new universes being created all the time. A parallel universe may well hover a mere millimeter from our own. The very idea of parallel universes and the string theory that can explain their existence was once viewed with suspicion by scientists, seen as the province of mystics, charlatans, and cranks. But today, physicists overwhelmingly support string-theory, and its latest iteration, M-theory, as it is this one theory that, if proven correct, would reconcile the four forces of the universe simply and elegantly, and answer the question “What happened before the big bang?”An unforgettable journey into black holes and time machines, alternate universes, and multidimensional space, Parallel Worlds gives us a compelling portrait of the revolution sweeping the world of cosmology.
Quest for Zero Point Energy: Engineering Principles for “Free Energy”
by Moray B. King ($10.17)
Moray B. King is an internationally known physicist, author and speaker with specialities in on Zero-Point Energy, Tesla Technology and Quantum Physics. Free energy and anti-gravity are new solutions to the world’s energy crisis. Rarely mentioned in the media– even as power shortages cripple the U.S.– Zero-Point Energy can transform our earth to a self-sustaining, pollution-free planet. The basic theory of Zero Point Energy maintains that there are fluctuations of electrical field energy embedded within the fabric of space. By identifying the densest energy; and then using today’s technology to balance the energy flow, we can acquire free energy which doesn’t deplete the earth. Filled with detailed diagrams, patents, and photos, the chapters include: * Fundamentals of Zero-Point Energy Technology * Tapping Zero-Point Energy as an Energy Source * Vacuum Energy Vortices * The Super Tube * Charge Clusters
Tapping the Zero-Point Energy
by Moray B. King ($9.71)
Free energy and anti-gravity are possible today according to internationally known physicist, Moray B. King. The theory of zero point energy posits that there are great fluctuations of electrical field energy embedded within the fabric of space. The chapters in this remarkable book include: Artificial Gravity, Stepping Down High Frequency Energy, Noise as a Source of Energy, Macroscopic Vacuum Polarization, Cohering the Zero-Point Energy, The Holistic Paradigm, Electrolytic Fusion: A Zero-Point Energy Coherence, Scalar Currents and Scalar Waves.
The Fabric Of The Cosmos: Space, Time & The Texture Of Reality
Brian Greene ($19.11)
From Brian Greene, one of the world’s leading physicists and a professor of physics and mathematics at Columbia University, comes a grand tour of the universe that makes us look at reality in a completely different way. Space and time form the very fabric of the cosmos. Yet they remain among the most mysterious of concepts. Is space an entity? Why does time have a direction? Could the universe exist without space and time? Can we travel to the past? Greene uses these questions to guide us toward modern science’s new and deeper understanding of the universe. From Newton’s unchanging realm in which space and time are absolute, to Einstein’s fluid conception of spacetime, to quantum mechanics’ entangled arena where vastly different objects can bridge their spatial separation to instantaneously coordinate their behavior or even undergo teleportation, Greene reveals our world to be very different from what common experience leads us to believe. Focusing on the enigma of time, Greene establishes that nothing in the laws of physics insists that it run in any particular direction and that “time’s arrow” is a relic of the universe’s condition at the moment of the big bang. And in explaining the big bang itself, Greene shows how recent cutting-edge developments in superstring and M-theory may reconcile the behavior of everything from the smallest particle to the largest black hole. This startling vision culminates in a vibrant eleven-dimensional “multiverse,” pulsating with ever-changing textures, where space and time themselves may dissolve into subtler, more fundamental entities. Sparked by his trademark wit, humor, and brilliant use of analogy Greene takes us all, regardless of our scientific backgrounds, on an irresistible and revelatory journey to the new layers of reality that modern physics has discovered lying just beneath the surface of our everyday world.
Visions, How Science will revolutionize the 21st Century
by Michio Kaku ($10.17)
In a spellbinding narrative that skillfully weaves together cutting-edge research among today’s foremost scientists, theoretical physicist Michio Kaku–author of the bestselling book Hyperspace–presents a bold, exhilarating adventure into the science of tomorrow. In Visions, Dr. Kaku examines in vivid detail how the three scientific revolutions that profoundly reshaped the twentieth century–the quantum, biogenetic, and computer revolutions–will transform the way we live in the twenty-first century. The fundamental elements of matter and life–the particles of the atom and the nucleus of the cell–have now been decoded, closing one of the great chapters of scientific history. But this is just the preface to an even more far-reaching scientific revolution, as we make the transition from being passive observers of the mysteries of nature to becoming masters of nature, able to manipulate matter, life, and intelligence to remold the world around us. In the first part of Visions, Dr. Kaku discusses the cyber future, when millions of microprocessors are scattered throughout our environment; when the iron principle that has ruled the computer industry, Moore’s Law, finally collapses, forcing scientists to adopt startling new designs like DNA computers and quantum computers; and when artificial intelligence systems finally arrive. In the next section, Dr. Kaku shows how the decoding of DNA will allow us to conquer devastating genetic diseases, defeat many cancers at the molecular level, synthesize new medicines using virtual reality, grow new organs, conquer aging and reshape our genetic inheritance. Finally, he explores how quantum physicists will perfect new ways to harness the cosmic energy of the universe–from molecular machines to supermagnets that may energize a second industrial revolution, to powerful fusion engines that one day may take us to the stars. What makes Michio Kaku’s vision of the future of science so compelling and authoritative is that it is based on the groundbreaking research already underway at leading laboratories around the world. Weaving interviews with over 150 scientists–several of them Nobel laureates–into a rich, inspiring narrative, Dr. Kaku reveals the growing consensus among key scientists about how science will likely evolve through the early, middle, and late years of the twenty-first century.
SPIRITUALITY
(Note: The IIGL does not promote a particular organized religion. We do, however, promote the exploration of spiritual consciousness and the deep spiritual questions of life, encouraging students to seek the essence of life and find those things which speak to their heart and address their unanswered questions. These selections may cause you to think and consider many concepts which may be new to you.)
Black Heroes and the Spiritual Onyame
by Norman Barnett ($10…)
This book focuses on the inner conditions of black people, in an empathetic and penetrating way. Non-blacks tend to think of African spiritual beliefs as primitive, tribal, conservative – only as ancestor and nature-spirit worship. There is an African spirituality far more advanced than this and the author reveals it excellently.
Conversations With God
By Neale Donald Walsch ($9.71)
Blasphemy! Heresy! Who does this man think he is, claiming to speak directly to God?! Jesus did it, Muhammad did it, the Jewish prophets did it, but none of their Sources had the sardonic wit or raw verve of Prophet Walsch’s Source. Neale Donald Walsch isn’t claiming to be the Messiah of a new religion, just a frustrated man who sat down one day with pen in his hand and some tough questions in his heart. As he wrote his questions to God, he realized that God was answering them… directly… through Walsch’s pen. The result, far from the apocalyptic predictions or cultic eccentricities you might expect, turns out to be matter-fact, in-your-face wisdom on how to get by in life while remaining true to yourself and your spirituality
Dancing With the Beloved: Opening Our Hearts to the Lessons of Love
by Paul Ferrini ($9.71)
I was moved to write a review on this most unusual and beautiful book. I found this book quite by accident. When I finished reading it, I thought it was the most important book I have ever read. For me, this book was about love, what love means, how we hold love in our hearts, and the depth of love in our souls. The book is interwoven with the most beautiful poetry. I found myself weeping at times, suddenly and unexpectedly. I believe I was weeping because the ideas expressed in this book were consistent with what I have always believed and held to be true, about the meaning of love, God, my spiritual path, and most especially, about my belief in soul-mates.
Doing Nothing: Coming To The End Of Our Spiritual Search
by Steven Harrison ($8.96)
“Doing Nothing is a compelling, well written and thought provoking adventure into a dissolution of concepts, descriptions, and explanations into a state of bliss, a state of peace, a state of love.” What do you do after you’ve tried everything to reach enlightenment? “You are already there,” writes Steven Harrison. “Do nothing. Nothing is a surprisingly active place. It is there that we discover who and what we are.” Doing Nothing is for spiritually oriented readers who have found themselves avidly following practices that have not fundamentally changed their lives: new therapies, ancient meditations, exotic religions. Harrison discovered that the path to happiness and truths of life lies in the simple act of stopping the search.
How To Know God: The Soul’s Journey Into The Mystery of Mysteries
Deepak Chopra ($10.50)
God is not a person or a thing but rather a process, according to world-renowned author, Deepak Chopra. The purpose of this ambitious book is to assure readers that anyone can engage in this process–“it isn’t a matter of faith, religious teaching, innate goodness, luck or some other mysterious factor,” Chopra explains. “Our brains are hardwired to find God.” This hardwiring is deftly explored as Chopra lists the seven ways humans know God and how they correspond to the anatomy of our human brains. He devotes a chapter to each of the seven visions of God: “Protector,” “Almighty,” “God of Peace,” “Redeemer,” “Creator,” “God of Miracles,” and “Pure Being–I am.” In every chapter he asks and answers the same questions for the readers: “Who am I?” “How do I fit in?” “How do I find God?” The format works well, helping to tame this broad discussion while also illuminating the different personality types that are attracted to these seven different visions.
How To Know The Higher Worlds: A Modern Path Of Initiation
by Rudolph Steiner ($16.95)
In this classic account of the Western esoteric path of initiation, Steiner leads the student from the cultivation of reverence and inner tranquility to the development of inner life through the stages of preparation, illumination, and initiation. Practical exercises in inner and outer observation and moral development are described. By patiently and persistently following these suggestions, new “organs” of soul and spirit begin to form, revealing the contours of higher worlds that had been concealed from us. Here, Rudolf Steiner is available as teacher, counselor, and friend. His advice is practical, clear, and powerful.
In Search of the Miraculous
by P. D. Ouspensky ($10.20 / 399 p)
A new edition of the groundbreaking spiritual treasure, with a foreword by bestselling author Marianne Williamson . This historic and influential work is considered by many to be a primer of mystical thought as expressed through the Work, a combination of Eastern philosophies that had for centuries been passed on orally from teacher to student. Gurdjieff’s goal, to introduce the Work to the West, attracted many students, among them Ouspensky, an established mathematician, journalist, and, with the publication of In Search of the Miraculous, an eloquent and persuasive proselyte. Ouspensky describes Gurdjieff’s teachings in fascinating and accessible detail, providing what has proven to be a stellar introduction to the universal view of both student and teacher.
Journey of Souls: Case Studies of Life Between Lives
by Michael Newton ($10.17)
Through case studies, Michael explains the spiritual journey of life and death. Michael is a hypnotherapist in private practice and he has developed his own hypnosis technique to reach his subjects memories of the “hereafter.” There are several details about how it feels to die, who meets us right after death, what the spirit world is really like, where we go and what we do as souls, and why we choose to come back in certain bodies. I found the book to be enlightening as well as clearly written about topics that can be murky to understand.
Love Without Conditions
by Paul Ferrini ($9.00)
This book cuts straight to the core issues of human existence in a powerful and moving way. The book’s key premise is that unconditional love of self and others is the key to ending human suffering. The book describes a concrete path for understanding the fear and guilt which keep us from treating ourselves and others with the respect and love we deserve; it teaches us how to really take seriously Jesus’ instruction to “Love thy neighbor as thyself. This book is for anyone who is interested in understanding the causes of human suffering and what can be done to
Mysticism: The Nature and Development of Spiritual Consciousness
by Evelyn Underhill ($12.89)
Classic study by noted authority provides accessible introduction to mysticism and its relation to metaphysics, psychology, theology, magic, and symbolism. Also, detailed study of mystical consciousness: awakening of the self, purification of the self, voices and visions, ecstasy and rapture, dark night of the soul, much more.
Of Water and the Spirit: Ritual, Magic and Initiation in the Life of an African Shaman
by Malidoma Patrice Some ($10.88)
Some, who holds a doctoral degree in political science from the Sorbonne and one in literature from Brandeis, was born about 1956 in Upper Volta, was close to his shaman grandfather. But this relationship and his tribal way of life was destroyed when, at age four, he was kidnapped by a French Jesuit missionary and raised in a seminary, from which he escaped at age 20. Returning home to his Dagara village, he was viewed by some as too tainted by white knowledge and ways to be able to join fully in tribal life; nevertheless, he underwent an intensive and dangerous six-week shamanic initiation that thoroughly established him as a member of the tribe. Later, he was dismayed to learn his destiny as revealed in divination and decreed by tribal elders: to return to the white world as a bridge to save his tribe from complete inculturation. This fascinating autobiography illustrates the profound culture clashes between Western civilization and indigenous cultures and offers insight into traditional West African tribal spirituality.
Seven Spiritual Laws of Success
By Deepak Chopra ($10.20)
Teilhard de Chardin said, “We are spiritual beings having a human experience.” Chopra builds on this powerful thought in this recording that expands his life’s work in spiritual approaches to daily living. He explains the laws of pure potentiality, giving, karma, least effort, intention and desire, detachment, and dharma and includes useful suggestions on how to apply these fundamental, natural principles if one is truly searching for purpose and a satisfying life. Ancient Vedic concepts form the basis of this philosophy of living that transcends the Eurocentric theological dogma that seems to preoccupy Western thought, especially among Americans.
Spirituality for Dummies
by Sharon Janis ($15.39)
A quiet voice within is telling you that there is more to life than what you can perceive with your five senses. Sometimes you feel that the material world, with all its cares and vanities is a veil of illusions beyond which lies a truth that transcends race, gender, ethnicity, status, family, job and worldly ambitions. Christ, Buddha, Muhammad, Lao-tsu, Plato, and other spiritual teachers down through the ages dedicated their lives to the pursuit of that that higher truth, and their words live on to inspire us. Because it extends beyond matter, spirituality cannot be fully expressed in words, but the spirit exists inside you, and hearing the right words may trigger your own awakening to higher perception. A book that will exhilarate your mind and inflame your soul, Spirituality For Dummies puts you on the path to living a more spiritual life. Author Sharon Janis simplifies not-so-simple concepts from an array of spiritual disciplines and shows you how to:
* Incorporate spirituality into your everyday life
* Uplift relationships with all the people in your life
* Strengthen the connection between body and mind
* Grow through adversity
* Use spiritual practices to bring meaning into your life
In plain English, Janis explores spiritual ideas from a variety of religious and philosophical texts in combination with relevant psychological and scientific research. Topics covered include:
* Uncovering your own spirit and expanding your awareness
* How science and spirituality fit together
* Spiritual practices to energize your body, empower your mind, and nourish your spirit
* Cultivating compassion, truthfulness, humility and other spiritual virtues
* Moving from greed and worldly attachments to spiritual freedom
* Seeking spirituality in every moment
Temple of My Familiar
by Alice Walker ($7.19)
Nothing in Walker’s extraordinary new novel is fixed. Time and place range from precolonial Africa to post-slavery North Carolina to modern-day San Francisco; and the characters themselves change and evolve as their stories are told, their myriad histories revealed. Most often present are Miss Lissie, an old woman with a fascinating host of former lives; her companion, the gentle Mr. Hal; Arveyda, a soul-searching musician; his wife Carlotta, who was born in the South American jungle; Fanny, a young woman who has a tendency to fall in love with spirits; and her husband Suwelo, who tries hard but simply does not understand her. Out of the telling of their stories emerges a glorious and iridescent fabric, a strand connecting all their lives and former lives and seeming to pull all of existence into its folds. Walker’s characters are magnetic, even with their all-to-human flaws and stumblings; they seem to contain the world, and to do it justice.
The Celestine Vision, Living The New Spiritual Awarness
by James Redfield ($11.19)
When James Redfield wrote The Celestine Prophecy and The Tenth Insight, he crystallized a new spiritual vision for millions of people around the globe. Since then people have been gathering together to discuss how spiritual experiences have touched their lives and to explore the global renaissance already under way. Now in an exciting nonfiction book, James Redfield further helps us explore our unique missions on this planet. Personalizing the ideas of his earlier works, he delves into the hidden energies of our individual life dramas and shows us the mystical experiences that resolve them. Through self-disclosure, he clarifies how mysterious coincidences led him toward a specific destiny and can lead us to ours. And, finally, the principles of synchronicity, connection, and purpose all converge in Redfield’s lucid discussions about history and science, allowing us to see their unbroken chain of evolution toward a better world. Inspiring and enlightening, The Celestine Vision is a wonderful, wise companion as we expand our consciousness and take action to create a truly joyous Earth.
The Complete Idiot’s Guide To Awakening Your Spirituality
by Jonathan Robinson ($11.53)
If you are curious, puzzled, or intrigued by the idea of awakening and exploring your spirituality, this book will help you. Instead of traditional dogma, it gives you down-to-earth explanations, encouragement, and real life examples to help you nurture your soul and grow your spiritual consciousness. It will help you define your inner strengths, weaknesses, obstacles, and the allies that shape your spirituality, and it will offer you practical tools and methods to cultivate your spiritual growth and awakening.
The Impersonal Life
by Joseph Benner ($9.95)
Would you like to know how it is that we were created in His Image, and how we can call upon, use, and manifest His Powers in our lives? Would you like to know, by using a tool given in this book, how it is that you can feel Him within? Here are some quotes: “But to you who are strong enough to bear it, I say you need no mediator between you and Me, for we are One already. If you can but know it, you can come direct and at once to Me in consciousness.” “I AM the LIFE, I AM the INTELLIGENCE, I AM the POWER in all Substance, – in all the cells of your body; in the cells of all mineral, vegetable and animal matter; in fire, water and air; in Sun, Moon and Stars. I AM that in you and in them which IS. Their consciousness is One with your consciousness, and All is My Consciousness. Through My Consciousness in them All that they have or are is yours – for the asking.” “For I as the Christ dwell in all men and AM their One and Only Self. Through all men I AM ever calling to you and trying to reach and impress your human consciousness. As I AM continually teaching you, not only through all men but through every avenue needed at the time, I have many ways of reaching your consciousness and utilize all to bring you to a realization of My Meaning.” “I speak with many voices, – with the voice of all human emotions, passions and desires. I speak with Nature’s voice, with the voice of Experience, even with the voice of human knowledge.” “Yes, these are all My Voice, which I use Impersonally to express to you the one fact, that I AM in All and that I AM All. What this Voice says, in Its thousand ways, is that you, too, are part of this All, and that I AM in you, waiting for your recognition of Me and your Conscious cooperation in the expression of My Idea of Impersonal Perfection on earth, even as It is expressing in Heaven.” That’s just a taste. There are secrets in this book that if you find them, and if you know them with true and simple understanding, will lead you beyond what you have ever possibly dreamed could exist in the pleasure of the spirit, body and mind. This book brings me Love. This book brings me Peace. This book brings that Light of Who You Really Are, home. . — review by a reader
The Question To Lifes Answers
by Steven Harrison ($9.71)
A long-time student of the nature of consciousness, Steven Harrison has traveled extensively and studied a wide variety of meditation and spiritual practices. He founded All Together Now International, a charitable organization that provides aid to street children and the destitute in Nepal. This original and inspiring work lays bare the workings of the mind and spirit with brilliant clarity and proposes a new way of living our lives with a fresh spirituality. Grappling with the questions we all have about life, Harrison deconstructs the prevailing spiritual, therapeutic, and self-help methods we use to try to change ourselves. By taking this journey of exploration with him, we come face-to-face with the unknown and the potential for radical transformation. The Question to Life’s Answers asks: How do we apply our spiritual understanding to our daily lives? It examines our ideas and conditioning regarding spiritual power, enlightenment, emptiness, time, therapy, relationships, work, money, children, and community. It reminds us that even as we “do something” in our busy lives, we have the natural capacity to find stillness in the midst of action. As Harrison suggests, “life must be based on something more substantial, grounded, and connected than the conceptual self.”
The Silence of the Heart
by Paul Ferrini ($10.17)
This is the most important book I’ve ever read, and I’ve read a lot of books. It was like having an emotional surgery. I plan on reading it over and over until I can live and breath every words and until it doesn’t hurt to read it anymore. If you’re not ready to take responsibility for every single one of your actions, this is not the book for you. If you’re not ready to understand that judging others is simply refusing to forgive a part of yourself, this is not the book for you. If you are ready to face your fears and walk through the darkness, I recommend Paul Ferrini’s the Silence of the Heart. It will change your life. — a readers review.
The Soul’s Code: In search of Character and Calling
by: James Hillman ($10.46)
James Hillman, a former director of the Jung Institute who has written more than 20 books on behavior and psychology, delves into human development in The Soul’s Code. Hillman encourages you to “grow down” into the earth, as an acorn does when it becomes a mighty oak tree. He argues that character and calling are the result of “the particularity you feel to be you” and knocks those who blame childhood difficulties for all their problems as adults. According to Hillman, “The current American identity as a victim is the flip side of the coin whose head brightly displays the opposite identity: the heroic self-made man, carving out destiny alone and with unflagging will.” Hillman’s theories seem disarmingly simple, but he backs them with a careful, well-practiced intellect. He urges his listeners to discover the “blueprints” particular to their own individual lives, certain that there is more to life than can be explained by genetics or environment.
The Way To Love
by Anthony de Mello ($6.26)
The Way To Love contains thefinal flowering of Anthony de Mello’s thought, and in it he grapples with the ultimate question of love. In thirty-one meditations, he implores his readers with his usual pithiness to break through illusion, the great obstacle to love. “Love springs from awareness,” de Mello insists, saying that it is only when we see others as they are that we can begin to really love. But not only must we seek to see others with clarity, we must examine ourselves without misconception. The task, however, is not easy. “The most painful act,” de Mello says, “is the act of seeing. But in that act of seeing that love is born.” Anthony De Mello was the director of the Sadhana Institute of Pastoral Counseling in Poona, India, and authored several books. The Way To Love is his last.
Theosophy: An Introduction to the Spiritual Processes In Human Life & The Cosmos
by Rudolph Steiner ($11.87)
Rudolf Steiner’s Theosophy: An Introduction to the Supersensible Knowledge of the World and the Destination of Man provides a precise, phenomenological description of his own supersensible experiences and the supersensible phenomena revealed by them. Theosophy is organized in four parts. First, Steiner builds up a comprehensive understanding of human nature, beginning with the physical bodily nature and moving up through the soul nature to our spiritual being: the “I” and the higher spiritual aspects of our being. This then leads to the experience of the human being as a sevenfold interpenetrated being of body, soul, and spirit. Secondly, Steiner gives an extraordinary overview of the laws of reincarnation and the workings of karma as we pass from one life to the next. Thirdly, Steiner shows the different ways in ;which we live, during this life on earth and after death, in the three worlds of body, soul and spirit, as well as the ways in which these worlds in turn live into us. Fourthly, a succinct description is given of the path of knowledge by which each one of us can begin to understand the marvelous and harmonious complexity of the psycho-spiritual worlds in the fullness. –This text refers to an out of print or unavailable edition of this title.
What God Wants: A Compelling Answer To Humanity’s Biggest Question
by Donald Neal Walsch ($15.64)
Be careful. This book is dangerous. It explores with startling freshness the most important question you could ever ask, and offers with breathtaking courage the most extraordinary answer you could ever imagine. That answer is so theologically revolutionary and so spiritually empowering that it could change the course of human history. If embraced, it most certainly will change your life. There are people and institutions in the world, long in place and long in power, that want neither of these outcomes to occur. They would rather that you put this book down right now. It’s up to you.